Ecc Dwarka Delhi Full Sourse Study

Environmental Impact Assessment
for Exhibition cum Convention

Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi
Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation

(DMICDC)
Laboratory Engaged:
Netel India Limited,
Navi Mumbai, NABL & MoEFCC accredited
(ISO/ IEC/17025: 2005; Certificate Number : T-2661 valid upto 06/Sept/2017
Environmental Monitoring Period:

29th April 2017- 29th June 2017
(supplement monitoring carried out in Oct 2016-Nov 2016 done prior to Gazette
Notification S.O.3999 (E)
Public Hearing: NA
July, 12, 2017
Prepared by:
AECOM India Private Limited
19th Floor, Tower C, Cyber Terraces, Building 5, DLF Phase 3, Gurgaon, 122002, India
T +91-124-4682800/-2700; aecom.com
NABET no. SA- 194th AC Meeting June 2, 2017 - Accreditation Committee Meeting for
Surveillance Assessment held on June 2, 2017
Environmental Impact Assessment for Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC)
New Delhi
Letter from the Project Proponent

F. No. 21-102/2017-IA-III;
th
Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 Feb, 2017
AECOM
New Delhi
NABET Disclosure
EIA Coordinator FAE FAE
Rashmi Dutta Deepti Bapat Anchal Jain
FAE FAE FAE
Ajay Pillai Nidhi Sharma Akhilesh P. Singh
FAE FAE FAE
Anuj Sharma Abhay Nath Mishra Venkat
FAE FAE Team Member
Atul Kumar Susan Vauquelin Sai Pranit
Revision History
Revision Revision date Details Authorized Name Position
Distribution List
# Hard Copies PDF Required Association / Company Name
AECOM
New Delhi
Prepared for:
Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation Limited
CIN: U45400DL2008PLC172316
Room No. 341B, 03rd Floor, Hotel Ashok, Diplomatic Enclave, 50B Chanakyapuri, New Delhi -110021
Phone: 011-26118884-8, Fax: 011-26118889
Prepared by:

19th Floor, Building No.5, Tower C
Cyber City, Gurgaon 122002
Haryana, India
CIN: U74210KA2005PTC037770
T: +91 124 4682700/800

aecom.com
NABET no. Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on June 2, 2017- SA-
194th AC Meeting June 2, 2017
© 2016 AECOM India Private Limited. All Rights Reserved.
This document has been prepared by AECOM India Private Limited (“AECOM”) for sole use of our client (the
“Client”) in accordance with generally accepted consultancy principles, the budget for fees and the terms of
reference agreed between AECOM and the Client. Any information provided by third parties and referred to
herein has not been checked or verified by AECOM, unless otherwise expressly stated in the document. No third
party may rely upon this document without the prior and express written agreement of AECOM.
AECOM
New Delhi
Table of Contents
1. Introduction.......................................................................................................................................... 13
1.1 Purpose of the report ................................................................................................................. 13
1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent ............................................................................... 13
1.3 Scope of the Study .................................................................................................................... 14
1.4 Prescribed TOR Compliance...................................................................................................... 14
2. Project Description ............................................................................................................................... 21
2.1 Type of project and capacity ...................................................................................................... 21
2.2 Need for the project ................................................................................................................... 21
2.3 Location .................................................................................................................................... 22
2.3.1 Site Settings.............................................................................................................................. 23
2.3.2 Accessibility to Site.................................................................................................................... 25
2.4 Detailed description ................................................................................................................... 28
2.4.1 Development Controls/ Norms and Standards ............................................................................ 31
2.5 Project Implementation Schedule ............................................................................................... 31
2.6 Project Construction Activities .................................................................................................... 31
2.6.1 Manpower/ Labour Requirement ................................................................................................ 31
2.6.2 Construction Material................................................................................................................. 31
2.6.3 Power Requirement during construction phase........................................................................... 31
2.6.4 Fuel requirements during construction phase ............................................................................. 32
2.6.5 Water Demand and Source during construction phase................................................................ 32
2.6.6 Waste water generation during construction phase ..................................................................... 32
2.6.7 Solid Waste Generation ............................................................................................................. 32
2.7 Project Operation ...................................................................................................................... 33
2.7.1 Employment Potential................................................................................................................ 33
2.7.2 Visitor Population forecast ......................................................................................................... 33
2.7.3 Water Infrastructure ................................................................................................................... 33
2.7.4 Sewage and Sullage.................................................................................................................. 41
2.7.5 Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management ............................................................... 45
2.7.6 Power Demand and Sourcing .................................................................................................... 48
2.7.7 Solid Waste Management .......................................................................................................... 49
2.7.8 Transportation Infrastructure ...................................................................................................... 53
2.7.8.1Traffic Projections...................................................................................................................... 53
2.7.8.2Proposed Infrastructure for Transportation (Outside the project site) ........................................... 54
2.7.8.3Traffic Circulation within the Site ................................................................................................ 55
2.7.8.4Parking Requirements ............................................................................................................... 58
2.7.9 Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation ........................................................................ 62
2.7.10 Green Belt Development and Open spaces ................................................................................ 65
2.7.11 Consolidated Layout Drawing showing proposed key Infrastructure within ECC........................... 65
2.8 Description of the Aspects likely to cause major Environmental Impacts ...................................... 68
2.9 Mitigation measures incorporated into the Project....................................................................... 68
3. Description of Environment................................................................................................................... 70
3.1 Study area, period, components and methodology ..................................................................... 70
3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components ................................................ 71
3.2.1 Secondary data analysis............................................................................................................ 71
3.2.1.1Physiography ............................................................................................................................ 71
3.2.1.2Geology and Seismicity ............................................................................................................. 71
3.2.1.3Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................................ 73
AECOM
New Delhi
3.2.1.4Drainage Pattern ....................................................................................................................... 74

3.2.1.5Existing Land Use Pattern ......................................................................................................... 76
3.2.1.6Meteorology .............................................................................................................................. 78
3.2.2 Primary Data analysis................................................................................................................ 83
3.2.2.1Air Environment......................................................................................................................... 83
3.2.2.2Engagement of NABL and MoEFCC-accredited Environmental Monitoring Laboratory................. 83
3.2.2.3Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................ 83
3.2.2.4Ambient Noise Level.................................................................................................................. 92
3.2.2.5Water Environment.................................................................................................................... 95
3.2.2.6Soil Quality.............................................................................................................................. 102
3.2.2.7Traffic Density ......................................................................................................................... 106
3.2.2.8Ecology................................................................................................................................... 109
3.2.2.9Socio-Economic Environment .................................................................................................. 126
3.2.3 Base maps of all environmental components............................................................................ 130
3.3 Summary of Inference on existing Environment ........................................................................ 130
4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures .................................................................. 132
4.1 Impact Evaluation Matrix ......................................................................................................... 132
4.2 Impacts during Construction Phase.......................................................................................... 137
4.2.1 Impact on Land Environment ................................................................................................... 137
4.2.2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................. 138
4.2.3 Impact on Ambient Noise Quality ............................................................................................. 139
4.2.4 Impact on Water Resources and Quality................................................................................... 140
4.2.5 Impact on Ecology ................................................................................................................... 141
4.2.6 Impact on Soil Quality.............................................................................................................. 141
4.2.7 Impact on Traffic and Transport ................................................................................................ 143
4.2.8 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment ................................................................................. 144
4.2.9 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety .................................................................................. 145
4.3 Impacts during Operation Phase .............................................................................................. 145
4.3.1 Impact on Land Environment ................................................................................................... 146
4.3.2 Impact on Air Environment ....................................................................................................... 146
4.3.3 Impact on Noise Environment .................................................................................................. 150
4.3.4 Impact on Water Environment and its Mitigation Measures ....................................................... 150
4.3.5 Impact due to generation of Solid Waste .................................................................................. 152
4.3.6 Impact on Traffic & Transport Environment ............................................................................... 152
4.3.7 Impact on Social Economy and Livelihood................................................................................ 153
5. Analysis of Alternatives ...................................................................................................................... 155
5.1 Project versus No project scenario ........................................................................................... 155
5.2 Alternatives considered for Selection of site ............................................................................. 155
5.2.1 Assessment of Alternative Sites ............................................................................................... 158
5.2.2 Site Selection Criteria .............................................................................................................. 160
5.2.3 Final Site Selection.................................................................................................................. 162
6. Environmental Monitoring Program ..................................................................................................... 163
6.1 Monitoring Methodology .......................................................................................................... 163
6.2 Monitoring Standards .............................................................................................................. 163
6.3 Monitoring Plan Matrix ............................................................................................................. 166
7. Additional Studies .............................................................................................................................. 167
7.1 Disaster Management Plan...................................................................................................... 167
7.1.1 Identified Emergency Situations ............................................................................................... 167
7.1.2 Storage of Hazardous Material................................................................................................. 168
7.1.3 Preliminary Hazard Analysis .................................................................................................... 168
AECOM
New Delhi
7.1.3.1Preparedness for the Emergency ............................................................................................. 169

7.1.3.2Roles and Responsibilities ....................................................................................................... 169
7.1.4 Emergency Equipment ............................................................................................................ 171
7.1.5 Specific Emergency Response Procedures .............................................................................. 171
7.1.6 Post Emergency Follow up ...................................................................................................... 173
7.1.7 Emergency Control Centre ...................................................................................................... 173
7.1.8 Response Evaluation, Testing and Updating of the Plan............................................................ 173
7.2 Social Impact Assessment ....................................................................................................... 175
7.2.1 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Construction Phase.................................................. 175
7.2.2 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Operation Phase...................................................... 176
8. Project Benefits.................................................................................................................................. 177
9. Environmental Cost Benefit analysis ................................................................................................... 179
9.1 Components of Environment that benefits ................................................................................ 179
9.2 Quantify the benefits in monetary terms ................................................................................... 179
10. Environment Management Plan .......................................................................................................... 180
10.1 Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP ................................................................... 180
10.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities ....................................................................................................... 180
10.2 Components of EMP ............................................................................................................... 182
10.3 Awareness and Training .......................................................................................................... 188
10.4 Record Keeping and Reporting ................................................................................................ 188
10.5 Proposed Environment Management Plans .............................................................................. 189
10.5.1 Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant ..................................... 189
10.5.1.1 Planning and Setup ........................................................................................................... 189
10.5.1.2 Container Maintenance...................................................................................................... 189
10.5.1.3 Spill Management.............................................................................................................. 189
10.5.1.4 Disposal ............................................................................................................................ 190
10.5.1.5 Training and Communication.............................................................................................. 190
10.5.2 Management Plan for Excavated Soil ....................................................................................... 190
10.5.3 Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase
including marble/stone cutting. ................................................................................................. 190
10.5.4 Management Plan to Control Soil Erosion ................................................................................ 191
10.5.5 Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines
and Regulation ........................................................................................................................ 192
10.5.6 Water Management Plan ......................................................................................................... 192
10.5.6.1 Water Source Development ............................................................................................... 193
10.5.6.2 Rainwater Harvesting ........................................................................................................ 193
10.5.6.3 Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment and Development of Closed Loop Systems ....... 193
10.5.7 Solid Waste Management Plan ................................................................................................ 194
10.5.7.1 Waste Characterization...................................................................................................... 195
10.5.7.2 Management Practices ...................................................................................................... 195
10.6 EMP Budget ............................................................................................................................ 197
11. Summary & Conclusion ...................................................................................................................... 199
11.1 Summary ................................................................................................................................ 199
11.2 Executive Summary................................................................................................................. 199
11.2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 199
11.2.2 Site Selection .......................................................................................................................... 200
11.2.3 Project Description .................................................................................................................. 201
11.2.4 Baseline Environment.............................................................................................................. 202
11.2.5 Construction Phase: Impacts Assessment and Mitigation Measures .......................................... 205
11.2.6 Operation Phase: Impacts and Mitigation Measures ................................................................. 207
AECOM
New Delhi
11.2.7 Disaster Management Plan...................................................................................................... 207

11.2.8 Environment Management Plan ............................................................................................... 208
11.2.9 Environmental Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 208
11.3 Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 208
12. Disclosure of Consultant..................................................................................................................... 209
Appendix A Document copies ........................................................................................................................ 217
A.1 Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC ................................................................................................... 217
A.2 Land Use Map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone K-II as per the MPD 2021) ......................................... 218
A.3 Copy of Notification for Change in Land Use issued by Ministry of Urban Development
(MoUD), dated 12th May, 2016 via S.O. 1713(E) ...................................................................... 219
A.4 Transfer of Land from DDA to DIPP.......................................................................................... 220
A.5 Project Boundary Indicated on Survey of India sheet ................................................................ 222
A.6 Details on Trees to be felled for the project ............................................................................... 223
A.7 Water Allocation: Application Letter to DJB ............................................................................... 224
A.8 Results of Air Dispersion Modelling (AERMOD 8.1.0) ............................................................... 225
i) Predicted concentrations for NOx and interpretation of results .................................................. 230
ii) Predicted concentrations for SO2 and interpretation of results ................................................... 230
iii) Predicted concentrations for CO and interpretation of results .................................................... 240
iv) Predicted concentrations for PM10 and interpretation of results.................................................. 240
A.9 Analytical Laboratory Engaged ................................................................................................ 241
A.10 AECOM’s NABET Accreditation Details ................................................................................... 243
A.11 Supplement Environmental Monitoring ..................................................................................... 244
Figures
Figure 2-1: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site location with Dwarka .................................................... 23
Figure 2-2: Project Site Boundary with Physical Feature................................................................................... 24
Figure 2-3: Existing road network in the vicinity ................................................................................................ 25
Figure 2-4: Existing Road Linkages ................................................................................................................. 26
Figure 2-5: Connectivity to the site: Major Roads and Railways ........................................................................ 27
Figure 2-6: Concept Master Plan for proposed ECC, Dwarka, and Delhi ........................................................... 29
Figure 2-7: Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South Delhi Municipal Corporation
(SDMC) .......................................................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 2-8 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase I........................................................................... 37
Figure 2-9 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase II.......................................................................... 40
Figure 2-10 : Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number) locations .................................... 44
Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting structures..................................... 47
Figure 2-12 : Composition of MSW .................................................................................................................. 49
Figure 2-13 : Solid Waste Management: Pneumatic Waste Collection System: Indicative pipe network and waste
processing area within ECC premises ............................................................................................................. 52
Figure 2-14 : Proposed ISBT near the site ....................................................................................................... 54
Figure 2-15: Proposed Project Site connectivity and Circulation........................................................................ 56
Figure 2-16: Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point , Fire tender pathway, Parking areas
for trucks and personal vehicles ...................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 2-17: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –I .................................................. 59
Figure 2-18: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –II and III ....................................... 60
Figure 2-19: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –IV ................................................ 61
Figure 2-20: Sun Path and Solar Mapping for the proposed Project Site ........................................................... 62
Figure 2-21: Site Solar Shading Analysis ......................................................................................................... 63
Figure 2-22: Broad HVAC Design Strategies .................................................................................................... 64
Figure 2-23: Proposed Greenbelt Development for ECC .................................................................................. 66
AECOM
New Delhi
Figure 2-24: Consolidated drawing showing planned infrastructure for ECC...................................................... 67

Figure 3-1: Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location ................................................................... 72
Figure 3-2: First Level Seismic Hazard Microzonation Map of NCT, Delhi.......................................................... 73
Figure 3-3: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area ................................................................................................ 75
Figure 3-4: Land use Distribution within 10 km radius from the project boundary ............................................... 77
Figure 3-5: Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram ....................................................................................................... 80
Figure 3-6: Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Pre-Monsoon, April-June, 2017) ............................. 82
Figure 3-7: Air Quality Monitoring Locations ..................................................................................................... 85
Figure 3-8: Particulate Matter - PM10 .............................................................................................................. 88
Figure 3-9: Particulate Matter - PM2.5 ............................................................................................................... 89
Figure 3-10: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) ................................................................................................................. 90
Figure 3-11: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) ............................................................................................................. 91
Figure 3-12: Carbon Monoxide (CO) ................................................................................................................ 91
Figure 3-13: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations .............................................................................................. 93
Figure 3-14: Noise Level monitored in the study area ....................................................................................... 94
Figure 3-15: Ground Water Quality in Delhi ...................................................................................................... 96
Figure 3-16: Depth to Water Level for Delhi ..................................................................................................... 97
Figure 3-17: Water Quality Monitoring Locations .............................................................................................. 99
Figure 3-18: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ............................................................................................... 103
Figure 3-19: Soil Texture of the Study Area .................................................................................................... 106
Figure 3-20: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4) .......................................................... 108
Figure 3-21: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations............................................................... 108
Figure 3-22: Map of Quadrat Sites ................................................................................................................. 110
Figure 3-23: Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area ..................................................................... 112
Figure 3-24: Barren land at site ..................................................................................................................... 129
Figure 3-25: Photographs of Consultations with the near villagers .................................................................. 129
Figure 5-1 : Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 1 Location ................................................................. 156
Figure 5-2: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 2 Location .................................................................. 157
Figure 5-3 Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 3 Location ............................................... 158
Figure 10-1: Organization Structure ............................................................................................................... 181
Figure A-1: Isopleths – NOx – 24 hourly......................................................................................................... 232
Figure A-2: Isopleths – SOx – 24 hourly ......................................................................................................... 234
Figure A-3: Isopleths – CO – 8 hourly ............................................................................................................ 236
Figure A-4: Isopleths – PM10 – 24 hourly........................................................................................................ 238
Tables
Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR........................................................................................................ 15

Table 1-2: Project Components of ECC the area statement .............................................................................. 16
Table 2-1: Key project details........................................................................................................................... 21
Table 2-2: Geographical coordinates outlining the site ...................................................................................... 22
Table 2-3: Project Components of ECC the area statement .............................................................................. 28
Table 2-4: ECC components to be developed in Phase I .................................................................................. 28
Table 2-5: ECC components to be developed in Phase II ................................................................................. 28
Table 2-6 : Employment generated during operation phase .............................................................................. 33
Table 2-7 : Estimated visitor population at the proposed project ........................................................................ 33
Table 2-8 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase I ................................................................. 35
Table 2-9 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase II ................................................................ 38
Table 2-10 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase I........... 41
Table 2-11 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase II .......... 42
Table2-12 : Parameters for design of sewage treatment plant ........................................................................... 43
Table 2-13 : Proposed Roof Area and Pavements ............................................................................................ 45
Table 2-14 : Rainwater Harvesting Calculation ................................................................................................. 46
Table 2-15 : Emergency Power Back-up units for various land use for Phase I & II ............................................ 48
AECOM
New Delhi
Table 2-16: Waste generation factors............................................................................................................... 49

Table 2-17 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase I .............................................................................. 50
Table 2-18 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase II ............................................................................. 50
Table 2-19 : Vehicular share from the proposed development ........................................................................... 53
Table 2-20: Projected traffic flow (in PCUs) ...................................................................................................... 53
Table 2-21 Details of the internal roads ............................................................................................................ 55
Table 2-22 : Parking Requirement for ECC ...................................................................................................... 58
Table 2-23: U-factor requirements for Opaque Wall and Roof Assembly, ECBC 2005 ........................................ 63
Table 2-24: Specification of the glass used for the project................................................................................. 63
Table 2-25: Solar Power Calculation ................................................................................................................ 65
Table 3-1: Existing Land use Pattern of the Study Area .................................................................................... 76
Table 3-2: Climatological Summary (obtained from nearest IMD MET Station at Palam (2007-2011)) ................. 78
Table 3-3: Annual Rainfall (mm) at the nearest IMD MET Station ...................................................................... 78
Table 3-4: Annual Rainfall (mm) for Period (2011-2015) .................................................................................... 79
Table 3-5: Wind speed and direction ................................................................................................................ 79
Table 3-6: Meteorological data collected at Site................................................................................................ 81
Table 3-7: Air Quality data collected at Site ...................................................................................................... 86
Table 3-8: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality....................................................................... 86
Table 3-9: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality ................................. 86
Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area ............................................................................................. 87
Table 3-11: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................................................................ 92
Table 3-12 : Results of Noise Level monitoring................................................................................................. 94
Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Standards .............................................................................................................. 94
Table 3-14: GW and SW sampling locations..................................................................................................... 97
Table 3-15: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality ................................................................ 98
Table 3-16: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality................................................................. 98
Table 3-17: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring ........................................................................ 100
Table 3-18: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring ........................................................................ 100
Table 3-19: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................... 102
Table 3-20: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality .............................................................................. 104
Table 3-21: Method for Soil Analysis .............................................................................................................. 104
Table 3-22: Results of Soil Quality Analysis.................................................................................................... 104
Table 3-23: Standard Soil Classification ......................................................................................................... 105
Table 3-24: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area .............................................................................. 106
Table 3-25: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey .............................................................................. 107
Table 3-26: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area ................................................................................... 107
Table 3-27: Details of Quadrat Sites .............................................................................................................. 109
Table 3-28 Woody Flora of the Quadrats........................................................................................................ 113
Table 3-29: Non Woody Flora of the Quadrats................................................................................................ 113
Table3-30 : Resident Avifauna of the Study Area ............................................................................................ 114
Table 3-31 : Migratory Avifauna of the Study Area .......................................................................................... 118
Table 3-32: Mammals of the Study Area......................................................................................................... 122
Table 3-33: Some reptilian species associated with the study area ................................................................. 123
Table3-34: Legally Protected Faunal Species associated with the Study area ................................................. 124
Table 3-35: Endemic Fauna of the Study Area ............................................................................................... 125
Table 3-36: Demographic Profile of Study Area .............................................................................................. 127
Table 3-37: Occupation Pattern of South West District of Delhi ....................................................................... 128
Table 4-1: Impact Appraisal Criteria ............................................................................................................... 132
Table 4-2: Impact Significance Criteria ........................................................................................................... 133
Table 4-3 : Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of ECC proposed at Dwarka, New Delhi .......... 135
Table 4-4: Impact significance – Land Environment ........................................................................................ 138
Table 4-5: Impact significance – Ambient Air Quality ....................................................................................... 138
Table 4-6: Noise levels at different distances from the Noise Source dB(A) ..................................................... 139
Table 4-7: Impact significance –Noise Quality ................................................................................................ 139
Table 4-8: Impact significance - Water Resources .......................................................................................... 141
Table 4-9: Impact significance - Ecology ........................................................................................................ 141
Table 4-10 Quantities of different construction waste generated...................................................................... 142
Table 4-11: Impact significance –Soil Resources ............................................................................................ 143
AECOM
New Delhi
Table 4-12: Impact significance –Traffic and Transportation ............................................................................ 144

Table 4-13: Impact significance –Occupational Health & Safety ...................................................................... 145
Table 4-14: Impact significance –Occupational Health & Safety ...................................................................... 146
Table 4-15: Impact significance –Ambient Air Quality...................................................................................... 149
Table 4-16 Impact significance - Noise Quality ............................................................................................... 150
Table 4-17: Impact significance - Water resource and Quality ......................................................................... 151
Table 4-18 : Impact significance - Solid Waste ............................................................................................... 152
Table 4-19: Impact significance - Traffic ........................................................................................................ 153
Table 4-20 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment..................................................................... 154
Table 5.1 Site Suitability Analysis................................................................................................................... 158
Table 5.2: Rationale for Selected Parameters ................................................................................................ 160
Table 5.3: Assigned Scores and Weights ....................................................................................................... 161
Table 5.4: Scoring for Options ....................................................................................................................... 162
Table 6-1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards........................................................................................... 163
Table 6-2 : Primary water Quality Criteria for Designated Best Use Class........................................................ 164
Table 6-3 : Treated Sewage Discharge Guideline ........................................................................................... 164
Table6-4: Ambient Noise Standards ............................................................................................................... 165
Table6-5: Standards for Occupational Noise Exposure ................................................................................... 165
Table 6-6 Monitoring Schedule for different environmental parameters............................................................ 166
Table 7-1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis ........................................................................................................... 168
Table 7-2 Preliminary Hazard Analysis in General .......................................................................................... 169
Table 7-3 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment....................................................................... 175
Table 7-4 : Operation Phase: Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment ........................................... 176
Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase.............................................................. 183
Table 10-2 : Environmental Management Plan – Operation Phase .................................................................. 185
Table 10-3 Record Keeping Requirements ..................................................................................................... 188
Table 10-4: Environmental Management Budget ........................................................................................... 197
Table 12-1 Details of Experts involved in EIA Study........................................................................................ 209
Table A-1: Stack Emission data ..................................................................................................................... 225
Table A-2: Characteristics of the emission sources ......................................................................................... 226
Table A-3: Stack location and associated facility / building .............................................................................. 226
Table A-4: EPA - 420-B-16-022, March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition Engines: Exhaust Emission
Standards..................................................................................................................................................... 228
Table A-5: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines for SOx ................................ 228
Table A-6: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary Dual-fuel Engines ............ 228
Table A-7: Emission rates for DG units........................................................................................................... 228
Table A-8: Input parameters for air dispersion modelling................................................................................. 229
Table A-9: Predicted Ground Level Concentration of NOx............................................................................... 230
Table A-10: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of SO 2.............................................................. 230
Table A-11: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of CO ............................................................... 240
Table A-12: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of PM10 ............................................................ 240
AECOM
New Delhi
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
This is to certify that AECOM INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED is an accredited NABET consultancy firm (details
provided below) and this EIA/ EMP Report been prepared in compliance with the prescribed TORs (TORs
proposed by the project proponent and additional TOR given by MoEFCC) and that the data used in preparation
of this report and also submitted is factually correct.
NOTE: NABET no. SA- 194thAC Meeting June 2, 2017: Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance
Assessment held on June 2, 2017
Ajay Pillai
Associate Director, Environment, AECOM INDIA
Date : 12 July 2017
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 12

New Delhi
1. Introduction
The Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC) envisages strengthening the Indian
economy by creating internationally-recognized, architectural icon with an innovative design and green building
concepts, which enhances foreign investments and promotes sustainable development. Amongst various other
planned developments such as Investment Regions, Industrial Parks, Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC),
DMICDC has proposed to undertake development of a world class Exhibition and Convention Centre
(hereafter referred to as ‘ECC’ or ‘the project’) at Sector-25 in Dwarka, New Delhi.
The project’s vision is to offer a well-organized and quality setting for international as well as national meetings,
conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. It is planned that the proposed ECC will have exhibition halls,
convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets, Grade-A
officesand retail services. The proposed ECC site is strategically located at a distance of approximately 11 km (by
road) from Indira Gandhi International (IGI) airport and 3km from Bijwasan railway station.
1.1 Purpose of the report

The EIA Notification, 2006, requires the all new projects and expansion and modernization of existing projects, as
listed in the Schedule of the said Notification, are to obtain prior environmental clearance from the concerned
regulatory authority, i.e. Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC) for matters
falling under Category ‘A’ in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
(SEIAA) for matters falling under Category ‘B’ in the said Schedule, before any construction work is started on the
project, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land.
DMICDC has developed a conceptual master plan for the proposed development and intends to ensure
environmental compliance and embed elements of environmental good practice in the master planning stage
itself. DMICDC has carried out this EIA Study for the proposed project as per the requirements of the EIA
Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments with an objective of obtaining an Environmental Clearance
(EC). As per the EIA Notification 2006, the proposed project falls under Item 8 (b) of the Schedule “Area
Development projects and Townships projects” as it is spread over an area of more than 50 ha. Also, as per the
subsequent amendment in the EIA Notification 2006, vide Gazette Notification S.O.3999 (E) dated 9th
December 2016, the envisaged project has been categorized as Category A under Item 8 (b), since it has built
up area of more than 3,00,000 sq. mtrs. Category A projects require appraisal by the Central Level Expert
Appraisal Committee (EAC) and EC from MoEFCC, GoI. Therefore, Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference
and Conceptual Plan was submitted to MOEFCC for the purpose of “Scoping” (F. No. 21-102/2017-IA-III;
Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24th Feb, 2017). After incorporation of the submitted TOR,
prescribed TOR conditions, the EIA report has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC’s
Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance.
1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

The proposed Exhibition and Convention Centre at Sector-25, Dwarka, New Delhi, will have exhibition halls,
convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets, Grade-A
offices and retail services, and shall be developed by Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Corporation (DMICDC) , which is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), incorporated as the Project Development
Agency under Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of Commerce & Industries,
Government of India for project planning, development and implementation of various infrastructure projects in
India through developing and disseminating appropriate financial instruments, negotiating loans and advances of
all nature, and formulating schemes for mobilization of resources and extension of credit for infrastructure.
The project has already obtained the following statutory/ other approvals/ compliances from concerned
Authorities:

New Delhi
· Layout Plan Approval from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) vide resolution no. 499 dated 23-02-
17.
· Obtained AAI Clearance for maximum height (building block wise) dated 27-02-2017
· Obtained concept plan approval from Delhi Urban Arts Commission (DUAC) vide letter 27 (05) 2017-DUAC/
657 dated 8-05-2017
· The Land for the project is already in Possession of Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP);
· As per the Land use as per Master Plan Delhi 2021, the land parcel is categorised as Public, Semi Public
and socio-cultural facilities, as per Notification issued by MoUD dated 12th May, 2016, hence the
development shall be in compliance to the Master Plan Delhi 2021.
· No protected/ reserved forest falling within the site; no diversion of forest land required.
1.3 Scope of the Study

th
DMICDC’s proposal No. F. No. 21-102/2017-IA-III; Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 Feb,
2017 was submitted to MoEFCC along with the required technical documents for seeking Terms of Reference
(TOR) in terms of the provisions of the EIA notification 2006 under the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986.
th th
The EAC, after considering the proposal during its meeting held on 12 -14 April, 2017 and detailed
deliberations, recommended the project for grant of TOR. As per the recommendation of the EAC, the MoEFCC
accorded ToR to the “Development of an Exhibition-cum-Convention Centre (ECC) for preparation of the EIA and
EMP with general and specific conditions (Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC attached as Annexure A.1), in addition to
the Standard TOR for Townships and Area Development Projects.
To assess the environmental attributes of the study area, core area of 10 km radius around the proposed project
site has been considered. The broad scope of the study includes:
· Desktop study/ literature review to collect data relevant to the study area;
· Analysis of Alternatives
· Primary data collection supplemented with secondary data collection so as to establish the baseline
environmental status of the study area;
· Identify various existing pollution loads due to project activities in the study area;
· Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area
· Identify mitigation measures and prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the
measures for improving environmental quality and scope for future expansions for environmentally
sustainable development;
· Outlining environmental monitoring plan in order to monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures
· Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored regularly.
1.4 Prescribed TOR Compliance

The compliance to the specific conditions prescribed in the TOR has been provided in Table below.

New Delhi
Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR
S. No Prescribed TOR by Addressal on Response Brief

MoEFCC
Chapter/
Section
SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
1. Importance and Chap – 8 For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible
benefits of the business tool—not only to showcase growing industrial strength but also to
project create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC
would be developed along a EPC & Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model
with world class infrastructure related to trade and promotional activities,
conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized
events and logistics facilities. The development of project will open the
economy for foreign investments, hence gaining grounds at international
level.
The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic
expansion and urban development of Delhi. Pragati Maidan is the only
large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade
fairs, etc. Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should
be facilitated not only to provide exhibition space but also attract new
investments and boost existing economic activity in the region.
2. The data collection Chap – 3, Data collection and impact assessment has been carried out as per the
and impact standard survey method as defined in Environmental Impact Assessment
assessment shall be Section 3.2 Guidance Manual for Building, Construction, Townships and Area
as per standard Development projects. Environmental Monitoring has been undertaken as
survey methods. per CPCB guidelines and as suggested in Manual.
3. Fresh baseline data Chap – 3, Fresh Environmental Monitoring was carried out after receiving the
th th
for 3 months shall prescribed TOR (starting 29 April, 2017 till 29 June 2017 for a period eight
be used for Section 3.2.2 (8) weeks).
preparing EIA
Report. As suggested by the Committee, the monsoon season (starting July) was
avoided for the environmental monitoring period.
This is supplement data to the environmental monitoring conducted for the

project for a period of four (4) weeks from 13th October to 08th November,
2016. (The monitoring was carried out prior to the Notification SO 3999, and
hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on the basis
of Form1, Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). Last year’s
environmental monitoring data has been appended as an Annexure A.11 to
this report.
4. Present land use of Refer The designated landuse of the land parcel as per the Notification of Ministry
the proposed project Annexure of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016 is designated as Public
site. A.3-Copy of Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), hence the development is in line
Notification with the Master Plan Delhi (MPD) 2021.
for Change in
Land Use to
PSP, by
MoUD, 2016.
Refer
Annexure At present, the proposed land is open flat land. No agriculture is practiced.
A.4 Transfer The land was transferred from DDA to DIPP
of Land from

New Delhi
DDA to DIPP
5. Copy of project Chapter -2 The Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South
sanction plan. Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) has been provided in Figure 2.7
Figure 2.7
6. Details of project Chap – 2 The proposed ECC will be spread over 89.72 Ha land, with the total built up
configurations and Section 2.1 area of 10,20,000 sq.m. The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex
built up area. with a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet
halls, arena, hotels and service apartments, food &beverage outlets and
retail services.
Table Project Components of ECC the area statement
S. Components Built up Area Sq.

No m
1 Exhibition Hall 2,00,000
Foyer 50,000
2 Convention Centre 60,000
3 Arena (Theme Destination) 50,000
4 Hotels (5 Star) 1,30,000
5 Hotels (4 Star) 60,000

7 Office 2,15,000
8 Retail 1,70,000
9 Service Apartments 25,000
Total Built up –Area 10,20,000
Total basement area (basement I, II, III & IV) is 10,30,998 Sqm.
ECC project is envisaged to be built in two phases (Phase I and Phase II).
· Phase I: construction of built up area of 4, 25,000 sq. m
· Phase II: construction of built up area of 5,95,000 sq. m
The project will be completed in a span of eight (8) years. The proposed
phasing of the project is provided in Section 2.5
7. Layout plan Chap – 2 A consolidated drawing showing road, greenbelt, drainage, sewer line, STP,
indicating road, Section – 2.7.11 solid waste handling area, rain water harvesting structure, etc. in different
greenbelt, drainage, Figure 2-24 colours has been provided in Section 2.8 Consolidated schematic
sewer line, STP, representation of the proposed infrastructure of the project.
solid waste handling
area, rain water Separate drawings have been attached after end of respective sections:
harvesting structure,
etc. in different Figure 2-10: Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number)
colour to be locations
furnished. Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting
structures
Figure 2-13: Solid Waste Management Plan
Figure 2-16 : Traffic Management showing Fire Tender pathway indicated
in the traffic management Plan
Figure 2-17 : Parking Arrangements in Basement of proposed ECC
Figure 2-23 : Proposed Greenbelt
8. Layout of parking For developing the transportation plan, a regional traffic and road network
plan indicating entry Chap – 2 analysis was carried out. The analysis was based on schematic road layouts
and exit points of and proposed development of the commercial land use as per Master Plan
vehicular movement Section -2.7.8 of Delhi-2021 and the surrounding areas.
as well as traffic
External connectivity and internal circulation for trucks and personnel

New Delhi
management plan. vehicles, their entry and exit routes, parking area, fire tender pathway has
been discussed in Section 2.7.8.1 through Section 2.7.8.2
Highlight the fire
tender pathway. The entry points for personal vehicles such as cars have been proposed
from east, west and north direction to the project site. Please refer to Figure
2-15.
Figure 2-16 Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point ,
Fire tender pathway, Parking areas for trucks and personal vehicles
Figure2-17: Parking Arrangements in Basement of proposed ECC

9. Details of source of Chap – 2 It is proposed that during operation phase, water requirement for the entire
water supply along development will be met from the Main Supply of DJB. As per MPD 2021,
Section -2.7.3
with permission to 22.0 MGD of water is allocated for commercial usages in Dwarka. Water will
be submitted. be sourced out of the six underground reservoirs (UGRs) planned for
Dwarka as per the MPD-2021. These UGRs have an individual capacity to
cater to a population of 0.15-0.20 million populations, with a reserve
quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development.
An application to DJB has also been submitted for allocation of water to the
project. A copy of the same has been placed as Annexure A.7 of this
Report.
10. Quantification of Chap – 2 The wastewater streams such as domestic waste water, laundry
various effluent wastewater; restaurant effluent has been estimated in Table 2.10 and Table
Section -2.7.4
streams such as 2.11.
sewage, restaurant
effluent, Laundry
effluent etc.
11. Treatment scheme Chap – 2 The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.4 MLD from
for effluent and its Phase I and 5.1 MLD from Phase II.
Section -2.7.4
recycling mode.
It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project
and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used
for flushing , landscaping etc
It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD
for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II for Phase II respectively.
Figure 2-10 Sewerage network and location of STPs
12. Water conservation NOT No golf course has been planned for this development.
plan for golf course. applicable
13. Action plan to Chap – 2 There are no major water courses/wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site
prevent pollution except, Najafgarh storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and
Section -2.7.5
from discharge of Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km in Northwest direction).
surface runoff into
water bodies. To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe
drainage system has been planned for open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn.
Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow
through sloping channels /pipes connected to the online storm water
drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater
harvesting tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits
shall be connected to the main storm water trunk line of the entire
development.

New Delhi
14. Action plan to Chap – 10 Section 10.5.4 details out the management plan to arrest soil erosion.
control soil erosion.
Section -
10.5.4
15. Details energy Chap – 2 The Exhibition Cum Convention Centre has been planned in lines with
conservation Green Building Principles and Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)
Section –
measures to be standards. The project will include eco-friendly design, energy efficient
2.7.9
taken. systems, state of the art technology and compliance to all statutory
regulations. Consideration of alternative technologies to be used in building
All points mentioned materials, energy conservation are addressed in this section. As preliminary
in the proposal such estimates, the proposed energy saving measures would save about 25-30%
as orientation to of power consumption.
support reduced
heat gain, use of Details have been provided in the Section 2.7.9.
ASHRAE 90.1, use
of ECBC compliant
envelope measures
to be supported
through drawings
and details in the
proposal.
16. Details of DG sets. Chap – 2 Diesel Generators shall be provided as back up to grid power, in case of
Prediction of ground grid power failure. Emergency power generators shall produce power at 11
Section -2.7.6
level concentration KV to Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. All 11 kV
due to emissions generators shall be located in energy Centre , so that with auto changeover
from DG sets. system shall supply power from the main GIS sub-station to each local 11
KV sub-station located in nearby building of Exhibition Halls, Arena
Administration and common utility. 11 kV HT supply shall be feed direct from
the GIS by step down of voltage to other buildings in complex. HT Metering
will be provided for both feeders.
Details on the number and capacity of DG sets have been provided in

Section 2.7.6.
Modelling
Prediction of ground level concentration due to emissions from DG sets
have been presented in section 4.3.2.
17. Details of Chap – 2 Solar Powered Systems

arrangement for
Section –
meeting standby • The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic
2.7.9
power from solar panel for energy saving measures.
energy. • All external lighting shall be solar based and automatically controlled
by timer for energy saving.
• Street/ External lighting fixtures shall be backed up by Solar photo

voltaic panels with timer based automatic control for energy savings.
Details on solar power calculations have been provided in Section 2.7.9,

Table 2-25.
18. Details of rain water Chap – 2 To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe
harvesting system to drainage system has been planned for open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn.
Section -2.7.5
be furnished. Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow
through sloping channels /pipes connected to the online storm water
Clarity on recharge drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater
pits, storage harvesting tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits
systems for rain shall be connected to the main storm water trunk line of the entire
water and use of

New Delhi
appropriate filtration development.

system for collected
rain water to be The total water harvesting potential for the proposed project has been
detailed. calculated and presented in Section 2.7.5
19. Calculation on sizing of Chap – 2 The project does not envisage solar water heating system.
solar water heating
Section -2.7.9
systems to be furnished. However, it has been planned to use solar power as a source of renewable
energy. It has been planned :
· The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic
panel for energy saving measures.
· External lighting in certain zones within ECC campus shall be backed up

by Solar photo voltaic panels with timer based automatic control for
energy savings.
Details such as energy offset, energy saving in terms of monetary savings

and other calculations have been provided in Section 2.7.9.
20. A management plan for Chap – 10 A management plan on excavation and dewatering has been developed and
excavation and provided in Section 10.5.5
Section -
dewatering to ensure
10.5.5
compliance to the
CGWA guidelines and
regulation.
21. Solid waste Chap – 10 A Solid Waste Management Plan has been developed and provided in
and Chap - 2
management plan along Chapter 10 of this report which provides details on waste segregation, waste
with area earmarked for collection and processing and ultimate disposal. For waste collection within
Section –
solid waste the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system has
2.7.7 and
management scheme. been planned which shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste
Section
10.5.7 collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design
stage.
An area has been earmarked for solid waste management scheme and has
been provided in Section 2.7.7.
22. Management and Chap – 10 A management and disposal plan for used cooking oil from restaurant has
disposal plan of used been developed and provided in Section 10.5.1
Section -
cooking oil from
10.5.1
restaurant. Used cooking oil will be disposed of through the CPCB-authorised recyclers.
23. Management of Chap – 10 A management plan to control fugitive emission during construction phase
excavated soil. including marble /stone cutting provided in Section 10.5.5
Section –
10.5.5
Pollution control
measures to be taken to
control fugitive emission
during construction
phase including marble
/stone cutting.
24. Layout plan indicating Chap – 2 A total of 42.5% open spaces/ green areas have been planned for the
Greenbelt along with proposed ECC project.
Section -
area earmarked to be
2.7.10
provided. The Green Area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the
periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks whereas
in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets.
This distribution into smaller parcels is essentially a result of the integration

New Delhi
with the boulevard and the Open Exhibition Area.
A layout map showing planned green areas within ECC has been provided
in Figure 2-23 below.
25. Disaster Management Chap – 7 A Disaster Management Plan to handle emergency situations has been
plan including onsite formulated and provided in Section 7.1. Potential hazards have been
Section -7.1
and offsite plan. identified and specific management procedures associated with them have
been described in detail.
GENERAL
26. Period of data collection Chap – 3 Refer Sno. 2 and Sno. 3 above.
27. Application of EC (with - - Letter of Application for EC from DMIC attached

File no.) + prescribed
TOR
28. Attached TOR to EIA - - Attached at the end of report as an Annexure A.1
report
29. Questionnaire related to - - Attached as a separate file.

project
30. Undertaking by - - Placed within this Report after the TOC.

Consultant
(compliance to standard
TOR and prescribed
TOR)
The content of the report is as follows:
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Project Description
Chapter 3 Description of Environment
Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program
Chapter 7 Additional Studies (Disaster Management, Social Impact Assessment, R&R Action Plan,
others)
Chapter 8 Project Benefits
Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan
Chapter 11 Summary and Conclusions
Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultants

New Delhi
2. Project Description
2.1 Type of project and capacity

DMICDC has planned to develop an Exhibition-cum-convention Centre (ECC) at Sector- 25 of Dwarka, in
Southwest District of Delhi, spreading over 89.72 Ha land, with the total built up area of 10,20,000 sq.m. It is
estimated that the total direct employment generated by the project will be approximately 53,074. The total visitor
population for the project has been estimated to be 3,87,970. Details on project location, accessibility to site, site
settings have been discussed in subsections below.
The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre,
banquet halls, arena, hotels and service apartments, food &beverage outlets, Grade-A offices and retail services.
The ECC will serve as the medium for sponsoring/ holding international and national meetings, conferences,
exhibitions and trade shows. As per the Demand and Gap Assessment report of ECC project, once the facility is
functional, it will draw a demand for integrated Grade office space and High value organized Mall-format retail
space. The ECC campus, being planned in close proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture
hotel room demand from foreign tourists arriving in Delhi. The project shall be developed as a leading (Meetings,
Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions destination, (MICE), combining business-cum-entertainment
experience. The destination creation will include strategic placement and brand creation for the proposed facility
to enhance the experience of MICE events by creating a unique mix of enabling land uses which are not
comparable to any existing exhibition venue.
The location of ECC is planned in a way so as to facilitate the joint use of common facilities like parking offices,
retail services, transportation and circulation, open spaces and amenities. Key details of the project are as below
in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Key project details

Parameter Details
State Delhi
District South West
Total Built up area 10,20,000 sq.m
Basement built up area 10,30,998 sq.m
Total site area for ECC 89.72 Ha
Estimated Number of Visitors at ECC 3,87,970
Total Parking requirement 27,000 ECS
Total Power requirement 100 MW
Fresh Water Requirement 2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for Phase II (Total 7.5 MLD)
Treated water re-use 3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II (Total 8.5 MLD)
Source of water Delhi Jal Board (DJB)
Waste water Generation 3. 6 MLD for Phase I and 5.4 MLD for Phase II (Total 9.0 MLD)
Solid Waste Generation ~75 – 80 TPD( at peak time, 120days)
Solid Waste Generation ~23 - 25 TPD (non-peak)
Source of Power State Electricity Board
Total Project Cost ~INR 25,367 crores
2.2 Need for the project

For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible business tool—not only to showcase
growing industrial strength but also to create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC
would be developed along EPC and Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model with world class infrastructure
related to trade and promotional activities, conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized

New Delhi
events and logistics facilities. The development of project will open the economy for foreign investments, hence
gaining grounds at international level.
The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic expansion and urban development of Delhi.
Pragati Maidan is the only large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs, etc.
Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should be facilitated not only to provide exhibition
space but also attract new investments and boost existing economic activity in the region.
Other project benefits have been described in Chapter -8 below.
2.3 Location
The proposed site is spread over Sector 25 of the Dwarka Sub City, in the south western part of Delhi NCR. It is
approximately 11 Kms from the Terminal 3 of Indira Gandhi International (IGI) Airport.
Figure 2-1 below show the location of Dwarka Sub-city within Delhi and proposed site location within Dwarka
Sub- City.
The coordinates of site boundary are provided in Table below.

Table 2-2: Geographical coordinates outlining the site
Point Latitude Longitude

A 28°32'46.42"N 77° 2'34.39"E
B 28°33'13.35"N 77° 2'57.60"E
C 28°33'15.72"N 77° 2'58.79"E
D 28°33'17.76"N 77° 2'56.79"E
E 28°33'30.66"N 77° 2'34.48"E
F 28°33'25.60"N 77° 2'30.45"E
G 28°33'24.57"N 77° 2'32.23"E
H 28°33'15.20"N 77° 2'25.09"E
I 28°33'1.20"N 77° 2'10.40"E
Source of coordinates: Google Earth
The Khasra numbers included are as follows:
16, 25, 5, 6/1, 6/2, 21, 1, 10, 11/1, 2, 9/1, 8/2, 12/1, 12/2, 8/1, 13, 18/1, 18/2, 7/2, 14, 17, 24/1, 15/2, 16/1, 25,
20/2, 21, 1, 2, 3, 8, 13/1, 13/2, 7, 9, 11, 12, 18, 19, 22, 23, 4, 17/1, 17/2, 24, 7/1, 6, 15/1, 15/2 16/1, 20, 21, 1/1,
½, 20/1, 23/1, 23/2, 13/1, 23/1, 23/2, 24/2, 4/1, 4/2, 15, 11/2, 25/1, 25/2, 25/3, 1/3, 22/1, 2/3, 12/1, 10/1, 26, 21/1,
10/1, 10/2, 22/2.
The proposed project boundary has been indicated on Survey of India toposheet and attached as Annexure A.5.

New Delhi
Figure 2-1: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site location with Dwarka
Dwarka
Source: Ministry of Urban Development (Delhi Division), Notification 7th February, 2007
As per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016, the land use of 89.72
ha of land area (excluding any existing structures/ acquired land) was changed to Public Semi Public (PS-1,
socio-cultural facilities (from previous Commercial (Category C-2)). The land use map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone
K-II as per the MPD 2021) and a copy of the latest Notification regarding the changed land use have been
attached as Annexure A2 and A3.
nd th
The reference letters dated 22 August 2016 and 14 September 2016 regarding transfer of land from DDA to
DIPP have been attached as Annexure A.4
2.3.1 Site Settings
The study area comprises primarily of flat land with a general slope towards west direction. The site is at a
distance of approximately 2.5 kms from the western edge of IGI airport runway and falls directly under the funnel
of Runway 11-29.
To the north of the site lies Pochanpur village and 100m Urban Extension Road (UER)-II connecting the site to
NH-8 runs along the northern boundary of the site. To the east of the site runs the Jaipur-Delhi railway line. In the
west direction, the site is flanked by a sector road of 60 metres ROW connecting the site to sector 19 and 24 and
running parallel to Najafgarh drain. There are local roads with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width going
towards south which connects with the nearby Barthal and Bijwasan villages.
For the environment impact assessment study, an area of 10 km extending from the boundary of the project site
has been considered as the Study Area for this project. The map showing the 10 km radius with site physical
features and Project boundary is presented in Figure 2-2.

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC)
Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 2-2: Project Site Boundary with Physical Feature

New Delhi
2.3.2 Accessibility to Site
The site is located in close proximity to various transport links such as –Indira Gandhi International Airport, Delhi
– Rewari Railway line and Dwarka Sec-21 Metro station, providing connectivity within Delhi and nearby regions.
The existing road network in the site vicinity is presented in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Existing road network in the vicinity
Existing Road Network

Presently, the access to the site is from the Urban Extension Road –II (UER -II), Dwarka sector roads and local
village roads. UER-II (also known as Najafgarh road) of 100m ROW and 6 lane carriageway flanks the site on its
northern side connecting the site to NH-8. This primary road (60m ROW with 6 carriage way) connects the site to
Sector 22 and Sector 23. The same road is proposed to link to Northern Peripheral Road(Dwarka Expressway) in
Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021.The site is also flanked by sector road of 60 metres ROW in the west
direction connecting the site to sector 19 and 24 and running parallel to Najafgarh drain. There are local roads
with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width going towards south which connects with the nearby Barthal and
Bijwasan villages.
Major linkages that would have direct impact on the traffic being generated from the ECC are shown in the
Figure 2-4 below.

New Delhi
Figure 2-4: Existing Road Linkages

i) UER II (100 m ROW) and Site, ii) Dwarka Sector road (80 m) (Towards Sector 22&23) and Site and iii) Dwarka
Sector road (60 m) (towards Sector 19)
Existing MRTS connectivity

The site has good transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than a kilometre
away. The line is proposed to extend southwards to Gurgaon, thereby enhancing the connectivity of the site.
Existing Rail connectivity

The Delhi–Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway station at Bijwasan, which is
approximately 3 km from the project site. This railway line connects the south-west parts of the NCR with
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Punjab. Connectivity to roads and railway line is presented in Figure
2-5.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 2-5: Connectivity to the site: Major Roads and Railways
ECC project site

at Dwarka, Delhi
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

27
New Delhi
2.4 Detailed description

The planned components of the project are as presented below.
Table 2-3: Project Components of ECC the area statement

S. No Components Built up Area Sq. m
1 Exhibition Hall 2,00,000

Foyer 50,000
4 Hotels (5 Star) 1,30,000

7 Office 2,15,000
8 Retail 1,70,000
Besides the above, the total basement built up area (basement I,II, III & IV) is 10,30,998 Sqm.
ECC project is envisaged to be built in two phases (Phase I and Phase II). The proposed phasing of the project is
provided below:
Table 2-4: ECC components to be developed in Phase I
1 Exhibition Hall 37,260

2 Grand Foyer 2,740
7 Office 85,400
8 Retail 1,44,600
Table 2-5: ECC components to be developed in Phase II

1 Exhibition Hall 162740

2 Foyer 47,260
7 Office 1,29,600
8 Retail 25,400
As per Zonal Plan K-II, Delhi Master Plan 2021, the proposed site location was classified under Commercial land
use category. However, as per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016,
the land use of 89.72 ha of land area (excluding any existing structures/ acquired land) was changed from
Commercial (Category C-2) to Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities).
The duly signed and approved Layout Plan from SDMC is provided in Figure 2-7.

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC)
Figure 2-6: Concept Master Plan for proposed ECC, Dwarka, and Delhi

Figure 2-7: Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC)

New Delhi
2.4.1 Development Controls/ Norms and Standards
The guidelines, norms and standards issued by the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) (which enlists facilities
required in urban areas), Delhi Master Plan- 2021 together with National Building Code (NBC) and Urban
Development Plans Formulation and Implementation (UDPFI) were taken into consideration while planning and
designing the proposed project.
Plot Area
The total site area under consideration for ECC is 89.72 Ha. The site shall be planned as per the mandate
provided by the DDA for permissible FSI for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities).
Height Restrictions
The project site falls directly under runway funnel of IGI runway 1129 which is constrained by severe height
restrictions. Requisite permission has already been obtained from AAI for building height (block-wise) for 42-
45m.
2.5 Project Implementation Schedule

The project will be completed in a span of eight (8) years.
Construction of exhibition centre will start along with construction of1300 rooms of five star hotels, 800 rooms of
four star hotels, 1000 rooms of three star hotel and 500 service apartments. Simultaneously, there will be
development of 2, 15,000 sqm of office spaces and 1,70,000 sqm of retail spaces. Approx. 2, 00,000 sqm of
exhibition space,60,000 sqm of convention centre and 50,000 Sqm multipurpose Arena will also be constructed
as a part of ECC.
Proposed project will be constructed in two (2) phases: Phase I with construction of total built up area of 4,25,000
sqm which will be followed by construction of Phase-II which covers built up area of 5,95,000 sqm.
2.6 Project Construction Activities

2.6.1 Manpower/ Labour Requirement
It is estimated that about 5500 workers will be engaged for construction and related activities during the peak.
Local labourers will be hired from the vicinity of the site. Influx of population from outside areas is not expected.
Hence, setting up of labour camps is not envisaged for the project.
Also, adequate number of portable toilets will be provided with separate toilets for female workers as per the
requirements of the Delhi Building and Other Construction Workers Rules 2002.
2.6.2 Construction Material
It has been proposed that the construction material will be sourced only from authorized quarries in and around
the region. Two quarry sites - Badarpur stone quarry and Jaitpur Quarry situated approximately 26km and 29km
have been identified to source stones, aggregates, sand, etc. Steel and cement will be purchased from reputed
manufacturers with valid test certificates as per BIS specifications.
Aluminium, bricks, stones, marbles, paint, tiles, electrical ware, glass will be purchased from local markets. All
material will be delivered to site and shall be processed for final installation at site only. Minimum amount of cut
and fill operation will be carried out during construction phase.
The estimated quantity of earthwork involved due to excavation activities, mainly for the construction of parking
area is approx. 3.6 Million cubic metre .The surplus earth shall be used to fill up depression at site and low land in
the area.
2.6.3 Power Requirement during construction phase
Since no labour camps will be set up during construction phase of the project, power requirement will only be
limited to operation of construction equipment and machinery. The power will be sourced from nearest grid
substation. Diesel Generator sets of capacity / number approximately 250 KVA x 6 Nos, 125KVAx9 Nos, and 65

New Delhi
KVA x 12 numbers will be used for power back-up. The numbers and capacities shall be finalised during detailed
planning stage.
All fire and safety measures will be taken into consideration and shall be implemented by the Construction / Civil
contractors.
2.6.4 Fuel requirements during construction phase

3
The construction phase will require a maximum of 1m /day of High Speed Diesel (HSD) for operation of Diesel
Generators (considering 100% load). All the equipment and heavy machinery will be re-fuelled at nearest fuel
stations.
Sufficient High Speed Diesel will be stored in containers/ fuel storage tanks with secondary containment and
proper identification mark/labels. The fuel shall be stored in a segregated location with maximum storage for one
additional day. All fuel storage tanks will be placed on paved surfaces with secondary containments.
All fire and safety measures will be taken as per the guidelines issued by the concerned regulatory authorities.
2.6.5 Water Demand and Source during construction phase
The water requirement for the construction phase will include water for construction activities such as curing,
formation of concrete mixtures, foundation laying, brick-soaking, masonry and water for domestic consumption
3 1
for labourers and other supervision staff. It is estimated that about 2m of water will be required per sq m of built
up total area.
The water requirement for domestic purpose and workers at site will be approximately 45 litres per person per
day (lpcd) which will be 247.5 KLD.
The water required for both drinking and construction activities during the construction phase will be sourced from
DJB through water tankers.
2.6.6 Waste water generation during construction phase
It is expected that during construction phase, approximately 198 KLD (for about 5500 labourers) of sewage will
be generated. The sewage generated from the portable toilets will be vacuum-collected and emptied into the
main sewerage system of the area. Soak pits will provide at the construction areas to absorb wash waters and
other domestic waste water.
2.6.7 Solid Waste Generation
The expected solid waste during construction phase will include two types of wastes i.e. Construction debris and
Domestic solid waste. The type and quantities of the solid waste generation during construction phase are as
follows:
1. Construction debris will mainly comprise of excavated soil, rocks, bricks, mortar, metals, wood and
packaging wastes. Such wastes like bricks, stones, mortar will be used to level low lying areas within the
project site which will constitute about 90% of the debris, other wastes like wood packaging material,
metal, jute will be sold to scrap dealers.
2. Municipal solid waste will comprise of food waste, packaging wastes generated onsite. This waste will
be properly collected and disposed of to designated authorized waste disposal sites by the engaged civil
contractors working at site.
3. Used Oil from Diesel Generators will be collected on site and would be properly handled and stored in
secure containers. Used oil will be disposed of to CPCB/ DPCC approved designated disposal site.
2
The waste from construction activities has been estimated to be in the range of 40-60 kg/sqm .
1 CSE brochure on Green Buildings

2
http://www.tifac.org.in/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=710&Itemid=205

New Delhi
Construction and demolition (C&D) waste will be stored at the construction site in either skips or suitable
containers and will be directly emptied at the notified disposal site/sites or transported to an available suitable
facility.
2.7 Project Operation

2.7.1 Employment Potential
The overarching economic goals for DMICDC are to double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple
exports in five years. It is estimated, that the total direct employment generated by the project will be 53,074. The
details of the employment generated by various components of the project are as follows in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6 : Employment generated during operation phase

Activity use Employee Population
ECC Exhibition Centre 1110
Convention Centre 440

Arena (Theme Destination) 760
Hotel (5 Star) 6290
Hotel (4 Star)
Hotel (Budget)
Service Apartments
Commercial (Retail) 7500
Commercial (office) 36314
Misc (Administration + Public Amenities) 660
Total 53074
2.7.2 Visitor Population forecast
The total visitor population for the project has been estimated and presented in Table 2-7: Peak inflow of
population for different buildings has also been considered.
Table 2-7 : Estimated visitor population at the proposed project

S. No. Description Visitor Population
(Assumption)
1 Exhibition Centre 225000
2 Grand Foyer 4000
3 Convention Centre 6000
4 Arena (Theme Destination) 25000
5 Hotel (5 Stars) 2970
6 Hotel (4 Stars)
7 Hotel (Budget)
8 Service Apartment
9 Commercial (Retails) 125000
10 Commercial (Office) -
11 Misc (Administration+ Public office) -
TOTAL 3,87,970
2.7.3 Water Infrastructure
Water Sourcing
It is proposed that during operation phase, water requirement for the entire development will be met from the
Main Supply of DJB. As per MPD 2021, 22.0 MGD of water is allocated for commercial usages in Dwarka. Water
will be sourced out of the six underground reservoirs (UGRs) planned for Dwarka as per the MPD-2021. These

New Delhi
UGRs have an individual capacity to cater to a population of 0.15-0.20 million populations, with a reserve
quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development.
Water demand during Operation Phase

Total water requirement for ECC has been calculated for domestic requirements (Visitor population water
demand, employee water demand, and other water demand for each component of planned ECC).
Water requirement for various project components is presented in Table 2-8 and Table 2-9. It has been estimated
that the total water demand of the project is approx. 16 MLD water (6.0 MLD for Phase I and 10.0 MLD for Phase
II). This will be met by using fresh water 7.5 MLD (2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for Phase II) and recycled
treated sewage water 8.5 MLD (3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II). Fresh water will be used for
domestic purposes.
Waste water will be treated in two planned STPs (4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II) and the treated
waste water will be used in landscaping, etc. Water Balance for both the phases are presented in Figure 2.8 and
Figure 2.9.
An application to DJB has also been submitted for allocation of water to the project. A copy of the same has been
placed as Annexure A.7 of this Report.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Table 2-8 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase I

S. Description BUA Population Population Water Gross Water Potable Water Non Potable
No. (Sqm) (Sqm/Head) (Head) requirement Requirement (LPD) (LPD)
(litres/head) (LPD)
1 Exhibition Centre 37,260 1.5 24,840 15 3,72,600 3,72,600 -
2 Foyer 2,740 1.5 1,827 15 27,400 27,400 -
Convention Centre 60,000 1.5 40,000 15 6,00,000 6,00,000
3 Hotel (5 Stars) 95,000 - 1,200 320 3,84,000 3,30,000 54,000

600 Keys
Hotel (4 Stars) 374 320 1,19,680 1,02,850 16,830
187 Keys
Hotel (3 Stars) 700 320 2,24,000 1,92,500 31,500
350 Keys
4 Commercial (Retails) 1,44,600 4.5 32,134 45 14,46,030 4,82,010 9,64,020
5 Commercial (Office) 85,400 10.0 8,540 45 3,84,300 1,28,100 2,56,200
6 Basement area 4,63,949 30 15,465 45 6,95,925 2,31,975 4,63,950
7 Sub total 42,53,935 24,67,435 17,86,500
8 Add 5% Extra for floating population 2,12,697 1,23,372 89,325
Total Water demand (Phase-I) 44,66,632 25,90,807 18,75,825

New Delhi
Water Consumption Data - Summary & Treated Waste Water Re-Use

Phase –I
S. No. Description Round-Off
1. Domestic Cold Water Requirement Say 2591 KL/Day
2. Flushing Water Requirement Say 1875 KL/Day
Total (1+2) Say 4466 KL/Day
3. Flow to STP Say 3573 KL/Day
Considered 20% additional for STP Capacity Say 4288 KL/Day
Treated water available from the STP @ 95% of total sewer Say 3394 KL/Day
generation.
1. Cooling Tower Make -Up - Air Conditioning Plant Say 1208 KL/Day
Total diversify HVAC load 2500 TR for Hotel and 11500 TR for
Exhibition & Convention Centre.
Water requirement for Hotel = 2500*24hr*8 ltrs/hr*0.6= 288 KLD

Water requirement for Exhibition and Convention = 11500*10hr*10
ltrs/hr*0.8= 920 KLD
2. Cooling Tower Make -Up water for D.G. Sets 15 No 2000 KVA for 1 Say 24 KL/Day
hour operation
=15 *1 hr*200*10 ltrs/hr*0.8=24 KLD
4. Gardening and Landscape. Say 287 KL/Day

(60 Acres *4000*6 ltrs/sqm*0.2=287 KLD)- 20 % land scape area
considered
Total Say 3394 KL/Day
Conclusion:
Total Water Requirement of Project - 5985 KL/Day

Fresh Water Requirement - 2591 KL/Day
Treated Waste Water Use - 3394 KL/Day

New Delhi
Figure 2-8 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase I
Total Water Requirement

5985 KLD
Fresh Water Requirement Treated Water Reuse

2591 KLD 3394 KLD
Domestic Fresh Cooling Tower Make

Flushing
Water up Water Landscaping
Requirement
Requirement (1208+24 KLD) 287 KLD
1875 KLD
2591 KLD 1232 KLD
80% discharge as Sewage
Sewage Generated
3573 KLD
20% additional for STP
Sewage Treatment 95% of Treated Water

Plant
4288 KLD

Dwarka, New Delhi
Table 2-9 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase II

S. No. Description BUA Population Population Water Gross Water Potable Water Non Potable
(Sqm) (Sqm/Head) (Head) requirement Requirement (LPD) (LPD) (LPD)
(litres/head)
1 Exhibition Centre 1,62,740 1.5 1,08,493 15 6,27,400 16,27,400 -
2 Foyer 47,260 1.5 31,507 15 4,72,600 4,72,600
Arena 50,000 1.5 33,333 15 5,00,000 5,00,000
3 Hotel (5 Stars) 1,55,000 - 1,400 320 4,48,000 3,85,000 63,000

700 Keys
Hotel (4 Stars) 1,226 320 3,92,320 3,37,150 55,170
613 Keys
Hotel (3 Stars) 1,300 320 4,16,000 3,57,500 58,500
650 Keys
4 Service Apartment 25,000 - 1,000 320 3,20,000 2,13,333 1,06,667
500 Keys
5 Commercial (Retails) 25,400 4.5 5,645 45 2,54,025 84,675 1,69,350
6 Commercial (Office) 1,29,600 10 12,960 45 5,83,200 1,94,400 3,88,800
7 Basement area 5,67,049 30 18,902 45 8,50,590 2,83,530 5,67,060
8 Sub total 58,64,135 44,55,588 14,08,547
9 Add 5% Extra for floating 2,93,207 2,22,780 70,428

population
10 Add extra for difference in FAR 54,998 1.5 38,499 15 5,77,485 1,92,495 3,84,990
Total Water demand (Phase-II) 67,34,827 48,70,863 18,63,965

New Delhi
Water Consumption Data - Summary & Treated Waste Water Re-Use

Phase - II
1. Domestic Cold Water Requirement Say 4871 KL/Day
Total (1+2) Say 6735 KL/Day
3. Flow to STP Say 5388 KL/Day
Considered 20% additional for STP Capacity Say 6465 KL/Day
Treated water available from the STP @ 95% of total sewer Say 5119 KL/Day
generation.
1. Cooling Tower Make -Up - Air Conditioning Plant Say 1838 KL/Day
Total diversify HVAC load 4500 TR for Hotel and 16500 TR
for Exhibition and Convention.
Water requirement for Hotel = 4500*24hr*8 ltrs/hr*0.6= 518
KLD
Water requirement for Hotel = 16500*10hr*10 ltrs/hr*0.8=
1320 KLD
2. Cooling Tower Make -Up water for D.G. Sets 30 No 2000 KVA Say 48 KL/Day
for 1 hour operation
=30 *1 hr*200*10 ltrs/hr*0.8=48 KLD
4. Gardening and Landscape. Say 792 KL/Day

(165 Acres *4000*6 ltrs/sqm*0.2=432 KLD)- 20 % land scape
area considered
5. Additional water available Say 576 KL/Day
Total Say 5119 KL/Day
Conclusion:
Total Water Requirement of Project - 9990 KL/Day

Fresh Water Requirement - 4871 KL/Day
Treated Waste Water Use - 5119 KL/Day

New Delhi
Figure 2-9 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase II
Total Water Requirement

9990 KLD
Fresh Water Requirement Treated Water Reuse

4871 KLD 5119 KLD
Domestic Fresh Cooling Tower

Water Flushing Make up Water Additional
Landscaping
Requirement (1838+48 KLD) Water Available
Requirement 792 KLD
4871 KLD 1864 KLD 1886 KLD 576 KLD
80% discharge as Sewage
Sewage Generated
5388 KLD
20% additional for STP
Sewage Treatment 95% of Treated Water

Plant
6465 KLD

New Delhi
Water Storage Sizing

There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days’ water storage capacity for ECC project.
The incoming Main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow
connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks.
Water Treatment
Water treatment plant shall be provided in accordance with the various requirements of use as mentioned below:
1. Domestic Water: The project shall receive potable water as per IS: 10500 (2012) Drinking water
Standards from the Delhi Jal Board (DJB) Mains. As per the specific requirements of Facilities within ECC,
water might be further treated using small Reverse Osmosis Systems.
2. Soft Water: Provision of polishing softener and activated carbon filter shall be made to ensure the
chemical limit of make-up water requirement of Air conditioning cooling towers is acceptable.
3. Flushing Water: Flushing water for the 89.72 Ha. Development shall be sourced from the Centralised
STP and shall have acceptable parameters as per governing requirement.
4. Irrigation Water: Irrigation water for landscape use for the 89.72 Ha. development shall be sourced from
the STP if water is available after meeting soft water make-up demand and shall have acceptable
parameters as per governing requirement
Water Distribution
Central Utility Building
Centralized Underground water storage tanks are proposed to be provided for firefighting, domestic, flushing,
irrigation & soft water and pump room housing fire pumps, water treatment plant, and hydro-pneumatic system and
pumping system for the entire master plan in the basement of Central utility building. The treated recycled water
(Non potable water) for 89.72 Ha developments shall be provided from sewage treatment plant.
Domestic and flushing water supply of 89.72 Ha developments shall be fed by respective hydro-pneumatic systems
through ring mains. Following systems have also been proposed:
· pump room housing fire pumps;

· hydro pneumatic pumping system
Water will be fed at constant pressure by hydro-pneumatic system for the following uses:
· Domestic Water Supply

· Flushing Water Supply
· Soft Water Supply
2.7.4 Sewage and Sullage
Waste Water Generation and Treatment

The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II.
Various streams of wastewater are expected to be generated from the proposed development such as domestic
waste water, laundry wastewater, restaurant effluent etc. Details are as follows:
Table 2-10 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase I
S. No. Description Water Waste Water Quantity (MLD)

Requirement
LPD
(excluding
Cooling Tower
Make up water and

New Delhi
Landscaping )
1 Exhibition Centre 0.37 0.30
2 Foyer 0.03 0.02

Convention Centre 0.60 0.48
3 Hotel (5 Stars) 0.38 0.31 · Laundry wastewater stream 15%)-
600 Keys 0.089 MLD
Hotel (4 Stars) 0.12 0.10
187 Keys · Restaurant effluent (10%)-
0.059 MLD
Hotel (3 Stars) 0.22 0.18
350 Keys
· Domestic waste stream (75%) -0.44
MLD
4 Commercial (Retails) 1.45 1.16
5 Commercial (Office) 0.38 0.31
6 Basement area 0.70 0.56
7 Sub total 4.25 3.40
8 Add 5% Extra for 0.21 0.17

floating population
9 Total (Phase-I) 4.47 3.57
Table 2-11 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase II
S. No. Description Gross Water Waste water quantity (MLD)
Requirement
LPD
(excluding
Cooling Tower
Make up water and
Landscaping )
1 Exhibition Centre
1.63 1.30
2 Foyer 0.47 0.38
Arena 0.50 0.40
3 Hotel (5 Stars) · Laundry wastewater stream (15%)- 0.15
700 Keys 0.45 0.36 MLD
Hotel (4 Stars)
613 Keys 0.39 0.31 · Restaurant effluent (10%)- 0.1 MLD
Hotel (3 Stars)
· Domestic waste stream (75%) -0.75 MLD
650 Keys 0.42 0.33
4 Service Apartment
500 Keys 0.32 0.26
5 Commercial (Retails) 0.25 0.20
6 Commercial (Office) 0.58 0.47
Basement area 0.85 0.68
7 Sub total 5.86 4.69
8 Add 5% Extra for
floating population 0.29 0.23
9 Add extra for difference
in FAR 0.58 0.46
10 Total (Phase-I)
6.73 5.39
Waste Water Treatment: Planned as a Zero Waste Water Discharge Project
It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be
treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning
system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas.

New Delhi
It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II
respectively.
The treated effluent from the Sewage Treatment Plant shall be stored in Treated water storage. The treated water
is to be used for the horticulture purpose. Excessive sludge shall be stored in the sludge holding tank for final
dewatering and disposal through screw pump and filter press / centrifuge. The parameters which shall be adopted
for the design of sewage treatment plant is presented in Table2-12.
Table2-12 : Parameters for design of sewage treatment plant

S. No. Parameters Cooling tower makeup / Flushing
1. pH 6.5 – 8.5
3. B O D (5 days at 20 deg. C) < 5 mg/lt
4. COD < 50 mg/lt
5. TDS < 500
6. Turbidity < 1.0 NTU
7. E. Coli Nil

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 2-10 : Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number) locations

New Delhi
2.7.5 Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management
To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe drainage system has been planned for
open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn.
Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow through sloping channels /pipes connected
to the online storm water drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater harvesting
tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits shall be connected to the main storm water trunk
line of the entire development.
Total potential for rain water harvesting has been estimated below:
Table 2-13 : Proposed Roof Area and Pavements
S.No Roof Area Area (in square meter)

1 Total Roof Area 341945
(All buildings)
2 Roof Garden (30% of Roof) 102583.5
3 Cement/Tile Roof 239361.5

Podium Roof
1 Hotels
2 Total Podium Area 9509

3 Green Area (20%) 1901.8
4 Pool Area (50%) 4754.5
5 Pavement 2852.7
Offices
1 Total Podium Area 2924

2 Green Area (30%) 877.2
3 Pavement 2046.8
Total Green Roof 1,05,363
Cement/Tiled/Paved 2,44,261
Pool Area 4,755
The total water harvesting potential for the proposed project has been calculated using the formula as below:
Q= C*I*A, where
Q=Annual Rainwater Harvesting Potential, cubic meter

C=Runoff Coefficient (For conventional roofs, runoff coefficient is considered as 0.95 for paved area and 0.3 from
green roof area)
I=Peak Rainfall Intensity, m/h (Maximum hourly intensity occurring maximum number of time in 5-10 years for
Delhi is considered to be 32.5 mm/day – average value of three months has been taken)
A=Area of catchment, square meter (considering the total available area – 3, 54,378 sqm)

New Delhi
Table 2-14 : Rainwater Harvesting Calculation
S.No Surface Type Run-Off Area (Sqm) Impervious Area Q=CIA I ( 32.5mm/day)
Coefficient (C*I)
1 Cement/Paved Roof 0.95 2,44,261.00 2,32,047.95 7541558.375

2 Green Roof 0.3 1,05,362.50 31,608.75 1027284.375
(100-200mm thick)
3 Pool Area 0.95 4,754.50 4,516.78 146795.35
Total 2,68,173.48 8715638.1
8715 cubic meters/day
Rain Water Harvesting Tank Storage Capacity: 9,000 KL
Rain Water Harvesting Pits
It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater could be harvested. Based on the above calculation, 20
number of rainwater harvesting pits will be constructed of approx.450 cubic meter capacity spread over the entire
campus.
Storm Water Management
Two Storm water lines have been planned servicing the ECC complex, comprising of manholes and rainwater
harvesting pits planned at regular intervals. The Storm water network layout, showing rainwater harvesting
structures has been provided in Figure below.

Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting structures

New Delhi
2.7.6 Power Demand and Sourcing
The power demand is calculated after considering the different types of needs for heating, lighting, and cooling
facilities/ requirements for different land uses and power assumptions. Many of the services in the Exhibition
Centre, Convention Centre, Arena (Theme Destination) will be unmanned and fully automated, requiring a
significant amount of electrical power.
As per preliminary calculations, total electrical load for entire complex is estimated as 100 MW (Phase I - 40 MW
and Phase II- 60 MW). The Complex shall receive power supply from Delhi Transco substation through dual
feeder, EHT from the nearby EHV substation as per information received. Cauterized DG power backup shall be
provided for the Exhibition Halls, Convention Centre, Arena, Administration and common utility complex only.
Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) shall be provided with 4 No. (3 working & 1 standby) ONAN (oil natural air
natural) / ONAF (oil natural air force ventilation Transformers. On load tap changer shall be provided for power
transformers for better voltage regulation. Individual building shall receive the required power supply from these
substations at 11 kV through U/G XLPE Cables in trenches in ring mains configuration.
Sources of Emergency Power Supply

Diesel Generators shall be provided as back up to grid power, in case of grid power failure. Emergency power
generators shall produce power at 11 KV to Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. All 11 kV
generators shall be located in energy Centre , so that with auto changeover system shall supply power from the
main GIS sub-station to each local 11 KV sub-station located in nearby building of Exhibition Halls, Arena
Administration and common utility. 11 kV HT supply shall be feed direct from the GIS by step down of voltage to
other buildings in complex. HT Metering will be provided for both feeders.
It has been proposed that the following buildings shall be provided with Emergency power back-up at 11 kV
through following DG sets at the following locations.
Table 2-15 : Emergency Power Back-up units for various land use for Phase I & II
S.No. Landuse 11 kV DG Selection 415 V DG Selection
1 Exhibition Hall-1,2,3,4,5, 45 No. Each 2 MVA _

Conventional Centre, Foyer &
Arena
2 Hotel (5 Star) _ 3 No. 1500 kVA & 6 No. 750 kVA
3 Hotel (4 Star) _ 2 No. 1000 kVA & 2 No. 750 kVA & 1 No. 380 kVA
4 Hotel (3 Star) _ 3 No. 1000 kVA & 3 No. 750 kVA

5 Service Apartment _ 2 No. 1000 kVA
6 Retail _ 7 No. 2000 kVA & 2 X 1500 KVA 1 X 1000 KVA &
1 No. 250 kVA
7 Office _ 2 No. 1500 kVA & 8 No. 1000 kVA & 9 No. 750
kVA & 1 No. 500 kVA & 2 No. 320 kVA
Note: Nos. of DGs are based on the broad estimate and may change during operation phase.
DG sets shall be with acoustic enclosure and water cooled type. All DG sets shall be synchronized and shall be
capable of restoring power supply within 10-15 seconds of disruption (black-out or brown-out) of city power.
Independent flue pipe from each DG set shall be taken out up to the highest level. The noise level from DG sets
will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance, during day time and 70 dB (A) during night time. Stack height for the
flue pipe from the DG sets shall be as per CPCB norms.
Solar power lighting has also been proposed for the project. Details have been provided in Section 2.7.9
Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation.

New Delhi
2.7.7 Solid Waste Management
Waste Type and Waste Quantity

The types of waste likely to be generated from the project are municipal, commercial, institutional, biomedical –
hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. The characterization of the waste for the proposed project has been done
based on the different sources of waste generation including residential, commercial, offices, hotels and open areas.
Each source will have different characteristics of waste. With the objectives of maximum recovery of useful material and
optimisation of waste recycling, the waste expected to be generated in the project, is broadly classified into the following
categories:
1. Biodegradable waste;
2. Recyclables; and
3. Inert & Others
The most probable % waste composition of waste from this development will be 55% biodegradable waste, 30%
recyclables and 15 % Inert/ other wastes as shown in Figure 2-12. The waste composition is based on secondary data
collected from various studies conducted in recent times for similar types of waste generation sources within the state of
Delhi and National capital Region (NCR).
Figure 2-12 : Composition of MSW
The quantities of waste likely to be generated during the operation of ECC-has been estimated on the basis of
population and land use characteristics. Waste generation factors have been considered as per the various land uses
and are based on recent studies/ primary surveys conducted for studies similar in nature. The WGFs used have been
presented in the Table 2-16.
Table 2-16: Waste generation factors

S. no Land use WGF WGF for WGF for
Unit employee or visitor
area
1. Exhibition Centre kg/capita/day 0.1 0.15
2. Convention Centre kg/capita/day 0.1 0.2

3. Arena (Theme Destination) kg/sqm/day 0.03 0.2
4. Hotel (5 Star) kg/room/day 0.1 0.5
5. Hotel (4 Star) kg/room/day 0.1 0.5
6. Hotel (Budget) kg/room/day 0.1 0.4
7. Service Apartments kg/capita/day 0.1 0.4
8. Commercial (Retail) kg/capita/day 0.1 0.2

New Delhi
9. Commercial (office) kg/capita/day 0.1 -

10. Misc (Administration + Public kg/capita/day 0.1 -
Amenities)
11. Roads and Paving kg/sqm/day 0.01 -
12. Green area kg/sqm/day 0.003
It is assumed that the peak season during which the visitor footfall will be maximum, will prevail for 120 days, spread
over a complete year. As per the estimates, a total of 75-80 TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during
peak season from ECC during its operation phase.
A summary of waste quantification is presented in Table 2-17 and Table 2-18.
Table 2-17 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase I

S.no Activity use During peak season
(TPD)
1 Exhibition Hall 6.3

2 Foyer 0.1
3 Convention Centre 1.2
4 Hotels (5 Star) 600 keys 0.4
5 Hotels (4 Star) 0.1
7 Office 1.5
8 Retail 21.9
Total 31.8
Table 2-18 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase II

S.no Activity use During peak season
(TPD)
1 Exhibition Hall 27.5

2 Foyer 1.8
3 Arena (Theme Destination) 6.5
7 Office 2.6
8 Retail 2.0
9 Service Apartments 0.2
Total 41.90
The total waste likely to be generated for Phase-I is estimated to be approximately 31.8 metric ton per day (TPD) and for
phase II, the waste generated is 41.90 TPD.) Total waste expected to be generated from roads & green areas is
estimated to be 1.5TPD.
The total waste likely to be generated from ECC would be approximately 75-80 TPD.
During the non-peak season, it has been assumed that approximately 20% of the visitors will still visit the ECC. Waste
generated by these visitors, in addition to waste generated by the staff and other areas will result in generation of
approximately 23-25 TPD waste daily for both the phases.

New Delhi
Approximately 2.7-3.0 tonnes of sludge will be generated from both the STPs. It has been assumed that on an average
approx. 250 kg of sludge (dry weight) is produced per MLD of sewage treatment.
A Solid Waste Management Plan has been developed and provided in Chapter 10 of this report which provides details
on waste segregation, waste collection and processing and ultimate disposal.
For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system has been planned which
shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design
stage.
An area has been earmarked for solid waste management scheme and has been indicated in Figure below.

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC)
Figure 2-13 : Solid Waste Management: Pneumatic Waste Collection System: Indicative pipe network and waste processing area within ECC premises

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi Corporation (DMICDC)
2.7.8 Transportation Infrastructure
This section presents the proposed transportation system for the project. For developing the transportation plan, a
regional traffic and road network analysis was carried out. The analysis was based on schematic road layouts and
proposed development of the commercial land use as per Master Plan of Delhi-2021 and the surrounding areas.
The site is well connected to NH-8 which runs parallel to the site in east direction, at a distance of approx. 5.5km,
through UER-II. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than
a kilometre away. The Delhi–Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway station at Bijwasan,
which is approximately 3 km from the project site.
2.7.8.1 Traffic Projections
Traffic assessment was undertaken to analyse the peak hour traffic and parking demand and thereby assess the
adequacy of road infrastructure for the proposed development mix. The computation of traffic flow was carried out for
both peak and non-peak hours. Evening peak hours was considered as the Worst case scenario which experiences
maximum traffic flow input by employees and visitors.
Table 2-19 : Vehicular share from the proposed development
Population by Land Use Modal share anticipated (%) Total
Cars % Two IPT % Bus % Walk/Metro Cycle

Wheelers % %
%
Exhibition Employees 20 10 5 10 50 5 100
Visitors 15 10 5 10 60 100
Convention Centre Employees 20 15 5 10 50 100
Visitors 10 10 5 5 70 100
Hotels Employees 25 20 5 15 30 5 100

Visitors 65 10 10 5 10 100
Office Space Employees 10 5 5 10 70 100
(Grade A)
Visitors 40 15 10 5 30 100
Retail Arcade Employees 15 5 5 20 50 5 100
Visitors 20 10 15 5 50 100
Arena Employees 15 10 10 10 50 5 100
Visitors 15 15 10 10 50 100
Administrative Employees 30 20 10 10 30 100
office
Visitors 50 15 10 10 20 100
Table 2-20: Projected traffic flow (in PCUs)

Population by Land Use Total Traffic in PCUs
Cars Two Wheelers IPT Bus Cycle Total
Exhibition Employees 111 37 33 9 11 201
Visitors 7875 5250 4725 1225 0 19075

Convention Centre Employees 44 22 13 3 0 83
Visitors 200 200 180 23 0 603
Hotels Employees 786 419 189 73 63 1531
Visitors 965 99 178 12 0 1254
Office Space Employees 1816 605 1089 282 0 1517
(Grade A)
Visitors 0 0 0 0 0 0

New Delhi
Retail Arcade Employees 394 88 158 82 53 773

Visitors 5833 2917 7875 340 0 16965
Arena Employees 40 18 32 4 5 99
Visitors 875 875 1050 136 0 2936
Administrative Employees 99 44 40 5 0 188
Office Visitors 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Traffic PCUs 19038 10573 15562 2195 132 45225
2.7.8.2 Proposed Infrastructure for Transportation (Outside the project site)
Proposed Road Network

· Urban Extension Road II (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m
The proposed 100m ROW UER II will be connecting the National Highway No.8 (NH 8) and National Highway No. 1
(G.T. Karnal Road) crossing National Highway No. 10 (Rohtak Road) and passing from NH 8 (Gurgaon Road) via
Dwarka Sub-city-Village Bhartal-Village Dhulsaras - Village Chhawla - Village Tajpur - Village Goyla Khurd-Deenpur-
Roshanpura-Najafgarh-Masoodabad-Village, Nangli Sakrawati- Village Dichaon Kalan-Village Baderwara and village
Mundka connecting NH 10 Rohtak Road).
· Urban Extension Road I (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m

A third concentric circle to ring road that runs parallel to the UER II (as mentioned above) is also proposed by DDA and
also under the road development plan for NCR; which is referred to as Urban Extension road one (UER I).
Proposed Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT)

The Transport Department of the NCT of Delhi has proposed to develop an Interstate Bus Terminal (ISBT) is located
towards the north-east side of the site. It is envisaged that this terminal will help decongest traffic by restricting buses
from Haryana and Rajasthan to Delhi with handling capacity of 60,000 daily passengers.
Figure 2-14 : Proposed ISBT near the site
Proposed Rail Network

The land adjoining to MRTS sector 21 station is with Indian railways (IR) and is proposed for Integrated Metropolitan
Passenger Terminal (IMPT). The IMPT has been proposed to decongest the existing New Delhi and Old Delhi railway
station.

New Delhi
2.7.8.3 Traffic Circulation within the Site
The main highlights include:
· Pedestrian Friendly campus

· Adequate illumination within the campus
· Emission free transportation modes such as bicycle.
· Provision for bicycle parking facility
· Planned Metro station
· Provision electric/CNG powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus for at least 10% of the campus
occupants during the peak hours
It has been proposed to develop internal roads of various hierarchies. The details of internal road for ECC are presented
in Table 2-21 below.
Table 2-21 Details of the internal roads
S. No Type of Road Width of Road Length of Road
Exhibition cum Convention Centre
1 Primary vehicular access road 30 m ROW 2980 m
2 Primary vehicular access road/entry ramps to basement 24 m ROW 2340 m
3 Secondary road 12 m ROW 560 m
Truck Entry/ Exit
The entry points for trucks / multi-axle vehicles carrying display materials/ supplies to the exhibition/conference have
been proposed from the west side of the development. This will enable loading/ unloading of the supplies in proximity to
the proposed exhibition halls.
Personal Vehicle Entry Exit
The entry points for personal vehicles such as cars have been proposed from west and north direction with rest the
project site. The proposed entry points have been shown in Figure 2-15.
The figure shows the entry of vehicles from the planned roads networks along the east and north boundaries as well as
serving access from the west. The expressway access the north-west and south-east will include grade separated
routes and will provide access to basement car park areas serving exhibition, convention and arena.
It has also been planned to designate a road for free movement of fire tender within the ECC campus in an emergency
situation. The road has been planned as per the requirements of NBC, 2016; with a minimum width of 6m, having a
turning radius of 9 m. The proposed route for fire tender has also been indicated in the Figure 2.16.

Figure 2-15: Proposed Project Site connectivity and Circulation

Figure 2-16: Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point , Fire tender pathway, Parking areas for trucks and personal vehicles

2.7.8.4 Parking Requirements
It has been estimated that the total car parking spaces (Equivalent Car Space (ECS)) required for the development will be
27, 000. The total area required for these car parks will be approximately 864000 sq. m (32 sqm for each car park). The
parking requirement for each land use has been presented in Table 2-22.
Table 2-22 : Parking Requirement for ECC
Activity use Area (Sq.m.) Parking (ECS/ 100 Total Parking (ECS)
Sq.m.)
Exhibition Centre including 2,50,000.00 2 5,000

Foyer
Convention Centre 60,000.00 2 1,200
Arena (Theme Destination) 50,000.00 2 1,000
Hotels 2,75,000.00 3 8250

Commercial (Retail) 1,70,000.00 3 5100
Commercial (office) and 2,15,000.00 3 6450
miscellaneous
Total 10,20,000.00 27000
ECS=Equivalent Car Space
It has been proposed that the car paring will be constructed in the basement area of project facilities. Service access to
the Exhibition Centre does not conflict with other vehicular access onsite and has an unobstructed route to the exhibition
halls.
The parking plans for Basement I, II , III and IV have been provided below in Figures 2.17 through Figure 2.19.

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation
Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi (DMICDC)
Figure 2-17: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –I

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi Corporation (DMICDC)
Figure 2-18: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –II and III

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi Corporation (DMICDC)
Figure 2-19: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement –IV

New Delhi
2.7.9 Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation
The Exhibition Cum Convention Centre has been planned in lines with Green Building Principles and Energy
Conservation Building Code (ECBC) standards. The project will include eco-friendly design, energy efficient
systems, state of the art technology and compliance to all statutory regulations. Consideration of alternative
technologies to be used in building materials, energy conservation are addressed in this section. As preliminary
estimates, the proposed energy saving measures would save about 25-30% of power consumption.
Strategies to reduce solar radiations and improve energy efficiency:
· Renewable energy harness

─ High Solar Radiations on Roof provide good opportunity for Roof Top Solar PV’s
· Energy Efficient Equipment/ Fixtures
· Facades identification for high and low glazing ratios
─ WWR-Less than 40% - South East and South West
─ WWR 40-60%- North East and North West
─ High WWR towards facades facing the courtyard
· Reduce heat island effect on roof and non-roof surfaces
─ Light Coloured Paving for Open Space
─ Use of vegetation to reduce urban heat island effect
· Insulation for external walls & roof
─ Exterior Walls U-Value: 0.44 W/sq.m °C
─ Roof U-Value: 0.409 W/sq.m °C
─ Glass U-Value: 3.3 W/sq.m °C, Max SHGC:0.25, Min VLT: 30%
Solar Passive Techniques
It has been proposed to incorporate solar passive techniques in a building design to help minimize load on
conventional systems such as heating, cooling, ventilation & light.
Figure 2-20: Sun Path and Solar Mapping for the proposed Project Site

New Delhi
Figure 2-21: Site Solar Shading Analysis
Following will be considered to achieve a solar passive building design:
· The project will incorporate green vegetated roofs on the commercial office buildings in order to reduce
external heat gains from the roof top.
· Optimised insulation will be done in building envelope (walls & roof) to reduce external heat gain for
better energy efficiency and reduced air-conditioning loads;
· 30% extra fresh air over minimum requirements of ASHRAE 62 for wellbeing of occupants in exhibition
halls, commercial and hotel buildings;
· Efficient insulation of roof and walls, appropriate selection of glazing and framing for windows and
suitable shading strategy are important in designing energy efficient buildings. The project shall select
appropriate Building envelope design has considered and optimized heat factors, U-factors to minimise
internal heating/cooling loads.
Table 2-23: U-factor requirements for Opaque Wall and Roof Assembly, ECBC 2005
2
Aspect U Value as mandated by ECBC, U values proposed (W/m -°C)
2
2005 (in W/m -°C)
Roof 0.261 0.261
Opaque Walls 0.352 0.44
· Energy efficient double glazing windows shall be used for the project since they offer superior thermal
performance (Reduced solar heat gain) and help in significantly reducing unwanted external noise of traffic.
The specification of the glass used for the project is provided in:
Table 2-24: Specification of the glass used for the project
Glass Type Shading factor Maximum U factor of the overall
2
assembly( W/m -°K)
Vertical Glass (Double Glazed 0.4 2.5
Unit)
Skylight (Double Glazed Unit) 0.6 1.6
· Mixed mode ventilation for free cooling in exhibition halls, convention centre and arena during
favourable weather conditions is proposed;
· Efficient HVAC system

New Delhi
─ ECC Dwarka shall be designed with a district cooling system which supplies chilled water to the
individual buildings.
─ The centralised HVAC systems shall have an efficiency of minimum 30% improvement from the
kW/ton or COP as per ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2010 / Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)
baseline, whichever is stringent.
─ The pumps and motors shall have an efficiency of at least 85%.
─ Air conditioning shall be provided by a variable flow chilled water recirculation system for maximum
energy conservation as depicted in figure below:
Figure 2-22: Broad HVAC Design Strategies
· Materials with recycled content shall be used to maximum extent, wherever possible as they reduce virgin
materials use and solid waste volumes.
· The project shall utilize building materials that are locally manufactured, extracted and harvested within a
distance of 800kms.The use of regional building materials reduces transportation and the associated
pollution generated to deliver the materials to the project site.
· Paints, Adhesives & Sealants with low VOC shall be selected for this project.
· Lighting:
─ The infrastructure lighting shall be designed with optimised lighting power density with at least 50%
improvement over baseline as per ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2010 or Energy Conservation Building
Code (ECBC), whichever is stringent. All non-emergency exterior & common area lighting such as
landscaping, surface and covered parking, pathways, bicycle lanes, street lighting shall have daylight
controls (Sensors or Timer based control).
─ All external lighting shall be LED lights and automatically controlled by timer for energy saving.
Solar Powered Systems
· The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving measures.
· External lighting in certain zones within ECC campus shall be backed up by Solar photo voltaic panels with
timer based automatic control for energy savings.

New Delhi
Table 2-25: Solar Power Calculation
Total Roof Area 85,385 sq. m

(Excluding Exhibition Halls, Arena and
Convention Centre)
Solar PV (40% of Roof 34,154

Area)
Area required for 1kWP 12 sq.m
Solar PV Capacity 2,846 kWp
Roof top Solar PV of 2850 kWp has been proposed.
Energy Offset :4275 MWh per year
Energy Saving : Rs 3. 42 crores per year
2.7.10 Green Belt Development and Open spaces
A total of 42.5% open spaces/ green areas have been planned for the proposed ECC project.
The Green Area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as
large uninterrupted chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets.
This distribution into smaller parcels is essentially a result of the integration with the boulevard and the Open
Exhibition Area.
A layout map showing planned green areas within ECC has been provided in Figure 2-23 below.
2.7.11 Consolidated Layout Drawing showing proposed key Infrastructure within ECC
A consolidated schematic representation of the proposed infrastructure of the project showing road, greenbelt,
drainage, sewer line, STP, solid waste handling area, rain water harvesting structure, etc. in different colours has
been provided in Figure 2-24 below.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 2-23: Proposed Greenbelt Development for ECC

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 2-24: Consolidated drawing showing planned infrastructure for ECC

New Delhi
2.8 Description of the Aspects likely to cause major

Environmental Impacts
The main aspects related to the proposed project which have a potential to cause environmental impacts include:
1. Traffic: Increased traffic in the area due to movement of the trucks carrying goods for the exhibition/
convention and visitor movement.
2. Noise: Potential Increase in noise levels due to events organised within ECC, high vehicular movement,
loading and unloading of Goods.
3. Air pollution: Potential increase in air pollution levels due to operation of DG sets and traffic movement.
4. Water Quantity: The project will use water from the allocated Underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal
Board to meet the requirement for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan 2021.
No ground water usage will be made for any of the activities.
5. Solid Waste: Generation of solid waste
6. Tree cutting: Tree felling will be required for the development of Project. Afforestation and
compensation shall be made as per State Forest Department
7. Beneficial social aspects: Local population will be benefitted due to increase in employment
opportunities, more connectivity, upgraded sewerage system in the area, better quality road network,
regular power supply
The social and environmental impacts are limited, site specific, largely reversible and can be readily addressed
through the proposed mitigation measures and suggested Environmental Management Plan provided in this
Report.
2.9 Mitigation measures incorporated into the Project

Following mitigation measures have already been incorporated into the Project:
1. Traffic and Transportation Plan: In order to reduce the traffic congestion due to goods and passenger
movement on the roads connecting to the project site, a comprehensive traffic and transportation plan
has been devised. The upcoming Urban Extension Road I and II, ISBT and Integrated Metropolitan
Passenger Terminal (IMPT) shall play a vital role in decongesting traffic movement. Within the ECC
campus, separate entry and exits for trucks and personal vehicles have been planned.
2. Planned Parking: Surface and basement parking have been also planned for the trucks carrying goods
(related to exhibitions). Provision electric/ CNG powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus
for at least 10% of the campus occupants during the peak hours.
It has been estimated that the total car parking spaces (Equivalent Car Space (ECS)) required for the
development will be 27, 000. The total area required for these car parks will be approximately 8,64,000
sq. m (32 sq. m for each car park).
3. Greenbelt and Open spaces: Vegetative barriers in the form of green belt shall be provided around the
ECC complex which will minimize the built up of pollution level by acting as pollution sinks. Green belt
and open spaces of approximately 42.47% is proposed for the site. The green area on the site is
configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted
chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets.
4. Energy Efficiency: Following sstrategies shall be adopted to reduce solar radiations and improve
energy efficiency:
a. Renewable energy harness
b. Facades identification for high and low glazing ratios
c. Reduce heat island effect on roof and non-roof surfaces
d. Insulation for external walls & roof
5. Solar Powered Systems:

New Delhi
e. The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving
measures.
f. All external lighting shall be solar based and automatically controlled by timer for energy
saving.
6. Water Treatment: The Treated water sourced from the Municipality Mains shall be further passed
through pressure sand filter with dosing systems for disinfection. Further specialized treatment, may be
provided based on the source water analysis report.
7. Waste Water Treatment : It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project
and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up
water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas.
It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed of capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for
Phase II.
8. Rain Water Harvesting: It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater can be harvested.
Based on the above calculation, equivalent number of rainwater harvesting pits will be constructed.
Approximately 20 rainwater harvesting pits have been proposed of 450 cubic meter capacity each with
dimensions of Length: 5.7m, Breath: 10m and Depth: 8m spread over the entire campus.
9. Storm Water Drainage: Two Storm water lines have been planned servicing the ECC complex,
comprising of manholes and rainwater harvesting pits planned at regular intervals.
10. Adequate Stack height of DG sets: DG set Stack heights for DG sets shall be maintained as per
CPCB/ MoEFCC norms;
11. Fire Station within the ECC Campus: A local fire station within the ECC campus has been planned to
be developed, with two (2) Fire Tenders stationed at all times. A dedicated road of width 6m and a
turning radius of 9 m has been planned for movement of fire tenders in times of any emergency.
12. Solid Waste Management: It will be mandated to segregate all types of waste such as municipal, C&D
waste, e-waste, hazardous waste. For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic
waste collection system has been planned which shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste
collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design stage. Wet waste will be
processed within the campus. An area has been earmarked for waste processing. Any hazardous and e-
waste generated within the campus will be disposed of through an authorised waste collection and
disposal agency.
13. Environmental monitoring post commissioning: Environmental monitoring of various aspects such
as air, noise, water, soil shall be monitored periodically. The parameters and the monitoring frequency
has been defined in Chap-6 Environmental Monitoring Program. An Environmental Management Cell
has also been proposed with defined roles and responsibilities.

3. Description of Environment
3.1 Study area, period, components and methodology

Study Area: An area within 10km radius from the periphery of project site earmarked for ECC has been considered as
the Study Area of the proposed project.
The various components surveyed and studied for the baseline study are discussed in the following sections
components:
· Land Environment
o Site Setting and Topography
o Physiography
o Geology and Seismicity
o Hydrogeology
o Drainage pattern
· Meteorology
· Air Environment
· Site Specific Air Ambient Quality
· Ambient Noise Level
· Water Environment
· Soil Quality
· Existing Land use Pattern
· Ecology
· Socio economic status
Methodology
The baseline assessment is based on project site area assessment and reconnaissance survey of the study area of 10
km radius around the site boundary.
The studies were conducted by considering the following:
· The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes such as
air environment, water, soil, noise, traffic, flora and fauna and socio-economic aspects were assessed by
conducting field studies and on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted; and
· Secondary attributes such as land use studies, geology, physiological characteristics, have been assessed by
literature review of studies conducted in the past and by various government publications and departments and
other related past studies and literature etc.
· Primary environmental baseline data viz. ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise level and traffic
density was collected during April-June, 2017 as per norms and standards prescribed by CPCB.

3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components
3.2.1 Secondary data analysis
3.2.1.1 Physiography
The study area lies in south west district of Delhi, which broadly forms the part of Delhi ridge which is the northernmost
extension of Aravalli Mountain. It consists of quartzite rocks and extends from southern parts of the territory to western
bank of Yamuna for about 35 kilometres.3 The alluvial formations overlying the quarzitic bedrock have different nature
on either side of the ridge. Ecologically, the Ridge acts a barrier between the Thar Desert and the plains and slows
down the movement of dust and wind from the desert. The ridge may be said to enter Delhi from the south west. The
eastern part of the ridge extends up to Okhla in the South and disappears below Yamuna alluvium in the north east on
the right bank of the river 4.
3.2.1.2 Geology and Seismicity
The study area belonging to south-west district of Delhi is occupied by quartzite inter-bedded with mica schist
belonging to Delhi Super Group. The quartzite is grey to brownish grey, massive-to-thinly bedded and structurally
forms a coaxially refolded regional anticline plunging towards north. The major planar structure strikes NE-SW with
steep south easterly dips. The thickness of alluvium on western side of ridge is generally greater than 300m. The area
5
is dissected by number of faults, fractures and shears, the trend of these varies from NNE-SSW to ENE-WSW .
As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV, classified as
MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the project will take into
account the required seismic resistance.
Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location and First Level Seismic
Hazard Micro-zonation Map of NCT, Delhi
3
http://www.rainwaterharvesting.org/index_files/geology.html
4
http://www.delhi.gov.in/DoIT/DOIT_DM/state%20profile.pdf
5
http://cgwb.gov.in/documents/papers/incidpapers/paper%2015-%20kaushik.pdf

Figure 3-1: Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location

Figure 3-2: First Level Seismic Hazard Microzonation Map of NCT, Delhi
3.2.1.3 Hydrogeology
Hydrogeological formations characterized by occurrence of alluvial formation and quartzite hard rocks in an area play
an important role in predicting ground water availability. Delhi can be divided into following distinct hydrogeological
units: Newer Alluvium - Yamuna flood plain deposits, Older Alluvium - Eastern and western sides of the ridge, Older
Alluvium - Isolated and nearly closed Chattarpur alluvial basin and Quartzitic Formation - NNE-SSW trending Quartzitic
Ridge.
The older alluvium consists of sediments deposited as a result of past cycles of sedimentation of Pleistocene age and
occurs extensively in the alluvial plains of the territory. This is comprised of inter bedded, lenticular and inter-fingering
deposits of clay, silt and sand ranging in size from very fine to very coarse with occasional gravels. The kankar or

secondary carbonates of lime occur with clay/silt deposits and sometimes as hard/compact pans. Older alluvium is
predominantly clayey in nature in major parts of territory except the nearly closed alluvial basin of Chattarpur where the
alluvial formation is derived from the weathered quartzites rocks.
3.2.1.4 Drainage Pattern
Drainage has two aspects – flood protection and storm water discharge, which are interrelated. The storm water and
flood protection in Delhi are not local but have regional bearing including areas of Haryana and Rajasthan. From
drainage point of view Delhi can be divided into six drainage basins as namely - (i) Alipur Block North Delhi (ii)
Kanjhawala Block West Delhi, (iii) Najafgarh Block South West Delhi, (iv) Mehrauli Block South Delhi, (v) Trans
Yanuma Area North East and East Delhi- (vi) Sanctuary Area. The Study area lies in Najafgarh block which is mainly
drained by Najafgarh drain. Also, topography of Delhi creates a drainage system that carries rain and storm water from
the higher elevations of the West to the Yamuna, providing a natural drainage.
The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it off into the Najafgarh
Drain, 3km west of the site. The proposed site is almost flat topography with minimum variations in contour levels.
Drainage map of the study area is Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-3: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

3.2.1.5 Existing Land Use Pattern
At present, the proposed land is open flat land with no agricultural activities taking place since many years. The land was
transferred from DDA to DIPP.
The designated landuse of the land parcel as per the Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12
May 2016 is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), hence the development is in line with the
Master Plan Delhi (MPD) 2021.
The study area, (within 10km radius of the project site), has about 69% area under agriculture followed by settlements.
All other land uses are very limited. The land use distribution within 10 km radial distance from the project site boundary
is given in following Table and Figure below.
Table 3-1: Existing Land use Pattern of the Study Area

S.No. Land Use Area (Hectare) Percentage (%)
1 Agricultural and other Land 24378 68.87
2 Open Scrubs 295 0.83

3 Reserve Forest 110 0.31
4 Settlements 10124 28.60
5 Water Bodies 109 0.31

6 River 273 0.77
7 Drainage 107 0.30
Total 35396 100

Figure 3-4: Land use Distribution within 10 km radius from the project boundary

3.2.1.6 Meteorology
Meteorological parameters are responsible for dispersion and diffusion of pollutants in the atmosphere. Thus, the
assessment of the existing meteorological conditions in the vicinity of a source of pollutants is vital for assessing air
quality in the area. The main parameters are- temperature, humidity, rainfall, winds and cloud cover. The meteorology
and air environment of the area are discussed in subsequent sections.
A. Long term Meteorological data
The most recent long-term climate trend data was obtained for the years (2007-2011), from the closest Indian
Meteorological Department (IMD) surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, and Delhi. Mean monthly normal of atmospheric
parameters, wind roses for each month giving the wind direction speed were collected and have been presented in
Table 3-2. Most probable wind speed class and wind direction in the area has been assessed and presented.
Table 3-2: Climatological Summary (obtained from nearest IMD MET Station at Palam (2007-2011))
Month Mean monthly Mean daily min. Total Rainfall Relative

max. Temp. (°C) temp. (°C) (mm) Humidity (%)
January 23.5 3.9 0.6 71.8
February 25.4 7.4 23.9 66.7
March 31.0 12.6 11.3 54.5
April 36.1 14.2 9.1 36.3
May 37.2 20.7 44.8 42.0
June 36.4 15.6 87.6 54.9
July 32.5 19.5 143.9 71.7
August 31.6 24.0 158.4 75.8
September 30.8 21.8 151.3 74.1
October 30.4 15.3 0.8 58.3
November 26.9 10.0 7.6 63.8
December 23.0 3.9 1.0 68.4
Annual Total or 30.4 14.1 640.6 61.5

Average Mean
B. Precipitation
The data obtained from IMD station at Palam for the average annual rainfall in the years 2007-2011 has been presented
in Table 3-3 below.
Table 3-3: Annual Rainfall (mm) at the nearest IMD MET Station
Year Annual Rainfall (mm)
2007 620.0mm
2008 718.3mm
2009 462.0mm
2010 979.4mm
2011 412.1mm

Source: IMD, Years 2007-2011
The rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the monsoon season starting from July which ends in September; with
annual average rainfall over period of five years is 532mm.
Average rainfall data for South-West Delhi District for period 2011-2015 is given below.
Table 3-4: Annual Rainfall (mm) for Period (2011-2015)
Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

January 0.6 17.0 8.0 15.0 15.0
February 38.0 0.0 90.0 45.9 1.0
March 2.9 0.0 4.0 24.0 78.0
April 8.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 23.0
May 31.2 6.0 3.0 29.0 31.0
June 58.0 4.0 4.0 23.0 17.2
July 27.0 50.0 119.0 85.0 289.0
August 134.0 115.0 224.0 57.0 173.0
September 190.5 13.0 48.0 53.0 39.0
October 0.0 4.0 47.0 0.0 0.0
November 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 1.0
December 0.0 5.0 4.0 12.0 0.0
Source: IMD
C. Surface Temperature
During the summer months of April, May and June, temperatures rises to 40-45°C; winters are typically cold with
temperatures during December and January falling to 4 to 5°C. February, March, October and November are climatically
the best months. The average of mean monthly maximum temperature as assessed from the Climatological data
gathered from IMD surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, Delhi is 30.4°C and average of mean monthly minimum
temperature is 14.1°C. The average of monthly relative humidity is 61.5%.
D. Wind Direction and Speed
Ground level pollutant concentration is inversely proportional to the wind speed. It can be referred from Table 3-5 below
that the wind speed is maximum in the month of May and blows at a speed of 13.09 kmph whereas month of November
experiences lowest wind speed being 5.36 kmph. The predominant wind direction is North West.
Table 3-5: Wind speed and direction

Month Wind Speed Predominant
(Km/hr) Wind Direction
January 8.99 North-W est

February 10.81 North-W est
March 11.42 West
April 12.34 North-W est

May 13.09 North-W est
June 12.26 West

July 10.04 West

August 9.43 West
September 9.79 West
October 7.38 Calm

November 5.36 Calm
December 5.98 Calm
Annual Total or 9.74 North -West
Average Mean
The predominant wind direction in May (during hot & dry condition) is North-West and in June & July (during monsoon
season) the predominant wind direction is from Southeast.
Figure 3-5: Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram
Summer (May-July)* Autumn (Aug.-Oct.)
WINTER (Nov.-Jan.) SPRING (Feb.-Apr.)

E. Mixing Height
Mixing Height (MH) is the vertical extent through which the contaminant plume can be mixed. During the winter, average
mixing height is lower as compared to other seasons and atmospheric dispersion is typically at a minimum and therefore
the pollutants will not be as widely dispersed. During the summer months, the average mixing height is typically at its
greatest resulting in increased mixing through a greater volume of the troposphere, and hence lower pollutant
concentrations. As studied from secondary data, the monthly average mixing height over Delhi varies from 100-1200
meters.
F. Short term Meteorological data (Met. Station at Site)
An automatic micro-meteorological station was installed at the project site to record hourly meteorological parameters for
a period of 8 weeks (29th April-29 thJune, 2017). On-site meteorological data was collected in respect of wind speed,
direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall and is presented below in Table 3-6 :
Table 3-6: Meteorological data collected at Site

Season Maximum Temp Minimum Min Relative Max Relative Average Predominant
Temp Humidity % Humidity % Wind Speed Wind direction
km/hr
Pre-Monsoon 45.8 21.2 7.7 97.1 2.88 West and North -

West
G. Wind Rose
During the monitoring period, the direction of the wind is predominantly from West followed by West North west and
West South West same as long terms trend. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as
0.69m/s and a very high calm period of 40.53% is reported. The wind rose diagram for the study period is presented in
Figure 3-6.

Figure 3-6: Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Pre-Monsoon, April-June, 2017)

3.2.2 Primary Data analysis
3.2.2.1 Air Environment
An important component of an EIA study is the assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of
proposed project site. The tropical climatic conditions, especially monsoon winds prevailing in India mainly control
the transport and dispersion of air pollutants during different seasons. Local topographical features along with
predominant winds and weather conditions also play a vital role in dispersion of these air-borne particles.
The baseline studies for air environment covers reconnaissance, identification of specific air pollutants expected to
have significant impacts from the proposed project and assessing their prevailing levels in ambient air at
representative locations within the impact zone around the project site. The sources of air pollution during
construction and operational phases of the project are as follows:
Sources of Pollution during Construction Phase:
The construction phase includes site clearance and site preparation, infrastructure development, building
construction and other related activities, movement of construction vehicles and equipment. During the construction
phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - suspended particulate matter (SPM), carbon
monoxide (CO), and Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from all construction activities.
Sources of Pollution during Operational phase:
The operational phase includes emissions from vehicular movement and negligible emissions from sewage and
solid waste handling and disposal. During the operational phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be
emitted are - nitrogen oxides (NOx), SPM, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and CO from vehicle exhaust within the project
site.
3.2.2.2 Engagement of NABL and MoEFCC-accredited Environmental Monitoring Laboratory
An NABL and MOEFFCC accredited monitoring agency M/s NETEL India Private Limited was engaged for a period
th th
of 8 weeks, (29 April 2017- 29 June, 2017) after receiving prescribed TOR from MoEFCC and also avoiding the
onset of monsoon season. This fresh environmental monitoring supplemented the monitoring conducted for the
project last year, for a period of eight (8) weeks from 13th October to 08th November, 2016. (The monitoring was
carried out prior to the Notification SO 3999, and hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on
the basis of Form1, Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). Last year’s environmental monitoring data has been
appended as an Annexure A.11 to this report.
Credentials of the said Laboratory have been appended as Annexure A.9.
3.2.2.3 Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality
Sources of Air Emissions Surrounding the Site
The vicinity of the project site is characterised by rural setup with presence of villages and agricultural land. Local
activities in these villages and villages within 10 kms study area contribute to air pollution in the project area. The
vehicular emissions on sectoral roads, domestic emissions and biomass burning in nearby villages also contribute
towards air pollution in the study area.
Site–specific Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
A site–specific background air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site pre-monsoon
season. Background data was collected for PM 10 and PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO at five (5) locations, primarily selected on
the basis of predominant wind direction, which is North- West direction. The details of the AQ Monitoring locations
are presented in Table 3-7.
The basic considerations while designing this air quality examination programme included:
· Topography;
· Representative location w.r.t upwind and downwind directions;
· Representative location w.r.t regional background eg. semi-urban, rural area;
· Ecologically sensitive locations within 10 km;
· Availability of source of Power; and
· Accessibility.

AAQ monitoring equipment were placed at sensitive receptors (i.e. within nearby villages), where safety and power
were provided. Monitors were placed on one-storey dwellings, away from major roads and nearby flow obstructions
(i.e. trees).

Figure 3-7: Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Table 3-7: Air Quality data collected at Site

Location Location Name Geographical Dist. from the site Criteria
code Coordinates (km) considered
AQ1
Onsite N- 28°33'24.86" Onsite --
E- 77° 2'36.68"
AQ2
Bamnoli N-28°32'59.72" 2.12km Crosswind (SW)
E-77°2'4.42"
AQ 3 7.14km Downwind (E)
Rangpuri N-28°32'26.1"
E-77°7'9.39"
AQ 4 3.61km Upwind (NW)
GoylaKhurd N- 28°35'1.1"
E- 77°0'19.19"
AQ 5 5.87km Downwind (SE)
Kapashera N- 28°31'10.81"
E- 77°4'28.70"
The parameters to be monitored, frequency and number of samples taken at each station are presented in the table
below .
Table 3-8: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality

Particulars Details
Frequency 24hrs, 2 times a week x 8 weeks
Parameters PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Dust Fall, NMHC
Duration 24 hrs for PM10 & PM2.5, NOx and SO2,

8 hrs Samples for CO
The protocol and analysis procedures followed to examine the collected samples were as per IS-5182 (Indian Standards
for Ambient Air Quality Parameters). The applied testing procedures are given in brief in Table 3-9.
Table 3-9: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality
Sr. No. Pollutant Code of Practice Methods of Measurement
1 Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm)

or PM 10
IS-5182 (PART-23):2006
Gravimetric
& CPCB Guidelines
2 Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5
µm) or PM 2.5
3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS-5182 (Part-II):2001 & Improved West and Geake
CPCB Guidelines
4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO 2) IS-5182 (Part-VI): 2006 & Modified Jacob & Hochheiser
CPCB Guidelines (Na-Arsenite)
5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) IS: 5182 (Part-X) & CPCB Non Dispersive Infra-Red
Guidelines (NDIR) spectroscopy
6 Dust fall IS: 5182 (Part-I) Gravimetric

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area
Parameters Observed AQ-1 AQ-2 AQ-3 AQ-4 AQ5
PM 10: NAAQS 100 100 100 100 100

24 Hourly
Minimum 94.0 105.8 106.9 108.0 87.4
(μg/m3)
Maximum 266.9 319.5 313.7 336.3 388.8
Average 185.1 223.6 193.1 217.3 256.5
th
98 Percentile 260.0 317.7 309.8 334.7 386.5
PM 2.5: NAAQS 60 60 60 60 60
24 Hourly
Minimum 57.7 45.1 60.8 53.0 46.9
(μg/m3)
Maximum 171.0 207.0 153.2 244.4 309.5
Average 113.9 110.6 99.4 127.5 156.1
th
98 Percentile 168.7 200.9 150.2 237.7 289.6
SO 2: NAAQS 80 80 80 80 80
24 Hourly
3 Minimum 12.2 10.2 9.9 12.5 9.8
(μg/m )
Maximum 16.7 18.4 17.0 18.3 19.6
Average 13.9 15.2 14.0 15.5 14.1
th
98 Percentile 16.4 17.9 16.9 18.3 19.6
NO x: NAAQS 80 80 80 80 80
24 Hourly
3 Minimum 19.7 24.6 16.7 20.2 25.2
(μg/m )
Maximum 48.7 40.3 39.1 35.3 41.1
Average 34.3 32.9 28.5 28.4 31.3
th
98 Percentile 47.7 40.2 37.8 35.2 39.8
CO: 8 hourly NAAQS 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
3
(µg/m )
Minimum 499 585 738 522 575
Maximum 1462 1126 1336 976 1345
Average 1042 822.3 1047.6 729.3 928.6
th
98 Percentile 1457 1075.6 1306.0 962.2 1330.9
Methane: (ppm) Minimum 1.3 1.0 1.1 0.9 0.9
Maximum 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.1 2.1
Average 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.4
th
98 Percentile 2.1 2.1 1.9 2.0 1.9
Non-Methane BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Hydrocarbons
(NHMC): ppm
Dust Fall 1540 1437 1220 1374 1481

(mg/m²/day)
BDL- Below Detection Limits
The analysis of the above results clearly shows that all the monitored values exceed the limits prescribed by Central
Pollution Control Board for PM 10 and PM2.5 respectively. The summary of results is presented in the following sub
sections.

Inferences
Particulate Matter – PM10
The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the limits of prescribed CPCB limits of
3 3
100µg/m . The minimum value recorded was 94 µg/m at Project site (AQ-1). The maximum value recorded was 388.8
3 3 3
µg/m at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 260 µg/m to 386.5 µg/m . The average values varied
3 3
from 185.1 µg/m to 256.5 µg/m . The graphical representation is provided in Figure 3-8
High values of PM 10 recorded can be attributed to disruption in dispersion process due to low winds and high
temperatures. Site specific meteorology carried out during May-June, 2017 indicates presence of around 40% of calm
period at a low wind speed of 0.69m/sec. When winds are light, there is less turbulence and mixing, so the concentration
of pollutants is higher.
Figure 3-8: Particulate Matter - PM10
Particulate Matter – PM2.5

The PM-2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 45.1 µg/m3 recorded at Bamnoli
3 3
(AQ-2) to maximum of 309.5 µg/m at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 150.2 µg/m to 289.6
3 3 3
µg/m The average values of PM-2.5 ranged from 110.6 µg/m to 156.1 µg/m . All the values were observed to exceed
the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m3. The observations of PM-2.5 are presented graphically in Figure 3-9.

Figure 3-9: Particulate Matter - PM2.5
Dust fall
Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by dividing the weight
of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional area of the container
(square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall collected at the monitored locations
falls in range of 1220 to 1540 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at Rangpuri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall is
recorded at project site (AQ-1).
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the study area were observed to be in the range of 9.8 µg/m 3to 19.6 µg/m 3. The
minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO2 was also recorded at Kapashera
3 3 3
(AQ-5). The average values ranged from 13.9 µg/m to 15.5 µg/m and 98 percentile values varied from 16.4 µg/m to
3
19.6 µg/m . All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by CPCB. The graphical representation of
observations is presented in Figure 3-10.

Figure 3-10: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

3
The maximum NOx concentration observed was 48.7 µg/m at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value recorded was
16.7 µg/m3 at Rangpuri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of 35.2µg/m3 and 47.7
3 3 3
µg/m . The average values ranged from 28.4 µg/m to 34.3 µg/m . The NOx concentrations at all the locations were well
3
within the prescribe norms of 80 µg/m as per NAAQS guidelines. The observations of NOx are presented graphically in
Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 499 µg/m3to 1462 µg/m3. The
minimum value was recorded at Project Site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of SO2 was also recorded at Project Site
3 3
(AQ-1). The average values ranged from 729.3 µg/m to 1047.6 µg/m and 98 percentile values varied from 962.2
µg/m to 1330.9 µg/m .The CO concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 2000ug/m3as per NAAQS guidelines.
3 3
The graphical representation of observations is presented in Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12: Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Methane
The values of Methane range between minimum of 0.9 ppm and maximum of 2.1 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average
concentrations range between 1.4-1.7 ppm and 98 percentile values ranges between 1.9-2.1 ppm. The Minimum
Detection Limit (MDL) for Methane is 0.5ppm.
Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NMHC)
NHMC Concentrations at the locations are Below Detection Limits at all the locations. The Minimum Detection Limit
(MDL) for NMHC is 0.5ppm.
3.2.2.4 Ambient Noise Level
The different sources of noise pollution during the construction phase include vehicles carrying construction material,
operation of construction machinery and equipments at site. During the operational phase of the project, the noise
pollution is expected to arise due to increase in vehicular movement in and around the site. Estimated traffic volumes
and peaks at the selected locations have been presented in the results from the traffic baseline sampling study. An
assessment of the baseline noise levels at five (5) locations within the 10 km radius study area was undertaken. Table
3-11 presents the details of noise monitoring, which have also shown in Figure 3-13
Table 3-11: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Location Geographical Dist. from the site Criteria considered /
Location Name
code Coordinates (km) Land use
N- 28°33'25.50"
NQ-1 Project Site N (0.5km) Commercial
E - 77° 2'32.96”
N-28°32'59.72"
NQ-2 Bamnoli SSW (2.12 km) Residential
E-77°2'4.42
N-28°32'26.1"
NQ-3 Rangpuri E (7.14 km) Residential
E-77°7'9.39"
N- 28°35'1.1"
NQ-4 Goyla Khurd NW (3.61km) Residential
E- 77°0'19.19"
N- 28°31'10.81"
NQ-5 Kapashera SE(5.87km) Residential/ Commercial
E- 77°4'28.70"
The observations of noise monitoring were calculated as Leq Day and Leq Night. The results are presented in the and
depicted in Table 3-12

Figure 3-13: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Table 3-12 : Results of Noise Level monitoring
Location code CPCB NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5

Norm
Leq Day dB (A) 55/65 83.9 68.8 78 71.2 76.7
Leq Night dB (A) 45/55 74.6 65 66.4 65.8 58.8
The noise levels at all the locations were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards which have been provided
below in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Standards
Ambient Noise Standards Leq day Leq night

[dB(A)] [dB(A)]
Industrial Area 75 70
Commercial Area 65 55
Residential Area 55 45
Silence Zone 50 40
Figure 3-14: Noise Level monitored in the study area
Day time Noise Level
Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 dB (A). The maximum noise level was
83.3 dB (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.8 (A) was observed at Bamnoli (NQ-2).
Night time Noise Levels
Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was 74.6 dB (A)
was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 58.8 dB (A) at Kapashera (NQ-5).

3.2.2.5 Water Environment
This section discusses status of water resources and water quality in the project area. The data has been collected from
various secondary sources and primary survey carried out in the impact zone.
To assess the existing status of the water environment (pre-project) in the project study area, representative sampling
locations for surface water and ground water were selected on the basis of their respective significance within the study
area around project site and sent for laboratory testing. The standard methods prescribed for surface and groundwater
samplings as well as the analytical procedures for individual parameters were followed in this study.
Water availability in the region

Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water treatment and distribution (including
sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the
MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a 0.15-0.20 million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the
demand for commercial area development. These UGR capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the
usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand
for the proposed development.
There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days’ water storage capacity for phase –I & II. The incoming main from
municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks;
thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks.
The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow
Ground Water Characteristics

National Capital Region (NCR) is basically a water scarce region, dependent upon surface water resources from outside
its boundaries for its water supply. The complex situations of ground water occurrence in different formations, presence
of saline ground water at varying depth in the aquifers and growing urbanization influences availability of ground water in
different parts of NCR of Delhi.
According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi sub-
region is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The annual ground
water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district.
Ground water quality

As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central, New Delhi, South and
Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most parts of west and
southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of groundwater collected from South
West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in areas where groundwater is brackish to
saline in nature. The nitrate concentration in groundwater has been reported mostly from areas where domestic effluent
is discharged in to open unlined drains. The high nitrate concentrations are mainly from point source of contamination.
The ground water quality of the Delhi region has been presented in Figure 3-15 .

Figure 3-15: Ground Water Quality in Delhi
Source: http://www.ccs.in/ccsindia/pdf/Ch04_City%20Environment%20Profile.pdf
Chemical Quality of Ground Water in South West district

As per the study on ground water status and quality undertaken by NEERI for MoEF (City Development Plan- Delhi),
high nitrate and fluoride concentrations were found in water samples taken from District South West, Delhi. The electrical
conductivity of shallow ground water in the Southwest district varies from 630 to 13200 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. The
ground water quality is fresh with electrical conductivity 1000 to 2000 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. With over-development of
ground water resources in the district, more and more areas are becoming brackish.
Present Water Levels

As per secondary sources, the Depth to water level recorded in NCT Delhi ranges from 1.20 to 67.73 metres below
ground level (mbgl). The deeper water levels are mostly found in south and south west districts of NCT Delhi, while the
shallower water levels are found in central, northern and eastern part of Delhi which can be deciphered from figure
below. As per the data from CGWB, 56% wells in New Delhi and about 46% wells in South-West District show depth to
water level in the range of 10-20 mbgl. Nearly 50% wells of south district shows depth to water level more than 40
meters below ground level (mbgl) and nearly 35% wells show depth to water level in the range of 20 to 40 meters below
ground level.

Figure 3-16: Depth to Water Level for Delhi
Project Area-specific Water Sampling / Monitoring
The surface and ground water samples were collected from different locations representing ground water and surface
water receptor within the Study area. The criteria for selecting the locations of sampling were:
· Landuse (nearness to habitation/ any waste disposal sites)

· Drainage patterns (man-made/ natural canals etc)
One (1) surface water samples and Four (4) ground water samples were collected for analysis. Table below gives the
location details of the ground water and surface water sampling locations.
Table 3-14: GW and SW sampling locations

Location Location Name Geographical Distance from the
code Coordinates project site (km)
SW-1 Bamnoli N-28º32’44.2” 2.06 (SSE)
E-77º01’59.20
GW-1 Kapashera N-28° 31 '10. 80" 5.87(SE)
E-77° 4 '28.70"
GW-2 Goyalkhurd N-28°35' 1. 38 " 3.61(NW)
E-77°0' 33 .71 "

GW-3 Rangpuri N-28°32' 1.03 " 7.14(E)

E-77°6'29.15 "
GW-4 Project Site N-28°33 '44 .91" --
E-77°2 19. 24"
The ground water samples were analysed for parameters as per IS: 10500 standards and the analysis was undertaken
as per IS 3025 and relevant APHA standard methods. In case of surface water, CPCB limits for classification of water
were followed for assessment of water quality. Details of monitoring program for surface water quality and ground water
quality has been given in Table 3-15 and Table 3-16. The results of the analysis are presented in Table 3-17.
Table 3-15: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality
Particulars Details
Frequency 1 grab sample
Parameters Parameters as per CPCB Water Use Class
Methodology Representative sampling across River, collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis
according to standard BIS Methodology
Table 3-16: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality
Particulars Details
Frequency Four grab sample for composite sampling from each station once during the Study Period
Parameters Temperature, TDS, TSS, pH, TH, Ca, Mg, Conductivity, DO, Zn,
Cu, Cl, SO4, NO 3, F, Fe, Pb and Coliform
Methodology Sample collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS
Methodology (IS: 10500)

Figure 3-17: Water Quality Monitoring Locations

Table 3-17: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring

S.No Parameter Unit SW-1
1 pH – 7.86
2 Total Suspended mg/lit 41
Solids
3 COD mg/lit 97
4 BOD mg/lit 24.9
5 Nitrate mg/lit 0.66
6 Nitrite mg/lit 0.04
7 Phosphate mg/lit 10.36
(Phosphorus)
8 Boron mg/lit 1.31
9 Oil & Grease mg/lit 10
10 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600
Surface Water Quality

The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) levels
were found to be very high, equal to 24.9mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than 1600. Also,
concentration of boron in water sample collected is 1.31 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the quality of Surface water
samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class “E” of CPCB standards which is categorized as
‘Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal’.
Table 3-18: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring

S.No Parameter Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4
1 Colour Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0

2 Odour – Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless
3 Taste – Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 pH – 8.21 8.02 7.95 8.10
5 Turbidity NTU 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 497 1124 430 635
7 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 277.4 334.4 229.9 364.8
8 Total Hardness mg/lit 42 204 294 100
9 COD mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
10 BOD mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
11 Chloride mg/lit 38.6 327.8 56.9 44.4
12 Residual Free mg/lit
Chlorine BDL BDL BDL BDL
13 Sulphate mg/lit 2.96 76.98 3.19 33.89
14 Sulphide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
15 Fluoride mg/lit
0.58 1.56 0.82 1.72
16 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
17 Phenolic Compounds mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
18 Iron mg/lit 0.13 0.04 BDL BDL
19 Magnesium mg/lit 2.4 24 27.36 12.96

20 Manganese mg/lit BDL 0.03 BDL BDL

21 Mercury mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
22 Cadmium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
23 Selenium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
24 Arsenic mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
25 Cyanide mg/lit
BDL BDL BDL BDL
26 Lead mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
27 Silver mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
28 Zinc mg/lit 0.10 BDL BDL BDL
29 Nickel mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
30 Aluminium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
31 Copper mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
32 Barium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
33 Molybdenum mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
34 Boron mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
35 Total Chromium (as mg/lit
Cr) BDL BDL BDL BDL
36 Calcium mg/lit 32.0 41.6 72.0 18.4
37 Polyaromatic mg/lit
Hydrocarbon BDL BDL BDL BDL
38 Polychlorinated mg/lit
biphenyls BDL BDL BDL BDL
39 Anionic Detergents mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
40 Chloramines (as Cl 2) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
41 Trihalomethanes mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
42 Mineral Oil mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
43 Pesticides µg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL
44 Total Coliform MPN/100ml
>1600 >1600 >1600 >1600
45 Faecal Coliform – Absent Absent Absent Present
46 E Coli –
Absent Absent Absent Absent
Ground Water Quality
Ground Water results are inferred below:
· High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all the
locations.
· The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was within the
permissible limit of 600 mg/l;
· The total dissolved solids (430-635 mg/l), total hardness levels (42-294 mg/l) at all ground water sampling locations
are within the permissible limits of 2000 and 600 mg/l respectively;
· The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l at the monitored locations;
· The magnesium level ranges between 2.4- 27.36 mg/L which is within the desirable limit (30mg/l) and permissible
(100 mg/l) limits;
· Fluoride concentration was found to be within the desirable limit of 1mg/l except at Project Site (GW-14) where in the
concentration is 1.72 mg/L.
· All heavy metals were also found to be below the respective detection limit;

· All the ground water samples were observed to be free from E.Coli and faecal coliform. However, values of total
coliforms are more than 1600 per 100ml of water sample;
3.2.2.6 Soil Quality
The pre-project status with respect to soil characteristics (physical, chemical and bacteriological), land use pattern in the
study area around the proposed project site forms the baseline status of land environment. A soil sampling program was
crafted and soil monitoring is carried out at representative five (05) locations selected in the basis of type of land use
(nearness to agricultural fields, drainage, source of pollution etc). The details of soil monitoring locations are given in
Table 3-19
Table 3-19: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations

Location Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site Criteria considered
code (km)
SQ-1 Project Site N- 28°33'26.61"
On site --
E- 77° 2'35.56"
SQ-2 Bamnoli N- 28°32'59.72"
SSW (2.12 km) Residential
E- 77° 2'4. 41"
SQ-3 Goylakhurd N- 28°35' 1. 9"
NW (3.61km) Residential
E- 77 °0' 19. 19"
SQ-4 Rangpuri N-28º32’26.09”
E(7.14 km) Residential
E-77º7’9.38”
SQ-5 Kapashera N-28º31’10.80”
SE (5.87 km) Residential
E-77º04’28.70”
The parameters to be monitored, frequency and methodology of sampling are as follows in Table 3-20.

Figure 3-18: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

Table 3-20: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality
Particulars Details
Frequency One grab sample from each station– once during the Study Period
Parameters Texture, % Moisture, % Sand, % Silt, % Clay, % Organic Matter, Bulk Density, pH, Electrical
Conductivity, NKP, Sodium Absorption Ratio, B, Na Pb, Fe, Zn and Water Holding Capacity
Methodology Composite grab samples of the topsoil would be collected from 3 depths, and mixed to provide
a representative sample for analysis. They would be stored in PET containers and analyzed at
the laboratory
Soil sampling was done to establish the baseline characteristics so as to assess the anticipated impacts due to proposed
project. Soil samples were collected using auger from a depth of 30 cm (sub surface) from the upper surface. Samples were
homogenised before testing. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof containers and analysed as per ASTM,
USEPA, IS: 2720, M.L. Jackson (Soil Chemical Analysis). The methods adopted for analysis of soil samples for various
parameters is given in Table 3-21. The sampled soil quality results are presented in Table below and characteristics are
described further.
Table 3-21: Method for Soil Analysis

S.N Parameters Method
1. pH (30 gms/ 75 ml) pH meter
2. Electrical conductivity, µmho/cm (1:5 with water) Conductivity meter
3. Texture Grain size analysis
4. Chlorides as Cl, % by mass Volhard’s method
5. Sulphates as SO4, % by mass Gravimetric method
6. Magnesium as MgO, % by mass AAS
7. Aluminium as Al2O3, % by mass AAS
8. Total Phosphorus as P2O5, % by mass Gravimetric
9. Calcium as CaO, % by mass AAS
10. Sodium as Na2O, % by mass AAS
11. Potassium as K2O, % by mass AAS
12. Nitrogen Kjeldahl method
13. Sodium absorption ratio By calculation
14. Moisture, % by mass Oven dry
15. Total Hydrocarbon, mg/kg Solvent extraction
Table 3-22: Results of Soil Quality Analysis

S. No Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5
1 Particle size distribution

i. Sand % 86.40 71.21 75.02 81.53 78.60
ii. Slit % 4.18 14.41 15.18 8.54 9.34
iii. Clay % 9.42 14.38 9.80 9.93 12.06
2 Texture --- Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Loamy Sand Sandy Loam

3 pH (1:10 ---
suspension) 9.8 7.8 8.17 8.25 8.13
4 Colour mS/cm Yellowish Yellowish

Yellowish Brown Light Grayish Brown Light Brown
Brown Brown
5 Conductivity mg/kg 1.480 0.97 0.866 0.12 0.23
6 Sodium Adsorption ---
Ratio 2.66 11.37 11.01 2.47 10.44
7 Water Holding %
Capacity 36.4 50.76 41.83 30.5 43.13
8 Porosity % 28.44 26.35 11.19 28.01 22.46

9 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 103.11 207.43 170.55 136.7 213.58
10 Phosphorus mg/kg BDL 26.54 48.38 22.88 174.41
11 Potassium mg/kg 1390.29 2183.87 1564 1342.2 1294.01
12 Iron mg/kg 9997 1527 10070 1079.0 2034
13 Lead mg/kg 7.02 13.89 8.33 9.7 8.65
14 Manganese mg/kg 195.3 336.9 198.4 217.5 232.5
15 Nickel mg/kg 24.81 40.67 25.01 25.4 26.65
16 Barium mg/kg 124.2 97.3 48.7 91.6 56.8
17 Zinc mg/kg 31.53 52.16 41.55 29.4 44.4
18 Copper mg/kg 12.36 17.15 11.8 11.4 13.26
19 Cadmium mg/kg 1.08 1.04 0.85 0.9 1.1
20 Chromium mg/kg 69.8 88.25 67.16 72.1 107.6
21 Aluminium mg/kg 8227 9073 8609 6205 4811
22 Sodium mg/kg
152.33 762.67 693.44 205.5 486.24
The results of the soil quality analysis were compared with the standard soil classification provided by the Indian Council of
Agricultural Research (ICAR) and as given in Table 3-23 below.
Table 3-23: Standard Soil Classification

Soil Parameters Classification
pH Normal to saline 6.0 to 8.5

Tending to become alkaline 8.5-9.0
Alkaline Above 9.0
Electrical conductivity Up to 1.00 – Normal
(mmhos/cm) 1.01- 2.00 - Critical to germination
2.01-4.00 - Critical for growth of the sensitive crops
Above 4.00 – Injurious to most crops
Source: Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi
In qualitatively terms, soil texture refers to the feel of the soil material, whether coarse and gritty, or fine and smooth. In
general, soil behaviour can be inferred from the texture.
At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam as shown in Figure 3-19. The Sand percentage
observed in the soil ranged from 71.2% to 86.4%, silt 4.2% to 15.2 % and clay 9.4 to 14.8%. Water holding capacity ranges
from 30.5 to 50.8% at all soil quality monitoring locations. Porosity in all the soil samples ranges between 11.19-28.44%. Total
nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges between 103.11-207.43 mg/kg and phosphorus content was

observed to be range of 22.88-174.41 mg/kg. Range for potassium lies between 1294-2183 mg/kg and sodium ranges
between 152-762 mg/kg. Land parcels can be classified according to its possible use for irrigation based on soils. As the soils
present in study area predominantly is sandy loam, land can be classified as class 1 i.e., the highest level of irrigation
6
suitability and thus the highest payment capacity.
Figure 3-19: Soil Texture of the Study Area
3.2.2.7 Traffic Density
Traffic density in the study region was monitored on two junctions namely: Bhartal and Kapashera junctions located in the
vicinity of project site within the study area.
· Junction 1-Bhartal: Traffic count of roads leading from Bhartal junction towards Sector 21 has been recorded. These
roads will be significant for the traffic movement to the project.
· Junction 2-Kapashera: Traffic counts of roads leading from Kapashera to Chawla have been recorded. The details of
which have been provided in Table 3-24.
Table 3-24: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area

Location Code Location
T-1 Sector 21 to Bhartal
T-2 Bhartal to Sector 21
T-3 Kapashera to Chhawla
T-4 Chhawla to Kapashera
The traffic monitored has been divided into the following four categories/classes:
· Two wheelers (motor cycle, scooters);

· Three wheelers (auto rickshaw, motorized cart);
· Cars;
6
http://abe-research.illinois.edu/courses/tsm352/lectures/Soil%20Properties.pdf

· LCV’s / Tractors; and

· HCV’s / Buses.
Since the vehicles are of different types, a factor needs to be accounted for each of them in order to express them at par in
single unit terms. The factors, commonly known as Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factors that are generally adopted have been
given in the following Table 3-25.
Table 3-25: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey
Vehicle Type PCU Factor

Two Wheelers 0.75
Three Wheelers 1.2
Four Wheelers 1
Six Wheelers 3.7
Bicycles 0.5
Others (Carts) 2
Source: The Indian Roads Congress Code – IRC 109-1990
The traffic volume counts have been furnished in the following Figure 3-20 below.
Observations
The traffic density along the two junctions was observed to be high. The total Passenger Car Units (PCU) Equivalents for
traffic movement (to & fro) and other details from traffic survey have been summarized in Table 3-26 for all the major roads
emerging from these two junctions.
Table 3-26: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area
Description PCU Equivalents at PCU Equivalents at T- PCU Equivalents at T- PCU Equivalents at T-

T-1 2 3 4
Total PCU/24 Hours 14954 14303 6468 9350
Average Traffic Flow/Hr 623 596 270 390
Max Traffic Flow 978 1203 511 706

(Nos)/Hr
Min Traffic Flow 134 168 29 25

(Nos)/Hr
As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning
hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. Traffic at both T-1 & T-2 also increased
during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards Kapashera) experiences lowest traffic count which is 25 at
night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3 (towards Chhawala) between 2.00 to 3.00 hours. The traffic flow is
graphically depicted in the figure below.

Figure 3-20: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4)
Traffic Composition
At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by Two-
Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers with 34%, followed
by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52% of the total traffic composition
respectively. The vehicle composition observed is graphically depicted as Figure 3-21.
Figure 3-21: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations

3.2.2.8 Ecology
The following section presents the details of the ecological assessment carried out within the area delineated as the
project site as well as the area extending 10 km outwards from the boundary of this project site. The area surveyed is
hereinafter referred to as the ‘Study Area’.
Methodology
Five sites were identified within the project site to ensure that the different ecosystem and land-use types in the area
are suitably represented. At each site, floristic diversity was studied through quantitative sampling. A quadrat of
approximately 20 m x 20 m was used to record species of tree, 5 m x 5 m for species of shrubs and large climbers,
and 1 m x 1 m for species of herbs. Owing to the relatively short duration of the survey, the focus of the floristic
observations was limited to the higher flora.
At each site, faunal diversity was studied through direct evidence, in the form of visual sightings or calls, and indirect
evidence, such as nests, burrows, droppings, scats, moults, tracks, etc. Owing to the survey being conducted during
the daytime only, the focus of the faunal observations remained limited to the diurnally active faunal species, mainly
birds. The details of the five quadrat sites studied within the project site have been presented in Table 3-27. A map
showing the distribution of these quadrat sites in the study area is presented in Figure 3-22.
Table 3-27: Details of Quadrat Sites
Quadrat No. Location Co-ordinates Elevation (m)
1 N 28o32’54.12” E 77o02’36.10” 215

o o
2 N 28 33’11.08” E 77 02’26.05” 215
o o
3 N 28 33’11.05” E 77 02’19.07” 214
o o
4 N 28 33’14.12” E 77 02’52.60” 216
o o
5 N 28 33’05.19” E 77 02’18.39” 217

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 3-22: Map of Quadrat Sites

New Delhi
Flora of the Study Area
Forest Types
According to the Champion and Seth Classification of Indian Forests, the natural vegetation of the survey area
represents the following forest-type:
· Type 6B/C1 (Group 6 – Tropical Thorn Forests, Sub-group B – Northern Tropical Thorn Forests, Sub-
type C1 – Desert Thorn Forest)
The main type, 6B, is found over the major portion of the semi-arid to arid regions of Punjab, Haryana, Uttar
Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and northern Gujarat. They mostly occur on flat alluvial or aeolian soils,
but tend to extend into surrounding low and hilly country.
The natural vegetation is dominated by Acacias and allied species, the trees varying from 4.5 to 10 m in height
and tending to be collected in clumps, leaving bare ground in between. The woody vegetation is of all sizes, from
the trees down to the dwarf shrubs, with no differentiation into stories. The perennial grasses also grow in clumps
and tussocks. There is a thin growth of annual grasses after the rains.
Besides the Acacias, thorny Mimosaceae species occur frequently in these forests, of which Prosopis cinerarea
is the most common. Among shrubs, Capparis species and Asclepiads are usually present. The most
characteristic grasses are Lasiurus hirsutus and Panicum turgidum on Aeolian soils, Sporobolus marginatus on
saline soils and Cenchrus sp. throughout the tract.
The sub-type, C1, occurs where the country is flat to undulating and the soils are largely fluvial or aeolian
deposits in various stages of consolidation. The forest is extremely open, with a few scattered plants here and
there. Consociations of Acacia senegal and Prosopis cinerarea are relatively prominent.
Species associated with this forest type include:
· Trees like Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Acacia senegal, Azadirachta indica, Balanites
aegyptiaca, Cordia dichotoma, Dichrostachys cinerea, Flacourtia indica, Holoptelea integrifolia, Prosopis
cineraria, Salvadora oleoides, Tecomella undulata, Vitex negundo and Ziziphus sp.;
· Shrubs like Alhagi camelorum, Calotropis procera, Capparis decidua, Capparis sepiaria, Clerodendrum
phlomoides, Commiphora mukul, Grewia spp., Justicia adhatoda, Securinega leucopyrus, Tephrosia
purpurea and Ziziphus nummularia;
· Herbs like Achyranthes aspera, Cassia sp., Echinops echinatus, Indigofera sp., Ocimum canum,
Peristrophe paniculata, Sida sp., Solanum surattense and Xanthium indicum;
· Climbers like Asclepiad climbers, Cocculus hirsutus and Tinospora cordifolia; and
· Grasses like Aristida sp., Cenchrus barbatus, Cynodon dactylon, Eragrostis sp. and Themeda
quadrivalvis.
The map showing ’Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area of the Study Area is presented in figure
below.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure 3-23: Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area

New Delhi
Quantifications of Flora
Table 3-28 and Table 3-29 respectively list, the woody and non-woody species of plant recorded in the quadrat
studies, along with the percentage frequency, abundance and density of each species.
Table 3-28 Woody Flora of the Quadrats
S. No Species Habit % frequency Abundance Density per Ha
Woody Flora
1 Azadirachta indica Tree 40 11 105

2 Abutilon indicum Shrub 20 3 240
3 Cannabis sativa Shrub 20 1 80
4 Citrus limon Shrub 20 1 80
5 Dalbergia sissoo Tree 60 6 85
6 Eucalyptus globulus Tree 20 10 50
7 Ficus benghalensis Tree 20 1 5
8 Ficus religiosa Tree 20 1 5
9 Morus alba Tree 40 2 20

10 Ficus glomerata Tree 20 1 5
11 Pongamia pinnata Tree 20 1 5
12 Prosopis chilensis Tree 60 2 30
13 Syzigium cumini Tree 40 1 160
14 Lantana camara Shrub 20 1 80
15 Mimusops elengi Tree 20 1 5
16 Withania somnifera Shrub 20 1 80
17 Calotropis procera Shrub 20 2 160
18 Calotropis gigantea Shrub 20 2 160
19 Datura metel Shrub 20 2 160
20 Saccharum munja Shrub 40 5 720
Table 3-29: Non Woody Flora of the Quadrats
S. No Species Habit % frequency Abundance Density per Ha
1 Non Woody
2 Achyranthes aspera Herb 60 6 34000
3 Croton bonplandianus Herb 20 5 10000
4 Commelina sp. Herb 20 4 8000
5 Cynodon dactylon Grass 40 5 18000
6 Parthenium hysterophorus Herb 80 5 42000
7 Peristrophe paniculata Herb 20 1 2000
A tree-counting survey was carried out to identify the number of trees to be felled for the project. There are about
1961 number of trees which will be felled after requisite permission from the DCF office. The Details on trees to
be felled for the project has been provided in Annexure A.6.

New Delhi
Fauna of the Study Area

Avifauna
Observed Avifaunal Profile
The avifaunal profile recorded in the quadrat studies is dominated by birds associated with open scrub such as
Grey Francolin, Green Bee-eater, Laughing Dove, Long-tailed Shrike, Indian Jungle Crow, Black Drongo, Indian
Robin, Common Stonechat, Brahminy Starling, Common Babbler, Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark and Rufous-tailed
Lark.
A good range of wetland-associated species were recorded on pond situated about 250 m southeast direction of
project Site. They include resident species such as White-throated Kingfisher, White-breasted Waterhen, Red-
wattled Lapwing, and migratory species such as Common Sandpiper, and Yellow Wagtail.
Another significant component comprises birds associated with habitation, cultivation and gardens, including
Indian Peafowl, Common Hoopoe, Indian Roller, Common Pigeon, Jungle Babbler, Common Myna, Red-vented
Bulbul, Ashy Prinia, Common Tailorbird, Purple Sunbird and House Sparrow.
There is also a distinct component comprising birds showing a preference for forests, plantations, groves or
orchards, including Rose-ringed Parakeet, Asian Koel, Southern Coucal, and Spotted Owlet.
Raptors sighted include Common Kestrel, Black-winged Kite, Black Kite and Shikra.
Resident Avifauna
Table3-30 : Resident Avifauna of the Study Area
S. No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA

Status* Schedule
1. Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin LC IV
2. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin LC IV
3. Coturnix coromandelica Rain Quail LC IV
4. Perdicula asiatica Jungle Bush Quail LC IV
5. Perdicula argoondah Rock Bush Quail LC IV
6. Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC I
7. Sarkidiornis melanotos Knob-billed Duck LC
8. Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton Pygmy Goose LC IV
9. Anas poecilorhyncha Indian Spot-billed Duck LC IV
10. Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe LC IV
11. Mycteria leucocephala Painted Stork NT IV
12. Ciconia episcopus Woolly-necked Stork LC IV
13. Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus Black-necked Stork NT IV
14. Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-headed Ibis NT IV
15. Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill LC I
16. Nycticorax nycticorax Black-crowned Night Heron LC IV
17. Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron LC IV
18. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron LC IV
19. Ardea purpurea Purple Heron LC IV
20. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LC IV
21. Casmerodius albus Great Egret LC IV
22. Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret LC IV
23. Egretta garzetta Little Egret LC IV
24. Anhinga melanogaster Darter NT IV
25. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant LC IV

New Delhi
26. Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon NT I

27. Falco jugger Laggar Falcon NT I
28. Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite LC IV
29. Milvus migrans Black Kite LC IV
30. Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite LC IV
31. Haliaeetus leucoryphus Pallas’s Fish Eagle
32. Pernis ptilorhynchus Oriental Honey Buzzard LC IV
33. Neophron percnopterus Egyptian Vulture EN IV
34. Gyps bengalensis White-rumped Vulture CR I
35. Gyps indicus Indian Vulture CR I
36. Sarcogyps calvus Red-headed Vulture CR IV
37. Circaetus gallicus Short-toed Snake Eagle LC IV
38. Spilornis cheela Crested Serpent Eagle LC IV
39. Accipiter badius Shikra LC I
40. Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard LC IV
41. Aquila hastata Indian Spotted Eagle VU
42. Aquila rapax Tawny Eagle LC IV
43. Aquila fasciata Bonelli’s Eagle LC IV
44. Ardeotis nigriceps Great Indian Bustard CR I
45. Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted Waterhen LC IV
46. Amaurornis akool Brown Crake LC IV
47. Turnix suscitator Barred Buttonquail LC IV
48. Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Swamphen LC IV
49. Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen LC IV
50. Fulica atra Eurasian Coot LC IV
51. Grus Antigone Sarus Crane VU IV
52. Burhinus (oedicnemus) indicus Indian Thick-knee LC -
53. Esacus recurvirostris Great Thick-knee NT -
54. Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-tailed Jacana LC IV
55. Metopidius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana LC IV
56. Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing LC IV
57. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing LC IV
58. Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover LC IV
59. Rostratula benghalensis Greater Painted-Snipe LC IV
60. Cursorius coromandelicus Indian Courser LC -
61. Glareola lacteal Small Pratincole LC -
62. Sterna aurantia River Tern NT -
63. Sterna acuticauda Black-bellied Tern EN -
64. Rynchops albicollis Indian Skimmer VU
65. Pterocles exustus Chestnut-bellied Sandgrouse LC IV
66. Pterocles indicus Painted Sandgrouse LC IV
67. Columba livia Common Pigeon LC -
68. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove LC IV
69. Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared Dove LC IV
70. Stigmatopelia chinensis Spotted Dove LC IV
71. Stigmatopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove LC IV
72. Treron phoenicopterus Yellow-footed Green Pigeon LC IV

New Delhi
73. Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine Parakeet NT

74. Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet LC IV
75. Psittacula cyanocephala Plum-headed Parakeet LC IV
76. Hierococcyx varius Common Hawk-Cuckoo LC IV
77. Eudynamys scolopaceus Asian Koel LC IV
78. Taccocua leschenaultii Sirkeer Malkoha LC IV
79. Centropus parroti Southern Coucal LC IV
80. Tyto alba Barn Owl LC IV
81. Otus bakkamoena Indian Scops Owl LC
82. Athene brama Spotted Owlet LC IV
83. Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle Owl LC IV
84. Bubo coromandus Dusky Eagle Owl LC
85. Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar LC IV
86. Caprimulgus affinis Savanna Nightjar LC IV
87. Apus affinis Little Swift LC -
88. Upupa epops Common Hoopoe LC
89. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC IV
90. Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher LC IV
91. Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher LC IV
92. Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher LC IV
93. Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater LC -
94. Ocyceros birostris Indian Grey Hornbill LC -
95. Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet LC
96. Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet LC IV
97. Dendrocopos mahrattensis Yellow-crowned Woodpecker LC IV
98. Dinopium benghalense Lesser Goldenback LC IV
99. Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common Woodshrike LC -
100. Coracina macei Large Cuckooshrike LC IV
101. Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small Minivet LC IV
102. Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike LC -
103. Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike LC -
104. Lanius meridionalis Southern Grey Shrike LC -
105. Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo LC IV
106. Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo LC -
107. Rhipidura aureola White-browed Fantail LC -
108. Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie LC IV
109. Corvus splendens House Crow LC V
110. Riparia paludicola Plain Martin LC -
111. Ptyonoprogne concolor Dusky Crag Martin LC -
112. Petrochelidon fluvicola Streak-throated Swallow LC -
113. Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow LC -
114. Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bush Lark LC IV
115. Ammomanes phoenicura Rufous-tailed Lark LC IV
116. Eremopterix griseus Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark LC IV
117. Galerida cristata Crested Lark LC IV
118. Alauda gulgula Oriental Sky Lark LC IV
119. Pycnonotus leucotis White-eared Bulbul LC IV

New Delhi
120. Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul LC IV

121. Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted Prinia LC -
122. Prinia gracilis Graceful Prinia LC -
123. Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia LC -
124. Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia LC -
125. Prinia inornata Plain Prinia LC -
126. Prinia buchanani Rufous-fronted Prinia LC -
127. Cisticola juncidis Zitting Cisticola LC -
128. Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird LC -
129. Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC IV
130. Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler LC IV
131. Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler LC IV
132. Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler LC IV
133. Zosterops palpebrosus Oriental White-eye LC IV
134. Salpornis spilonotus Spotted Creeper LC -
135. Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna LC IV
136. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna LC IV
137. Gracupica contra Asian Pied Starling LC
138. Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy Starling LC IV
139. Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie Robin LC IV
140. Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin LC IV
141. Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat LC IV
142. Cercomela fusca Brown Rock Chat LC IV
143. Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker LC IV
144. Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird LC IV
145. Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC -
146. Gymnoris xanthocollis Chestnut-shouldered Petronia LC -
147. Ploceus benghalensis Black-breasted Weaver LC
148. Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver LC IV
149. Euodice malabarica Indian Silverbill LC IV
150. Amandava amandava Red Avadavat LC
151. Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted Munia LC IV
152. Motacilla maderaspatensis White-browed Wagtail LC IV
153. Anthus rufulus Paddyfield Pipit LC IV
*Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR –
Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, LC – Least Concern, NT – Near Threatened and VU – Vulnerable
WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
Reference: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp (2011). Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press; The IUCN
Red List of Threatened Species 2016-2
Species listed in BOLD were sighted in the study area during the survey
Migratory Avifauna
The study area is part of the massive avian migratory channel called the Central Asian Flyway (CAF), which
spans the entire Indian subcontinent. Thus, the study area lies in the path of various winter migratory birds
entering the Indian subcontinent from the north and headed farther south. With its diversity of habitats, the study
area is very likely to be providing seasonal habitats or staging-points to many of these visitors.
The water-bodies in and around the study area are well-known to be the winter-habitats of a number of visiting
water-birds. The study area is also known to be a destination for a few summer visitors, as also, part of the

New Delhi
passage traversed by migratory birds headed elsewhere. Migratory bird species known to be associated with the
study area are listed in Table 3-31.
Table 3-31 : Migratory Avifauna of the Study Area
S. No Scientific Name Common Name Type of Migrant IUCN WPA

Status Schedule
1. Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Winter LC IV
2. Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling-duck Summer LC -
3. Anser indicus Bar-headed Goose Winter LC IV
4. Tadorna ferruginea Ruddy Shelduck Winter LC IV

5. Marmaronetta angustirostris Marbled Duck Winter VU IV
6. Anas strepera Gadwall Winter LC IV
7. Anas falcata Falcated Duck Winter NT IV
8. Anas penelope Eurasian Wigeon Winter LC IV
9. Anas platyrhynchos Mallard Winter LC IV
10. Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler Winter LC IV
11. Anas acuta Northern Pintail Winter LC IV

12. Anas querquedula Garganey Winter LC IV
13. Anas crecca Common Teal Winter LC IV
14. Netta rufina Red-crested Pochard Winter LC IV
15. Aythya ferina Common Pochard Winter LC IV
16. Aythya nyroca Ferruginous Duck Winter NT IV
17. Aythya fuligula Tufted Duck Winter LC IV
18. Podiceps cristatus Great Crested Grebe Winter LC IV
19. Anastomus oscitans Asian Openbill Winter LC IV
20. Ciconia nigra Black Stork Winter LC IV
21. Ciconia ciconia White Stork Winter LC IV
22. Leptoptilos javanicus Lesser Adjutant Winter VU IV
23. Pelecanus onocrotalus Great White Pelican Winter LC IV
24. Pelecanus crispus Dalmatian Pelican Winter VU IV
25. Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant Winter LC IV
26. Phalacrocorax carbo Great Cormorant Passage LC IV
27. Falco naumanni Lesser Kestrel Winter LC IV
28. Falco tinnunculus Common Kestrel Winter LC IV
29. Falco columbarius Merlin Winter LC IV
30. Falco subbuteo Eurasian Hobby Winter LC IV
31. Falco cherrug Saker Falcon Winter EN I
32. Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon Winter LC IV
33. Falco pelegrinoides Barbary Falcon Winter LC IV
34. Milvus (migrans) lineatus Black-eared Kite Winter LC -
35. Pandion haliaetus Osprey Winter LC I
36. Gyps himalayensis Himalayan Vulture Winter NT IV
37. Gyps fulvus Griffon Vulture Winter LC IV
38. Aegypius monachus Cinereous Vulture Winter NT IV
39. Circus aeruginosus Eurasian Marsh Harrier Winter LC IV
40. Circus cyaneus Hen Harrier Winter LC IV
41. Circus macrourus Pallid Harrier Winter NT IV

New Delhi
42. Circus pygargus Montagu’s Harrier Winter LC IV

43. Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk Winter LC I
44. Buteo burmanicus Himalayan Buzzard Winter LC IV
45. Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard Winter LC IV
46. Buteo hemilasius Upland Buzzard Winter LC IV

47. Aquila clanga Greater Spotted Eagle Winter VU IV
48. Aquila nipalensis Steppe Eagle Winter LC IV
49. Aquila heliaca Eastern Imperial Eagle Winter VU IV
50. Hieraaetus pennatus Booted Eagle Winter LC IV
51. Porzana pusilla Baillon’s Crake Winter LC IV
52. Porzana porzana Spotted Crake Winter LC IV
53. Turnix sylvaticus Small Buttonquail Summer LC IV
54. Turnix tanki Yellow-legged Buttonquail Summer LC IV
55. Grus virgo Demoiselle Crane Winter LC IV
56. Grus grus Common Crane Winter LC IV
57. Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Winter LC IV
58. Vanellus vanellus Northern Lapwing Winter LC IV

59. Vanellus gregarius Sociable Lapwing Winter CR IV
60. Vanellus leucurus White-tailed Lapwing Winter LC IV
61. Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden-Plover Winter LC IV
62. Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover Winter LC IV
63. Charadrius alexandrinus Kentish Plover Winter LC IV
64. Charadrius leschenaultii Grater Sand Plover Winter LC IV

65. Philomachus pugnax Ruff Winter LC -
66. Lymnocryptes minimus Jack Snipe Winter LC IV
67. Gallinago stenura Pin-tailed Snipe Winter LC IV
68. Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Winter LC IV
69. Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit Winter NT IV
70. Numenius arquata Eurasian Curlew Winter NT IV
71. Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank Winter LC IV
72. Tringa tetanus Common Redshank Winter LC IV
73. Tringa stagnatilis Marsh Sandpiper Winter LC IV
74. Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Winter LC IV
75. Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper Winter LC IV
76. Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Winter LC IV
77. Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Winter LC IV
78. Calidris minuta Little Stint Winter LC IV
79. Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Winter LC IV
80. Calidris alpina Dunlin Winter LC IV
81. Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole Summer LC -
82. Larus cachinnans Caspian Gull Winter LC IV

New Delhi
83. Larus heuglini Heuglin’s Gull Winter LC -
84. Larus barabensis Steppe Gull Winter LC -
85. Ichthyaetus ichthyaetus Pallas’s Gull Winter LC -
86. Larus canus Mew Gull Winter LC IV
87. Chroicocephalus brunnicephalus Brown-headed Gull Winter LC IV
88. Chroicocephalus ridibundus Black-headed Gull Winter LC IV
89. Gelochelidon nilotica Gull-billed Tern Winter LC IV
90. Hydroprogne caspia Caspian Tern Winter LC IV
91. Sterna hirundo Common Tern Winter LC IV
92. Sternula albifrons Little Tern Summer LC IV
93. Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern Winter LC -
94. Rynchops albicollis Indian Skimmer Summer VU -
95. Pterocles alchata Pin-tailed Sandgrouse Winter LC IV
96. Pterocles orientalis Black-bellied Sandgrouse Winter LC IV
97. Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle-Dove Winter LC IV
98. Clamator jacobinus Jacobin Cuckoo Summer LC IV
99. Cacomantis passerinus Grey-bellied Cuckoo Summer LC IV
100. Asio flammeus Short-eared Owl Winter LC IV
101. Caprimulgus indicus Jungle Nightjar Summer LC IV
102. Caprimulgus mahrattensis Sykes's Nightjar Winter LC IV
103. Coracias garrulus Eurasian Roller Passage NT IV
104. Merops persicus Blue-cheeked Bee-eater Summer LC -
105. Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater Summer LC -
106. Jynx torquilla Eurasian Wryneck Winter LC IV
107. Pericrocotus roseus Rosy Minivet Winter LC IV
108. Pericrocotus ethologus Long-tailed Minivet Winter LC IV
109. Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike Winter LC -
110. Lanius isabellinus Isabelline Shrike Winter LC -
111. Oriolus kundoo Indian Golden Oriole Summer LC IV
112. Terpsiphone paradisi Asian Paradise-Flycatcher Summer LC IV
113. Riparia diluta Pale Martin Winter NA -
114. Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow Summer LC -
115. Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Winter LC -
116. Melanocorypha bimaculata Bimaculated Lark Winter LC IV
117. Calandrella brachydactyla Greater Short-toed Lark Winter LC IV
118. Chaetornis striata Bristled Grassbird Summer VU IV
119. Acrocephalus stentoreus Clamorous Reed-Warbler Winter LC -
120. Acrocephalus agricola Paddyfield Warbler Passage LC -

New Delhi
121. Acrocephalus dumetorum Blyth’s Reed-Warbler Passage LC -
122. Iduna caligata Booted Warbler Passage NA -
123. Iduna rama Sykes's Warbler Winter LC -
124. Phylloscopus collybita Common Chiffchaff Winter LC -
125. Phylloscopus griseolus Sulphur-bellied Warbler Winter LC -
126. Phylloscopus subviridis Brook’s Leaf Warbler Winter LC IV
127. Phylloscopus humei Hume’s Leaf Warbler Winter LC -
128. Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Warbler Passage LC -
129. Phylloscopus nitidus Green Warbler Passage LC -
130. Phylloscopus tytleri Tytler’s Leaf Warbler Passage NT IV
131. Sylvia curruca Lesser Whitethroat Winter LC IV
132. Sylvia althaea Hume's Whitethroat Passage LC IV
133. Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler Winter LC IV
134. Sylvia communis Common Whitethroat Passage LC IV
135. Tichodroma muraria Wallcreeper Winter LC -
136. Pastor roseus Rosy Starling Passage LC IV
137. Sturnus vulgaris Common Starling Winter LC IV

138. Turdus atrogularis Black-throated Thrush Winter LC IV
139. Luscinia svecica Bluethroat Winter LC IV
140. Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Winter LC IV
141. Saxicola macrorhynchus Stoliczka’s Bush Chat Winter VU IV
142. Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat Winter LC IV
143. Oenanthe isabellina Isabelline Wheatear Winter LC IV
144. Oenanthe chrysopygia Red-tailed Wheatear Winter LC IV
145. Oenanthe deserti Desert Wheatear Winter LC IV
146. Oenanthe picata Variable Wheatear Winter LC IV
147. Monticola solitarius Blue Rock Thrush Winter LC IV
148. Monticola cinclorhynchus Blue-capped Rock Thrush Winter LC IV
149. Rhinomyias nicobaricus Nicobar Jungle Flycatcher Passage LC IV
150. Ficedula parva Red-breasted flycatcher Winter LC IV
151. Ficedula superciliaris Ultramarine Flycatcher Winter LC IV
152. Eumyias thalassinus Verditer Flycatcher Winter LC IV
153. Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey-headed Canary Winter LC IV
Flycatcher
154. Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail Winter LC IV
155. Motacilla citreola Citrine Wagtail Winter LC IV

156. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Winter LC IV
157. Motacilla alba White Wagtail Winter LC IV
158. Anthus richardi Richard’s Pipit Winter LC IV
159. Anthus campestris Tawny Pipit Winter LC IV
160. Anthus godlewskii Blyth's Pipit Winter LC IV
161. Anthus similis Long-billed Pipit Winter LC IV
162. Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit Winter LC IV

New Delhi
163. Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed Pipit Winter LC IV

164. Anthus roseatus Rosy Pipit Winter LC IV
165. Anthus cervinus Red-throated Pipit Passage LC IV
166. Anthus spinoletta Water Pipit Winter LC IV
167. Erythrina erythrinus Common Rosefinch Winter LC IV
168. Emberiza stewarti White-capped Bunting Winter LC IV
169. Emberiza buchanani Grey-necked Bunting Passage LC IV
170. Emberiza melanocephala Black-headed Bunting Winter LC IV
171. Emberiza bruniceps Red-headed Bunting Passage LC IV
*Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR –
Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, NA – Not Assessed, LC – Least Concern, NT – Near Threatened and VU –
Vulnerable
Reference: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp (2011). Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press; The IUCN
Red List of Threatened Species, 2016 -02
Mammals
Table 3-32 presents the list of the mammalian species associated with the study area.
Table 3-32: Mammals of the Study Area
S. No Scientific Name Name IUCN* WPA Schedule
1. Macaca mulatta Bonnet Macaque LC II
2. Semnopithecus entellus Northern Plains Langur LC II
3. Muntiacus muntjak Indian Muntjac LC III
4. Rusa unicolor Sambar VU III
5. Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai LC III
6. Gazella bennetti Indian Gazelle LC I
7. Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck NT I
8. Sus scrofa Indian Wild Pig LC III
9. Panthera pardus Common Leopard NT I
10. Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC II
11. Prionailurus bengalensis Leopard Cat LC I
12. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Common Palm Civet LC II
13. Viverricula indica Small Indian Civet LC II
14. Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose LC II
15. Herpestes auropunctatus Small Indian Mongoose LC IV
16. Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyaena NT III
17. Canis lupus Grey Wolf LC I
18. Canis aureus Golden Jackal LC II
19. Vulpes benghalensis Indian Fox LC II
20. Mellivora capensis Honey Badger LC I
21. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare LC IV
22. Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolin NT I
23. Suncus etruscus Indian Shrew LC -
24. Paraechinus collaris Indian Hedghog LC IV
25. Hystrix indica Indian Crested Porcupine LC IV
26. Funambulus pennantii Five-striped Palm Squirrel LC -
27. Tatera indica Indian Gerbil LC -
28. Vandeleuria oleracea Indian Long-tailed Tree Mouse LC V
29. Mus musculus House Mouse LC V
30. Mus booduga Little Indian Field Mouse LC V
31. Millardia meltada Soft-furred Field Rat LC V
32. Golunda ellioti Indian Bush Rat LC V
33. Bandicota indica Large Bandicoot Rat LC V

New Delhi
34. Bandicota bengalensis Lesser Bandicoot Rat LC V

35. Rattus rattus House Rat LC V
36. Rhinopoma microphyllum Greater Mouse-tailed Bat LC -
37. Rhinopoma hardwickii Lesser Mouse-tailed Bat LC -
38. Megaderma lyra Greater False Vampire LC -
39. Rhinolophus lepidus Blyth’s Horseshoe Bat LC -
40. Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle LC -
41. Pipistrellus tenuis Indian Pygmy Bat LC -
42. Scotozous dormeri Dormer’s Bat LC -
43. Scotophilus heathii Asiatic Yellow House Bat LC -
*Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where LC –
Least Concern, NT – Near Threatened and VU – Vulnerable
Sources: Vivek Menon, A Field Guide to Indian Mammals, 2014
The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, 2016 -02
Reptiles
Lists some species of reptiles associated with the study area are presented inTable 3-33.
Table 3-33: Some reptilian species associated with the study area
S. no Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status* WPA Schedule

1. Ramphotyphlops braminus Common Worm Snake NA IV
2. Python molurus Indian Rock Python VU I
3. Gongylophis conicus Common Sand Boa NA IV
4. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa NA IV
5. Coelognathus helena helena Common Trinket Snake NA IV
6. Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake NA II
7. Oligodon taeniolatus Russell’s Kukri Snake LC IV
8. Oligodon arnensis Common Kukri Snake NA IV
9. Lycodon striatus Barred Wolf Snake NA IV
10. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC IV
11. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keelback Snake NA II
12. Amphiesma stolatum Striped Keelback NA IV
13. Boiga trigonata Indian Cat Snake LC IV
14. Psammophis condanarus Condanarus Sand Snake LC IV
15. Psammophis leithii Leith’s Sand Snake NA IV
16. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait NA IV
17. Naja naja Spectacled Cobra LC II
18. Daboia russelii Russell’s Viper LC II
19. Echis carinatus Saw-scaled Viper NA IV
*Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where LC –
Least Concern, NA – Not Assessed, and VU – Vulnerable
Sources: Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain, Snakes of India, The field guide, 2015
Species of Conservation Concern
Legally Protected Higher Fauna

Table3-34 lists the higher faunal species associated with the study area that is protected under Schedules I & II
of the Wildlife (Protection) Act of India (1972). The table also gives the conservation status assigned to the
species by the IUCN.

New Delhi
Table3-34: Legally Protected Faunal Species associated with the Study area
S.No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status* WPA Schedule
Birds
1 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC I
2 Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill LC I
3 Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon NT I
4 Falco jugger Laggar Falcon NT I
5 Gyps bengalensis White-rumped Vulture CR I
6 Gyps indicus Indian Vulture CR I
7 Accipiter badius Shikra LC I
8 Ardeotis nigriceps Great Indian Bustard CR I
9 Pandion haliaetus Osprey LC I
10 Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk LC I
Mammals
1 Macaca mulatta Bonnet Macaque LC II
2 Semnopithecus entellus Northern Plains Langur LC II
3 Gazella bennetti Indian Gazelle LC I
4 Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck NT I
5 Panthera pardus Common Leopard NT I
6 Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC II
7 Prionailurus bengalensis Leopard Cat LC I
8 Paradoxurus hemaphroditus Common Palm Civet LC II
9 Viverricula indica Small Indian Civet LC II
10 Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose LC II
11 Canis lupus Grey Wolf LC I
12 Canis aureus Golden Jackal LC II
13 Vulpes benghalensis Indian Fox LC II
14 Mellivora capensis Honey Badger LC I
15 Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolin NT I
Reptiles
1 Python molurus Indian Rock Python VU I
2 Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake NA II
3 Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keelback Snake NA II
4 Naja naja Spectacled Cobra LC II
5 Daboia russelii Russell’s Viper LC II
*Conservation status assigned by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR
– Critically Endangered, NA – Not Assessed LC – Least Concern, EN – Endangered, NT – Near Threatened and VU –
Vulnerable
Sources: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp, Birds of the Indian Subcontinent
Vivek Menon, A Field Guide to Indian Mammals, 2014
Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain, Snakes of India, The field guide, 2015

New Delhi
Endemic Higher Fauna

Table 3-35 lists species reported as being endemic or near-endemic to, or having restricted ranges that include,
the study area:
Table 3-35: Endemic Fauna of the Study Area
Sr. Scientific Name Common Name Reported Restricted Range

No.
Birds
1 Ardeotis nigriceps Indian Bustard Indian sub-continent
2 Chaetornis striata Bristled Grassbird Indian sub-continent
Areas of Conservation Concern
These comprise areas of notable ecological importance, as well as, legally protected areas, within or in close
proximity to, the study area.
Najafgarh Canal and associated Wetlands
The Najafgarh Canal and its tributary flows pass through many parts of the Study area. Approximate distance of
Najafgarh Canal is 1.57 km from project site toward west. The natural slope of the area tends towards the canal
but the project site is isolated from Najafgarh canal with residential and commercial buildings and Golf-course
road.
This system of water channels was found providing habitats to a range of wetland-species, from hydrophytes and
insects to turtles and birds. Moreover, migratory birds visiting the sub-continent over the northern winter were
found utilizing these habitats as staging-points or wintering-sites. Thus, this canal system functions as an
extended wetland-habitat for a wide range of wetland-associated species.
Wetlands also contribute to water-conservation, securing crucial moisture in their hyporheic zones and
recharging a region’s wells and aquifers over the dry season. Healthy, well-established wetlands often acquire
diverse features such as clumps of aquatic grasses, beds of reeds and sedges, rafts of floating vegetation, small
islets amidst the water and trees and shrubs along their banks with boughs overhanging the water. All of these
provide an extraordinary range of safe roosting and nesting sites for the associated wildlife.
Thus, protection, conservation and restoration of the area’s wetlands would ensure and enhance their ecological
services to the region.
Groves
The older settlements within the study area have small groves of old trees, often associated with the village-
farmlands. It is possible that some of these might be considered as ‘sacred groves’ by the local people and have
been preserved from religious sentiment and the resulting societal pressure.
Most of the trees and shrubs in these groves belong to native species and comprise full-grown, well-established
individuals. Their lofty trunks and spreading, intertwined branches, replete with bark-fissures, nest-holes and
dangling climbers, provide diverse habitats to arboreal wildlife. Often, dead-wood, which is left standing or fallen
in such groves, in keeping with religious beliefs, provides additional unique habitat-features in the form of perches
for raptors, nesting-sites for wood-peckers, barbets and borer-insects, and food-caches for insect-feeders. Such
groves usually contain large, plentifully fruiting fig-trees and can support large, frugivores such as Hornbills.
Like all patches of natural vegetation in partially developed landscapes, these also serve as crucial corridors for
wildlife on the move. It is ecologically desirable that the community-conservation of such groves be supported
and their ecological value further enhanced by adding more native species, in an ecologically and socially
sensitive manner.
Legally Protected Areas
Rajokari Protected Forest

New Delhi
This is a 600 acre protected area (approximate location: N 28 00 58.3, E 76 38 28.3), designated as a Protected
Forest since 1959, situated approximately 8.5 km in the south-eastern of the project site, due south of the
settlements of Mahipalpur and Rangpura, and falling under the purview of the Delhi State Forest Department.
The area contains a few defunct stone quarries and seems to be getting mined for mud and stone. Marked by
highly uneven terrain, with pronounced gulleying and a number of ditches and hollows, the area is likely to be
providing refuges to the local wildlife. Much of the area is under a tree-cover composed of mainly Prosopis
chilensis, with a few scattered individuals of Acacia nilotica.
3.2.2.9 Socio-Economic Environment
This section presents the baseline status of the socio-economic aspects in the Project area and details of the
stakeholder consultation undertaken for the project.
Approach and Methodology
The project area is spread across Sector 25 of Dwarka in the National Capital Territory (NCT) of Delhi commonly
known as ‘Dwarka sub city’ in the South West District (also known as the ‘study area’). Four villages namely,
Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages are within the 1 km radius of the project site.
A structured questionnaire was prepared to undertake the focus group discussions of stakeholders to understand
the concerns, issues and interest that they might have on the project. Site visits to the project area were
th th
undertaken on 4 – 6 June 2017.
The approach that was adopted to conduct the Social Impact Assessment study has been based on the following
elements:
Review of Secondary Information

A detailed review and assessment of secondary information for the project area was undertaken. Review of
documents was done to attain a comprehensive understanding of the area in relation to its socio-economic
characteristics. The following documents were assessed to supplement the desk based research,
· Primary Census Abstract (PCA), 2001;

· Primary Census Abstract (PCA), 2011;
· Village Directory Abstract (VDA), 2001;
· Brief Industrial Profile of NCT of Delhi, 2012-13; and
· Published reports, papers and articles available in the public domain.
Primary Data Collection

Primary data on the socio-economic status was collected from the local communities residing in the vicinity of the
project area. Besides, a site visit to the project area, the area was also assessed to determine if any encroachers
were present on the land.
Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area

This section presents the parameters that would be broadly covered in the socio-economic profile of the study
area which has been detailed below,
· Administrative Set-up;
· Demographic Profile;
· Literacy Level;
· Workforce Participation, employment and diversity profile; and
· Existing Public Amenities.
Dwarka Sub City is situated in the South Western District of Delhi. It is bounded by National Highway (NH) 8,
Outer Ring Road, Najafgarh Road, Pankha Road and Rewari railway line. Dwarka Sub City comprising of Sector
1 to 29 is further divided into five (05) Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD) Wards, Kakraula (135), Matiala

New Delhi
(136), Bjswasan (141), Palam (145) and Mahavir Enclave (147). The project area falls within parts of Sector 25 of
Dwarka Sub City.
Administration Set-up
The south western district of Delhi administratively is divided into three sub divisions namely, Najafgarh, Delhi
Cantonment and Vasant Vihar. The coordinates of the area is 28.60955°North and 77.13967°East. It covers an
area of 420 km². Dwarka sub city is spread across approximately 15 km radius consisting of 5648 hectares area
and 396 km road length according to the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) records.
Demographic Profile of the Study Area

The project area falling within the south western district of the Delhi and in particular Dwarka sub city, details
pertaining to this area has been mentioned below:
Population Profile
According to the 2011 Census, the total population of the South Western District of Delhi was 2292958(7.32%)
wherein males comprised of 1246046(54.34%) and females of 1046912(45.66%) respectively. The sex ratio of
females to every 1000 males was 866. The total household in the area was 494439 and the density of the
population was 11,297 per sq. km.
The total population of Dwarka Sub City is 11, 00,000. The density of population in the area is around 160-200
per person per hectare. The demographic profiles of the South Western District of Delhi along with Dwarka Sub
City have been given below in Table 3-36.
Table 3-36: Demographic Profile of Study Area

S. No Place Total Population Male Female
1 South West District 2292958 1246046 1046912
2 Dwarka Sub City 571939 303350 268589
Poverty Level
The level of poverty in an area highlights the economic status of the people and whether they are able to afford
certain amenities for their survival. The Below Poverty Level (BPL) status is taken by the Government of India as
an economic benchmark and poverty threshold to indicate the economic disadvantage and identify individuals in
7
need of government assistance and aid.
The Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India in 2014-15 initiated the Intensive Participatory Planning
Exercise (IPPE) to determine the backwardness index in sub districts across the country. As per the published
findings, areas in South Western District of Delhi like Najafgarh has a backwardness index of -1.5709 and a
ranking of 5878; Delhi Cantonment has a backwardness index of -1.2859 and a ranking of 5754 and Vasant Vihar
8
has a backwardness index of -1.5422 and a ranking of 5870, respectively.
Literacy Rate
The average literacy rate according to the 2011 Census Data of the South Western District of Delhi was 77.96%
wherein the males comprised of 57.35% and females, 42.65% respectively.
Social Stratification
Social stratification is a concept which classifies people into groups based on the hierarchical structures of class
and status in any society. In India, the society is stratified along caste and tribe lineage. The terminology of
Scheduled Caste (SC) and Tribe (ST) has been adopted in the Constitution of India and a sizeable amount of
people fall within both these categories. These categories of people highlight the disadvantaged and oppressed
classes.
7
Poverty: All India (per capita per month) Rural INR 356.30; All India (per capita per month) Urban INR 538.60
8
The backwardness index has 10 criteria carrying equal weightage: (i) monthly per capita consumption expenditure, (ii)
education, (iii) health, (iv) house hold amenities, (v) poverty rate, (vi) female literacy, (vii) per cent of SC-ST population, (viii)
urbanization rate, (viii) financial inclusion, and (x) connectivity. States and sub districts that score above 0.6 in the index will be
categorized as “least developed”, below 0.6 and above 0.4 score means a state is “less developed” and a score below 0.4
means a state is “relatively developed”.

New Delhi
According to the 2011 Census, the total Scheduled Caste (SC) population of South Western District of Delhi was
13.89%, out of which males comprised 53.46% and females 46.54%.
Work Force Participation
Work force participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) as compared to
the total population. As per the 2011 Census, the South Western District of Delhi had a total workforce population
of 34.69% (795352) where males comprised of 83.98% (667977) and females of 16.01% (127375) respectively.
Main workers are considered as those workers who have been engaged in any economically productive activity
for 183 days or more while marginal workers are those that have worked for less than 183 days in a year. Out of
the total workforce population, the main workers were 94.3% and marginal workers were 5.70%.
Occupational Profile
The occupational pattern of the population refers to the choice of sector of employment that workers are
dependent upon.9 As per the 2011 Census Data, the population of South West District of Delhi was mainly
involved in the category as 94.3% ‘Other Workers’. The breakup of the occupational pattern of the district is given
below.
Table 3-37: Occupation Pattern of South West District of Delhi

S.N Occupation Pattern Total Working % of Working
Population Population
1 Main Workers Cultivators 7832 0.98
Agricultural Labourers 5277 0.66
Household Activities 16956 2.13
Others 719930 90.52
2 Marginal Workers Cultivators 1901 0.24
Agricultural Labourers 2476 0.31
Household Activities 1658 0.21
Others 39322 4.94
Among the main workers, population engaged as cultivators, agricultural labor, household industries and other
vocations comprise 0.98%, 0.66%, 2.13% and 90.52% respectively. Like-wise, out of the marginal workers,
population engaged as cultivators, agricultural labor, household industries and other vocations comprise 0.24%,
0.31%, 0.21% and 4.94% respectively.
Existing Public Amenities
The social infrastructure indicates the development pattern of the area. The site is very near to the National
Highway 8 and is connected by a Link Road. Besides this, there is a Delhi–Ahmedabad railway line which
provides connectivity to the Bijwasan Railway Station at an approximate distance of 3 km from the project area.
This railway line connects the south-west parts of the NCR with Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and
Punjab.
There is also an excellent transit connection in terms of the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than
a 1 kilometre away from the site and an Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT), located in Sector 22, is diagonally
opposite the proposed ECC site.
There are two intermediate schools one is Delhi English academy school and second is New Era public school.
Some of the higher educational institutes within 10 km of the site are Netaji Subhas Institute of Technology,
National Law University, Ambedkar University and Indian Institute of Health Management Research, One
9
As per the Census data, a cultivator is defined as a person whose major share of yearly income comes from farming their own
land while an agricultural labour is defined as a person between 15 and 59 years old whose major share of income is from
wages earned by working on other’s farms. Household Industry is referred as an industry conducted by one or more members
of the household at home or within the village in rural areas and only within the precincts of the house where the household
lives in urban areas. The larger proportion of workers in the household industry consists of members of the household. Some of
the typical industries that can be conducted on a household industry basis are: Foodstuffs, Beverages, Tobacco Products,
Textile cotton, Jute, Wool or Silk, Manufacture of Wood and Wood Products, Paper and Paper Products, Leather and Leather
Products, Petroleum and Coal Products, Service and Repairing of Transport Equipments etc. While all workers, i.e., those who
have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one year, but are not cultivators or agricultural labourers or in
Household Industry, are 'Other Workers (OW)'. The type of workers that come under this category of 'OW' include all
government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade, commerce,
business, transport banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artists, etc.

New Delhi
dispensary in Dhul Siras. Further some of the hospitals in close proximity are Bensups Hospital, Aarogya Medical
Centre and Artemis Medical Center. And government hospital Deen Dayal proximity is 15-18 km.
Focus Group Discussions

The land for the project site was acquired by DDA, approximately a decade ago and appropriate compensation
th th
was disbursed to the affected people, reportedly. A site visit was undertaken to the project area on 4 -6 June
2017 to assess the current status of the project area.
Figure 3-24: Barren land at site
As mentioned earlier, there are four villages namely, Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages within
the 1 km radius of the project site. Informal interactions were undertaken with community members belonging to
the four villages Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur to understand the socio-economic status of the
village. It was informed during interactions held that all the four village’s lack basic amenities like drinking water,
electricity, road etc.
The local communities were aware that the land was acquired by DDA about a decade ago, and has been lying
vacant since then. The local communities showed interest in it and considered it as a good opportunity for the
development of their villages as well as for the local communities residing in the vicinity of the project site. In their
opinion, once the project is completed it will be beneficial for the local communities as well, as they were of the
view that their access to drinking water, transportation, electricity, road connectivity and street light etc. will
improve. In addition, they informed that the project would create employment opportunities which will in turn,
increase the rate of employment among the local communities as unskilled and semi- skilled jobs will increase in
the area. This would be beneficial for the local population as the younger generation do not have any proper
means of livelihood as most of the families in these villages depend upon house rent and limited services such as
taxi service provider.
Figure 3-25: Photographs of Consultations with the near villagers

New Delhi
3.2.3 Base maps of all environmental components
Study Area: For the environment impact assessment study, an area of 10 km extending from the boundary of the
project site has been considered as the Study Area for this project. The site is located in close proximity to
various transport links such as –Indira Gandhi International Airport, Delhi – Rewari Railway line and Dwarka Sec-
21 Metro station, providing connectivity within Delhi and nearby regions. Base Map presenting physical features
of site is provided in section 2.3.1- Location.
Drainage Pattern: The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it
off into the Najafgarh Drain, 3km west of the site. The proposed site is almost flat topography with minimum
variations in contour levels. Section 3.2.14 presents the drainage features of the study area.
Land Use: The land use of the site is currently open land. Map of Land Use Pattern is presented in section
3.2.1.5.
Environmental Monitoring Locations: Maps showing coordinates of monitoring for various aspects (ambient air,
noise, soil, water, traffic and ecology) has been presented in section 3.2.2.
3.3 Summary of Inference on existing Environment

Concentration of PM 10 and PM2.5 are exceeding the NAAQS limits at the locations in study area. Site Specific
Meteorology indicates prevailing of low winds (2.88km/ hr) during high temperatures which can cause
accumulation of Particulate Matter. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as
0.69m/s and a very high calm period of 40.53% is reported. SOx and NOx levels are well within the NAAQS limits
in the study area. Concentration of NMHCs at all the locations is below Minimum Detection Limit of 0.5m.
Baseline noise levels are high during day and time in the study area. Noise levels during day time were observed
to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 dB (A). Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 dB
(A).
The quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class “E” of CPCB
standards which is categorized as ‘Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal’. High levels of Total
Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the ground water samples collected from all the locations.

New Delhi
soil is found to be Sandy loam in the study area. Porosity in all the soil samples ranges between 11.19-28.44%.
Total nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges between 103.11-207.43 mg/kg and
phosphorus content was observed to be range of 22.88-174.41 mg/kg. Range for potassium lies between 1294-
2183 mg/kg and sodium ranges between 205-1518 mg/kg.
The traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning hours between
9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours.

New Delhi
4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures
This chapter discusses various environmental and social impacts that have been identified, predicted and
quantified during the course of this study. These include positive and negative, direct and indirect, local and
regional and also reversible and irreversible impacts due to project construction and operation. The impact
assessment forms the basis for development of Environmental Management Plan.
The potential impacts during construction phase and operation phase of the project have been identified and
discussed, along with the suggested mitigation measures in following sections.
4.1 Impact Evaluation Matrix

The criterion which has been employed to appraise impacts on various social and environmental components is
as presented as Table 4-1 below.
Table 4-1: Impact Appraisal Criteria

Criteria Sub-Classification Defining Limit Remarks
Spread: refers to area Insignificant / Local Impact is restricted within except for ecology ( which is defined as
of direct influence from spread the foot prints of the Project limited loss of vegetation only at site)
the impact of a boundary
particular project
activity.
Medium Spread Impact is spread up to 3 km except for ecology ( which is defined as
from the boundary of the loss of vegetation at site including large
Project trees with limited disturbance to adjoining
flora & fauna)
High spread Impact is spread up beyond except for ecology ( which is defined as
3 km from footprint boundary loss of vegetation at site and/or damage to
of the Project adjoining flora and fauna
Duration: based on Insignificant / Short Impact is likely to be the anticipated recovery of the affected
duration of impact and Duration restricted for duration of less environmental component within 2 years
the time taken by an than 2 years;
environmental
component to recover
back to its best possible
pre-project state
Medium Duration When impact extends up to With an anticipated recovery of the
five years affected environmental component within 6
years
Long Duration when impact extends with anticipated recovery of prevailing
beyond five years; condition to happen within 6 years or
beyond or upon completion of the project
life
Intensity: defines the Insignificant intensity when resulting in changes in However, it shall be reconsidered where
magnitude of Impact the environmental baseline the baseline values are already high.
conditions is up to 10%
Low intensity when resulting in changes in for ecology it refers to minimal changes in
the baseline conditions up to the existing ecology in terms of their
20% reproductive capacity, survival or habitat
change
Moderate intensity when resulting in changes in for ecology, it refers to changes that are
the baseline conditions for expected to be recoverable

New Delhi
up to 30%
High intensity when change resulting in the While for ecology, high intensity refers to
baseline conditions beyond changes that result in serious destruction
30% to species, productivity or their habitat.
Nature: refers to Beneficial Useful to Environment and Community
whether the effect is
considered beneficial or
adverse
Adverse Harmful to Environment and Community
A significance assessment matrix was developed to assess the impact based on the appraisal criteria developed
above which is as given in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2: Impact Significance Criteria
Spread Duration Intensity Overall Significance
Adverse Beneficial
Local Short Low Insignificant Insignificant
Local Short Moderate Minor Minor
Local Medium Low
Local Medium Moderate
Medium Short Low
Local Long Low
Local Short High Moderate Moderate
Local Medium High
Local Long Moderate
Medium Short Moderate
Medium Medium Low
Medium Medium Moderate
Medium Long Low
Medium Long Moderate
High Short Low
High Short Moderate
High Medium Low
High Medium Moderate
High Long Low
Local Long High Major Major
Medium Short High
Medium Long High
High Short High
High Medium High
High Long Moderate
High Low Low
High Low High
The reversible and irreversible nature of impacts will also be considered. Any minor or moderate impact of
irreversible nature will be considered as a moderate and major impact.
The impacts for the proposed project are covered under the following subsections:

New Delhi
· Construction Phase
· Operation Phase

Dwarka, New Delhi
Table 4-3 : Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of ECC proposed at Dwarka, New Delhi
S.No Main Activities Environmental and Social Components
Social/ Livelihood
Visual Aesthetics
Water Resources
Health & Safety

Soil Resources
Ambient Noise
Water Quality
Occupational
Ambient Air
Transport
Land Use
Ecology
Traffic /
Pattern
Quality
Quality
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
1 Construction of ECC
Site Clearance √ √ √ √
Excavation √ √ √
Transportation and Unloading of construction √ √ √
material
Storage and Handling of construction material etc. √ √ √
Preparation/Mixing of construction material √ √ √ √ √
Operation of construction machinery √ √ √ √

Construction and Erection of buildings √ √ √ √
Operation of DG sets √ √
Handling and Disposal of construction wastes √ √ √
Requirement of utilities such as water, power, √ √ √ √
sanitation facilities
2 Labour Engagement
Employment of workers √
Water requirement √
Power requirement √ √
Waste handling and disposal √ √
Sewage disposal √ √
OPERATION PHASE
Employment of labours and staffs √

Dwarka, New Delhi
Water requirement √
Power requirement √ √
Waste handling and disposal √ √ √
Sewer Generation √
Operation of DG sets for power backup √ √
Vehicle Movement within the site √ √ √ √

New Delhi
4.2 Impacts during Construction Phase

The activities that take place during construction phases of the project are site clearance, operation of
machineries, transportation and unloading of materials, construction and erection of buildings. During
construction phase, the potential primary and secondary impacts on the environment, their significance and
mitigation are discussed in the following sub-sections. It is likely that the following parameters will be impacted:
· Land Environment
· Air Quality
· Ambient Noise Quality
· Water Resources and Quality
· Biological Environment
· Soil
· Traffic &Transport
· Solid Waste
· Livelihood
· Socio-Economic Environment
· Occupational Health and Safety
4.2.1 Impact on Land Environment
Some of the anticipated impacts on the land environment due to the project are:
Change in Land use and Aesthetics: The proposed project is to be developed in an area of 89.72 hectare. The
site has been designated for commercial use as per the Delhi Master Plan. The project will involve construction of
roads and other infrastructures, green areas, open spaces, commercial spaces etc. With these upcoming
structures, it is expected that the land use pattern of the area will be enhanced without compromising on the
socio-economic status of the local people. The site is located in an urban landscape. The development of the
project will lead to a positive change in aesthetics and visual appeal of the region. Notification has been issued by
th
Ministry of Urban Development dated 12 May, 2016 describing the modification in the land use of land proposed
for development of ECC falling in Zone-II (Dwarka). According to the notification, the land use will be changed
from commercial to Public, Semi Public and socio-cultural facilities from commercial land use.
Change in Topography: The site comprises of flat land with gentle slope towards West. The construction
activities such as excavation works for foundations of various project-components, development of drains and
erection of the associated structures and buildings will change the topography of the area. However as the land is
relatively flat, hence no major change is envisaged.
Mitigation Measures
· Cutting and filling operations will be limited, only as and when necessary.
· During excavation works, the topsoil will be preserved in stockpiles. At such locations, the depth of borrow
pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15
cm top soil aside
· The movement and parking of heavy machinery and other vehicles will be restricted to identified routes;
thereby limiting the possibility of compaction.
· The project will ensure that the existing elements of the natural environment (ponds, trees etc.) are
integrated in the urban design. Natural features will be maintained, preserved and further developed.
· An attempt should be made to establish a vegetative cover, appropriate to the site prior to the onset of
intense rain or windstorms.
· Good housekeeping at labour resting areas and the construction area will ensure the aesthetics of the area.
All debris and excavation material will be stored securely and removed within a stipulated period.
· Proper routing and adequate capacity of the storm water run-offs drains/garland drains with catch pits will
be provided at the construction areas to collect the construction waste water/runoff.
· Adequate drainage facilities will be provided with retention walls around the storage areas for excavated
soil;

New Delhi
Significance of Impact
The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the
impact can be contained with minor residual impacts.
Table 4-4: Impact significance – Land Environment

Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall
Land Environment Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate
With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor
4.2.2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality
During the construction phase, the major pollutant of concern will be particulate matter (PM 10 and PM2.5).The dust
emissions will vary substantially from day to day based on the level of activity, the specific operations and the
prevalent meteorological conditions. The construction activities will involve:
· PM emissions from excavation activities;

· NOx, SO2 and CO emissions due to operation of construction equipment’s, machinery and vehicular
movement.
· PM, NOx, SO2 and CO emissions from operation of Diesel generator set.
The excavation activities for the Project shall be carried out in phases. Power shall be sourced from the grid
during the construction activities; 250 KVA x 6 Nos, 125KVAx9 Nos, 65 KVA x 12 Nos of capacity will be used for
power back-up.
Mitigation Measures
Dust Control Measures
· The humus rich top soil shall be removed and stored in an appropriate manner prior to excavation so that
the original soil-profile can be restored while relocating it.
· Wet suppression shall be applied to at least 80 percent of disturbed surface areas on a daily basis
especially during dry and windy days.
· Downwash of trucks (especially tyres) shall be done prior to departure from site to reduce the mud and dirt
carryout.
· The vehicle speeds on unpaved roads shall be restricted 25 kmph.
· Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted on disturbed soils;
· Contractors shall be required to maintain valid PUC – Pollution under Control certificates and to maintain
proper maintenance records for their fleet
· During material handling, the materials should be dropped from a low height in order to reduce any fugitive
dust emissions.
· Haul trucks should be covered with suitable covering material like tarpaulin sheets to prevent fugitive
emissions during transportation of construction materials
Fuel Emissions Control

· DG sets will be used as a backup source only;
· DG sets will be regularly maintained to comply with emission norms;
· The stack height for DG sets shall be provided as per the CPCB norms;
The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the
impact can be contained with minor residual impacts.
Table 4-5: Impact significance – Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate

New Delhi
4.2.3 Impact on Ambient Noise Quality
Sources of Noise Pollution during Construction Phase

During the construction phase of the site, the sources of noise pollution are expected mainly from:
· Construction equipments and machinery engaged for construction activities (such as excavation, grading,
erecting equipment, piling, etc) such as air compressors, backhoe, concrete mixer, concrete mixer, cranes,
dump-truck, pile driver, radial arm saw, DG set etc. The operation of heavy equipment is likely to temporarily
increase the ambient noise levels of the area.
· An increase of 1 to 3 dB (A) noise levels of is expected in the adjoining area during day time during peak
construction activities. Table 4-6 below gives noise levels at different distances from various construction
machinery and components
Table 4-6: Noise levels at different distances from the Noise Source dB(A)
Equipment Name 5m 10m 20m 40m 50m 100m 150m 200m
Rubber-tired Loader 90 80 78 72 70 64 60 58
Winch 85 79 73 67 65 59 55 53
Bulldozer 86 80 74 68 66 60 56 54
Excavator 84 78 72 66 64 58 54 52
Truck 90 80 78 72 70 64 60 58
Electric Saw 81 75 69 63 61 55 51 49
Wood Planer 81 75 69 63 61 55 51 49
Anticipated Impact
· Noise generated can cause disturbance to the local population and can even lead to sleep disorder.
· Workers working close to high noise area can be exposed to occupational hazards of noise depending on
the duration of exposure.
Mitigation Measures
The project will ensure that the EPC contractors should implement the following:
· The construction areas shall be provided with sheet barriers or temporary walls along the boundary close to
any habitations;
· Rubber padding shall be provided in the construction machinery for vibration control;
· No noise generating activity shall be permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ;
· The EPC contractors will adopt measures such as regular maintenance of its vehicles and repair of its
equipment/ machinery.
· Construction workers working near high noise generation shall be provided with ear plugs/ ear muffs to limit
exposure to occupational hazards.
The overall impact on the noise quality is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of
suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-7: Impact significance –Noise Quality

Ambient Noise Quality Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate

With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor

New Delhi
4.2.4 Impact on Water Resources and Quality
The potential impact on water resources and quality from the construction phase of the project arises from the
following:
· Water usage
The water requirement for the construction phase will include water for construction activities such as
dust suppression, curing and formation of concrete mixtures and water for domestic consumption. The
water required for both domestic purpose and construction activities will be sourced from DJB through
water tankers while drinking water for the labourers will be supplied through packaged drinking water
cans.
· Sediment run off from construction area

Waste water generated from the site during the construction contains suspended materials, spillage and
washings from the areas that may percolate in the ground or get mixed with the sewage water. The
construction activities will result in disturbance of topsoil rendering it vulnerable to erosion and runoff.
The potential impact on water quality can be due to the runoffs from the site which can lead to
contamination of adjoining land and ground water.
However, it is to be noted that there are no major water courses/wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site
except, Najafgrah storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km
in Northwest direction),which are too far to receive the runoff from site.
· Unplanned disposal of sewage from construction camps

It is expected that during construction phase there will be generation of sewage from portable toilets.
About 198 KLD of sewage is expected to be generated due to working of 5500 labours at the
construction camp site. Improper disposal of sewage can also lead to contamination of nearby water
sources.
Mitigation Measures
Following mitigation measures are suggested:
Water Consumption
· Awareness on optimal water consumption shall be provided to the labourers.

· Concrete structures shall be sprayed with water to allow curing and reduce flowing away of water. After
curing, the concrete structures shall be painted with curing chemical to reduce further dependence of water
for curing.
Effluent/Sewage Disposal
· To minimise adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage outside the project site, adequate
number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal of sewage as per the design
aspects of Bureau of Indian Standards;
· The workers shall be strictly instructed and informed to avoid random disposal of wastewater.
Construction Wastewater Management
· Avoid excavation during monsoon season;

· To prevent the runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation, garland drains shall be constructed;
· Segregation and pre-treatment of oil and grease containing effluents from machinery (e.g. use of a grease
trap)shall be undertaken prior to discharge into sewer systems;
· Silt fencing shall be provided to protect the water quality in the nearby water bodies from sediments.
The overall impact on the water resources is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of
mitigation measures the impact can be maintained as minor.

New Delhi
Table 4-8: Impact significance - Water Resources

Water Resources and Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate

Quality With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor
4.2.5 Impact on Ecology
The site area is a flat land with limited vegetation around the site. The survey-area (extending up to 10 km from
the boundary of the project site) consists of highly degraded tropical thorn forests, with much of the land
converted into farmland, pasture and most of the rest occupied by habitations. Some of the anticipated impacts
on the ecological environment due to the project during construction phase are:
· Species identified in the survey area will be temporarily affected and may be migrated to nearby areas.
However, the degree of impact will be low as the disturbance is going to confine to the construction period
only.
· The project construction activities will necessarily comprise of removal of vegetation. Clearing of vegetation
on the site will involve removal of local floral species found on the site.
· Air, noise and visual disturbance generated during the site development can affect the behaviour of fauna
(especially bird, butterflies and other insects, reptiles and very small mammalian species) of the adjacent
habitats.
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures need to be put in place address the potential impacts on ecology due to
construction activities:
· The plantation should undertake to mitigate natural vegetation loss and all new plantation undertaken in the
project area will involve only native species. Every care will be taken to prevent the introduction of any alien
species into the project area.
· The construction contractors shall be instructed to avoid removal of any natural vegetation to the maximum
extent possible;
· No hunting activity shall be permitted within and around the project area and strict guidelines will be given to
contractors to ensure that such activities are not practiced;
· In case of any wildlife being spotted within the project site, trained personnel from the Forest Department
and Wildlife Warden’s office and approved experts shall be intimated for rescue of the wildlife;
· The project activities shall ensure measures as suggested for ambient air quality and traffic and transport of
material so as to minimize impacts on the ecology of the site and its surroundings;
· Levels of noise shall be maintained at a minimum during construction activities.
· Cutting or lopping of trees shall be avoided. Mature trees and standing dead trees should not be cut to the
extent possible.
· The construction contractors will be instructed to provide fuel for any heating requirements at site and not to
use firewood from adjoining areas.
The overall impact on the ecology is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of
suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on ecology can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-9: Impact significance - Ecology
Ecology Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate
4.2.6 Impact on Soil Quality
The potential impacts on soil due to construction activities are from:

New Delhi
· Installation of heavy construction machinery causing soil compaction: Movement of heavy vehicles
and machinery on unpaved surface can result in compaction of soil which can increase the run off potential
thereby decreasing the possibility for recharge. The compaction of soils in the areas meant for temporary
uses can render the area less fertile.
· Soil Contamination: Potential contamination of soil may occur due to accidental spills of lubricating oil, fuel
oil, paint, thinner during their handling and storage
· Soil Erosion: Erosion of the top soil may result from exposure of loose soil surfaces to rain and wind during
site clearing, earth moving, and excavation activities. The loss of top soil may result in lack of good soil for
landscaping and greenbelt development in the later stages
· Waste Management: The construction phase will involve generation of construction waste/ debris, waste oil
and chemicals from construction machinery and domestic solid waste from campsite etc. There is potential
for spread of construction waste to areas outside the construction site and contaminate wells, soil etc. if
adequate management measures are not put in place. Table 4-10 lists various construction waste
generated during the construction phase of the project.
Table 4-10 Quantities of different construction waste generated

S.No Constituent Quantity of Waste Generated(tonnes
per annum)
1 Soil, sand and Gravel 4.2-5.14
2 Bricks and Masonry 3.6-4.4
3 Concrete 2.4-3.67
4 Metals 0.6-0.73
5 Bitumen 0.25-0.30
6 Wood 0.25-0.30
7 Others 0.1-0.15
http://www.tifac.org.in/offer/tlbo/rep/TMS150.htm
Mitigation
Soil Management
· Topsoil (upper 30 cm) shall be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork and reused later for
landscaping purpose .This is done to ensure that the good quality top soil is not lost;
· Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out and the vegetative cover shall be redeveloped
wherever possible;
· The excavated soil material shall be stacked in earmarked areas only;
· Excavated soil shall be used/transported at the earliest for filling low lying areas at the site;
Soil Erosion Control Measures
· Major activities pertaining to site grading and excavation for foundation and backfilling shall be avoided
during monsoons and shall be planned for dry season.
· Retention wall or bund shall be provided around the storage areas for excavated soil and other construction
material to check the flow of sediments with storm water in case of rain;
· Completed earthworks shall be re-vegetated as soon as possible
Soil Compaction
· Movement of heavy machinery in the site area shall be restricted to minimize the possibility of compaction;
Prevention of Contamination by Waste Management

Construction Waste
· Excavated materials shall be used for backfilling material in other locations simultaneously;
· Construction wastes from site such as metal cuttings debris, plastic packing material, wooden logs etc will
be segregated and kept in specially identified waste bins.
· The recyclable items like metal and plastic shall be stored separately and sent to recyclable industry

New Delhi
· Potentially hazardous waste shall be segregated from non-hazardous construction site debris.
· The contractor shall educate the workers and subcontractors about hazardous waste storage and disposal
procedures;
Chemical Waste
· Storage facilities shall be designed within paved surface and provided with covered shed to prevent
contamination of soil due to accidental spills of lubricating oil, fuel oil, paints, thinner, varnishes, chemicals
etc.;
· Adequate hazardous waste collection and storage facilities shall be provided in a designated place away
from storm drains or watercourses with proper access control and proper labelling. Any hazardous waste
including empty containers, which may contain some toxic substances such as paints, solvents, adhesives
and sealants shall not be stored for more than 90 days at the site and shall be sold to authorized vendors.
The record for waste generated and sold shall be maintained by the contractors.
The overall impact on the soil resources is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of
suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on soil resource can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-11: Impact significance –Soil Resources
Soil Resources Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate
4.2.7 Impact on Traffic and Transport
The construction phase will entail transportation of construction materials and movement of labour. It is expected
that, Najafgarh –Kapashera road will be mainly used for this purpose, which has connects to site from western
side. The other important roads that will be used for transportation are:
· 60m ROW with six lane divided carriageway (primary road) connecting UER II to Dwarka sector 9;
· Local roads with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width on the Western sides of the project site
connecting with the nearby villages, namely Barthal and Bijwasan;
· 60m ROW linkage road connecting UER II towards sector 23 and sector 19 respectively
The potential impact due increase in traffic and transportation during construction phase would be:
· Increased potential for traffic hazards on the primary roads and village roads of the area, due to the
construction activities.
· The condition of roads may deteriorate during the construction phase due to frequent movement of heavy
vehicles and equipment.
· Disruption of traffic is anticipated on connecting roads due to unplanned entry to the site, parking of trucks,
breakdowns, etc.
Mitigation Measures
· The movement of traffic entering the site shall be properly managed so as to cause minimum problems to
local users on this road;
· The EPC contractors will undertake consultation with local Police and local Panchayat prior to movement of
the construction traffic particularly for the movement of heavy machinery;
· The construction vehicles shall be allowed to move in the site only through exclusive entry and exit points;
· Adequate training shall be given to the drivers of construction vehicles for speed restrictions; and
· Roads damaged due to project vehicle shall be repaired and maintained at regular intervals during the
construction period.

New Delhi
The overall impact on the traffic and transportation is assessed to be moderate to high. It is assessed that with
implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as moderate.
Table 4-12: Impact significance –Traffic and Transportation

Traffic and Without Mitigation Regional Long High Major

Transportation With Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate
4.2.8 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment

As the proposed project is to be developed on land owned by DDA, no relocation and resettlement of the existing
population will take place. The construction activities might bring about certain impacts which might affect the
population in nearby villages. The impacts enlisted below are limited to construction phase only and can be
mitigation by implementing proper measures, as mentioned in the later section .
· The construction activities and big machineries which will be operated in the construction phase are bound
to generate a higher decibel of noise which might disturb the local adjoining residential area for a very short
duration. In addition, during the operation phase, the vehicular movement of buses and cars will also tend to
create higher noise exposure in the surrounding villages.
· With the commencement of construction activities, accumulation of water in the dugout areas of the site
might result in being breeding place for mosquito breeding and spread of vector borne diseases.
· Once the construction activities commences, problem of traffic congestion in the area might arise because
of movement of heavy vehicles, to and fro from the site.
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures can be implemented to counter the probable impacts that might emerge:
· Locals from nearby villages will be engaged in all construction activities and during the operation phases, as
per their skill set, to supplement their income.
· Once the construction activities commences, care should be taken that drivers will valid licenses should
only operate vehicles hauling the big machineries. A speed limit should be determined and followed for all
vehicles passing that particular route.
· The operations of big machines will be restricted to day time only No noise generating activity will be
permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ;To minimize adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage
outside the project site, adequate number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal
of sewage.
Preference of giving the locals from the area an opportunity of being hired in various jobs that might emerge
during the course of the project activities should be made available.
Further Suggestions
Along with the probable positive impacts that the project might bring to the local population, there are some
possible areas of work which might be beneficial as well. These have been highlighted below:
· During the construction and operation phases, a myriad of occupational and livelihood opportunities will
open-up for un-skilled, semi-skilled and skilled labour force. Occupation and livelihood opportunities, such
as receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks, auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer, electrician,
plumbing, security guard and maid, rickshaw pullers and tow cart pullers, etc are likely to come-up. In order
to involve participation of locals, they could be considered and given preference in some of the skilled and
semi-skilled jobs, depending on their education and skills.

New Delhi
4.2.9 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety
The workers engaged in construction activities will be exposed to occupational health and safety hazards and
risks. Falls from elevation associated with working with ladders, scaffolding, and partially built or demolished
structures are among the most common cause of fatal injury at construction sites.
Construction activities may also pose significant hazards related to the potential fall of materials or tools, as well
as ejection of solid particles from abrasive or other types of power tools which can result in injury to the head,
eyes, and extremities.
The workers will also be exposed to temporary hazards such as physical contact, spills, dust, emissions, and
noise due to vehicular movement and use of lifting equipment in the movement of machinery.
The key health and safety concerns associated with construction activities are:
· Injury due improper handling, operation and execution
· Occupational hazards like high noise, electric shocks etc.
· Trip and fall, inadequate fall safe arrangements
· Diseases from unhygienic surrounding
· Exposure to hazardous substances etc.
Mitigation Measures
The contractor will ensure that:
· The construction staff and contractors involved in the construction activities shall be trained on the
necessary precaution and safety practices prior to commencement of construction activity
· The necessary safety measures shall be taken up before and during the construction activities for all
electrical driven machinery
· A work permit system shall be implemented for all works related to working at heights (typically when
working over 2m and above) and for hot jobs are;
· All works related to working at heights shall be undertaken only during the daytime when sufficient sunlight
is available;
· Workers shall be provided with required PPEs to be used at site;
· All excavation activities shall be conducted in supervision of the site contractor;
· Proper signage shall be provided in places of excavated areas;
· Storage of explosives and blasting activities (if required) shall be undertaken as per the requirements of
PESO and established good practices.
· The switchyard building and transformer areas shall be provided with adequate fire extinguishers and sand
buckets at all strategic locations to deal with any incident of fire;
The overall impact on the Occupational Health and Safety is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with
implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-13: Impact significance –Occupational Health & Safety
Occupational Health and Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate

Safety
4.3 Impacts during Operation Phase

During operation phase, the potential primary and secondary impacts on the environment, their significance and
mitigation are discussed in the following sub-sections. It is likely that the following parameters will be impacted:
· Land Environment
· Air Quality
· Ambient Noise Quality

New Delhi
· Water Resources and Quality

· Ecology
· Solid Waste Management
· Traffic &Transport
· Socio-Economic Environment
4.3.1 Impact on Land Environment
Some of the anticipated impacts on the land environment due to the project are:
· Change in Runoff and Drainage pattern: With the development of the project, pervious vegetative area
will be replaced by impervious and paved surfaces leading to lesser inﬁltration and thereby increased runoff.
This can lead to more localized flooding.
· Potential Loss of Green spaces: Concreting of the huge land area would reduce the natural greenery of
the area. However, the large landscaping planned and suggested in the Master plan for the project, would
compensate for this loss.
Mitigation Measures
· Green belt and open spaces of approximately 42.47% is proposed for the site. The green area on the site is
configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks
whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets.
The overall impact on the land environment is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation
of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-14: Impact significance –Occupational Health & Safety

Land Environment Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate

4.3.2 Impact on Air Environment
A site–specific baseline air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site and the results
are briefed in above section 3.4. Existing baseline condition reveals that concentration of CO, NO x, SO2 are
below the prescribed limits by NAAQS. However, concentrations of PM 10 and PM2.5 exceeds the limits by
3 3
NAAQS of 100µg/m and 60µg/m respectively. High levels of baseline levels are due to less prevailing winds for
long calm periods during summer period.
The major impacts on ambient air could be vehicular emissions from increase in traffic volume and emission from
power backup/ DG sets.
Power Backup
It is proposed that power will be mainly supplied from the State Electricity supply; however, scenarios of power
failures are expected during operation phase of the project. Diesel generator sets have been proposed to provide
the power back up for the proposed facility.
The generators units will run on High Speed Diesel (HSD) and therefore, it is expected that emissions including
nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO 2), particles (primarily PM10) and carbon monoxide (CO) will be
released. These emissions will have direct impact on air quality within the study area.
Air Dispersion Modelling using AERMOD 8.1.0
In particular, a total of 99 individual DG units are expected to be installed onsite. The breakup for the same and
also Air Dispersion modelling has been described in detail in Annexure A. 8.

New Delhi
In order to assess the impacts from operations associated with DG units, detailed air dispersion modelling was
conducted. This study assesses the intensity and the extent of the potential impacts associated with above
mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO 2, CO and PM10). The air dispersion modelling study
estimates Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of pollutants produced by DG units, under normal operative
conditions.
The modelling was conducted through AERMOD 8.1.0 to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the
operation phase over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary.
The modelling assumed a realistic representation of local meteorological condition considering a time frame of
one year.
It is expected that the DG units will only be utilized as alternative power supply, approximately one hour per
day. Average 24 hourly GLC has been assessed for NOx, SO2, and PM10, whereas 8 hours GLC has been
assessed for CO.
The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has been monitored) have been added to baseline air
quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants. It must be noted that AQ1 falls within the project site and
hence not considered for assessment.
The ccharacteristics of emission sources, emission rates and composition, other input parameters and predicted
concentrations and interpretation of results have been detailed out in the Annexure A.8. This section discusses
the results of the modelling in brief.
Modelling Results
Isopleths have been generated to present the results of the modelling results for NOx, SO2, CO and PM.
a) Isopleths – NOx – 24 hourly
Overall Dispersion of NOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High
3
spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. levels of GLC - NOx above 5.00mg/m , to a large extent, are
limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project
boundary on the eastern side.
b) Isopleths – SOx – 24 hourly
Overall Dispersion of SOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High
spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. levels of GLC - SOx above 30.00mg/m3, to a large extent,
are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project
boundary on the eastern side.

New Delhi
c) Isopleths – CO – 8 hourly
Overall Dispersion of CO 8hourly emission. Key area of spread Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High
is within the project boundary. levels of GLC – CO above 70.00mg/m3, is limited to area
within the project boundary on the north-eastern side.
d) Isopleths – PM10 – 24 hourly
Overall Dispersion of PM10 24 hourly emission. Key area of Isopleth showing area in the immediate vicinity of the
spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary project. High levels of GLC – PM10 above 0.90mg/m3, to a
on the eastern side. large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity
of the project boundary on the eastern side.
a) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for NOx has been evaluated to be 5.04 mg/m at 700084.00
m E, 3159974.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented
3
below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 5.00 mg/m can be expected to
be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary.

New Delhi
Furthermore, it is also noted that total NOx levels predicted as part of the study is complaint with NAAQS
standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.
b) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for SO 2 has been evaluated to be 34.55 mg/m at 700084.00
m E, 3159974.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented
3
below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 30 mg/m can be expected to be
limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side.
Furthermore, it is also noted that total SO2 levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the
permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.
c) Carbon Monoxide (C0)
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for CO has been evaluated to be 79.71 mg/m3 at 700184.00 m
E, 3160074.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented
below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 70 mg/m3 can be expected to be
limited within the project boundary on the eastern side.
Furthermore, it is also noted that total CO levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the
permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.
d) Particulate Matter (PM)

3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for PM 10 has been evaluated to be 1.01 mg/m at 700284.00
m E, 3160074.00 m N, which falls just outside the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth
3
presented below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 0.90 mg/m can be
expected to be limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side.
It is to be noted that that total PM 10 levels predicted as part of the study exceeds permissible limits of NAAQS
standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board; this can be attributed to existing high levels of
PM10 as monitored during the baseline study. However, only marginal levels of incremental concentrations of
PM10 are expected from project operations.
Mitigation Measures
Power backup Supplies
The DG sets shall be provided for power back up in case of any power failure. Following precautionary measures
shall be taken care of:
· Stack heights for DG sets shall be maintained as per CPCB/ MoEFCC norms;
Vehicular Emissions
· Vegetative barriers in the form of green belt shall be provided around the ECC complex which will minimize
the built up of pollution level by acting as pollution sinks.
· Only CNG using public vehicles shall be allowed to ply on the site
· Bicycles
Impact Significance
The overall impact on ambient air quality is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of
suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on ambient air quality can be maintained as minor.
Table 4-15: Impact significance –Ambient Air Quality

Air Quality Without Mitigation Medium Medium Moderate Moderate


New Delhi
4.3.3 Impact on Noise Environment
Noise level survey was carried out with respect to the proposed project in order to assess the background levels.
The noise levels at eight locations within the radius of 10km of the project area conform to the standards
prescribed by CPCB for commercial/residential zones.
The proposed development will involve activities that will generate noise. The major activities which can emit
noise are as follows:
· Noise from the Events organised at the ECC.

· Increase in traffic along the road due to the Facility will increase the noise level at intersections and
highways.
· Noise will also be generated due to the regular loading and unloading of goods.
· Noise generated from the Aircraft can also be a cause for physical and mental fatigues to the people
residing / using the ECC facilities.
Mitigation Measures
· Sound attenuators / acoustic lining shall be installed in the exhibition halls and convention centers
· DG sets shall be provided with acoustic enclosures;
· EHS In charge shall ensure that the noise level from DG sets does not exceed 75 dB(A) at 1 m distance,
during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time through periodic monitoring and maintenance
· Trees with heavy foliage shall be planted as vegetative barriers to minimise the noise pollution
The overall impact on the noise levels in the area will be moderate with the commissioning of the operations and
increase in traffic ; however with the implementation of suggested buffer areas, green barriers and attenuation
measures the overall impact can be maintained as moderate to Minor.
Table 4-16 Impact significance - Noise Quality

Noise Quality Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate

4.3.4 Impact on Water Environment and its Mitigation Measures

The project will use water from the allocated Underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal Board to meet the requirement
for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan 2021. No ground water usage will be made for any of the
activities.
· The recycled water will be used for the non-potable water requirements of the region such as flushing and
HVAC requirements. The use of treated wastewater to meet the water requirements for the project shall
reduce the stress on the water resources in the region. The entire treated wastewater shall be reused and
there will be no discharge of untreated sewage on land or in any surface water body.
· With the project proposing to implement the rainwater harvesting for the ground water recharge,
conservation through awareness programs to bring about greater water efficiency, and reuse of treated
wastewater on the proposed site during operation of the project for use in horticulture and other auxiliary
purpose, the impact on water resources would be minimized.
· It is to be noted that there are no major water courses/ wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site except, Najafgarh
storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km in Northwest
direction),which are too far to receive the runoff from site.
Mitigation Measures
Water Conservation
The following measures are recommended to reduce the water usage:

New Delhi
· Water meters conforming to ISO standards shall be installed at the inlet point of water uptake and the
discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption and identify leakages if any. In charge shall be
responsible for carrying out systematic leak tests all year round;
· Appropriate flow restrictors shall be installed for economizing on water consumption. The flow restrictors
shall be typically sized for following discharge:
Flushing 3/6LPF
Wash Basin 8.3LPM
Shower 9.5LPM
Kitchen Sink 9.5LPM
Urinal 2LPF
* LPF= lites/flush, LPM-Litres/min
Source: EIA manual for large construction projects, MoEFCC
· Efficient Water saving devices/ fixtures shall be installed in kitchens and toilets to reduce the water
consumption per flush. Dual flush systems can be installed to allow different quantities of water for flushing
of solids and liquids.
· Dual plumbing shall be made installed to segregate the fresh water use with supply of recycled water for
non-potable water requirements such as flushing, horticulture, etc.
· The location of harvesting structures should be such that it is not exposed to any hazard of water
contamination from any other sources.
Wastewater Management
· Water Conservation In charge shall periodically monitor the quality of rainwater to be used for landscaping.
The water used for landscaping should conform to the BIS irrigation standards
Parameter
Total dissolved Solids(mg/l) 2100
Chlorides as chlorine(mg/l) 500
Boron(mg/l) 2
Sulphates(mg/l) 1000
Conductivity(us/cm) 2.25
pH 6-8
· Before the onset of rainy season, the rain water storage tank should be flushed off all the sediments and
debris.
· The water used for cooling and air-conditioning purpose (recycled water) shall be tested for hardness. It is
recommended that water with hardness less than 50ppm shall be used for air conditioning applications. The
STP In charge should analyse the quality of treated water before using it for cooling purpose in order to
prevent any scale formation or corrosion.
· The water supply and wastewater lines shall be colour coded to differentiate;
The overall impact on the water resources and quality is assessed to be minor considering the existing allocation
and zero discharge of wastewater.
Table 4-17: Impact significance - Water resource and Quality

Water Resource and Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate

Quality

New Delhi
4.3.5 Impact due to generation of Solid Waste
As per the estimates, a total of 75-80 TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season
from ECC during its operation phase. The potential impacts associated with disposal of solid waste include the
following:
· Inadequate collection and treatment of municipal solid waste can lead to unhygienic conditions leading to
spread of diseases and other vectors
· Improper transportation of municipal solid waste may lead to generation of odour;
· The accumulation of waste along streets can clog drains and cause localized flooding;
Mitigation Measures
· An integrated solid waste management will be put in place for collection, transport, treatment and disposal
of solid waste generated from the activities;
· An onsite compost plant has been planned for processing of kitchen and garden waste
· The e-waste generated shall be sold to authorised recyclers in accordance with e-waste Management
Handling Rules, 2016.
· The recyclable waste like glass, metal, plastics, paper etc shall be collected separately and sold to
authorized recyclers/ vendors.
The overall impact of the solid waste generated from the commissioning of the project is moderate; however with
the implementation of suggested collection, treatment and disposal measures the overall impact can be
maintained as minor.
Table 4-18 : Impact significance - Solid Waste

Solid Waste Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate

With Mitigation Local Long Low Minor
4.3.6 Impact on Traffic & Transport Environment
A well planned transport infrastructure with adequate public transport infrastructure such as BRT and MRT
system has been envisaged for the proposed development and the details for the same have been provided in
chapter two of the report. The potential impacts on traffic and transport for proposed project include the following:
· Increase in traffic volume due to proposed developments and likelihood of congestion on the existing and
proposed road network;
· Random parking of vehicles and unplanned loading/ unloading areas can lead to confusion
A Traffic forecasting for the year 2020 was made by AECOM. Considering the scenario of high metro evening
peak, the traffic generated due to ECC was estimated to be 45225 PCU/hour respectively.
Mitigation Measures
Traffic Management Plan:
This includes various transport improvement strategies, in order to reduce the traffic congestion due to goods and
passenger movement on the roads connecting to the project site. In order to accommodate the increased traffic,
following measures have been suggested:
· A highway patrol shall be established to manage the traffic within the region
· Hierarchy in roads should be adopted to segregate the traffic according to the size, frequency and density of
traffic. During events at ECC, primary access shall be from the existing Palam flyover; while for Gurgaon
and further south of Gurgaon, it shall be through the proposed Dwarka Expressway. For the traffic from

New Delhi
Uttam Nagar and Janakpuri side, access shall be made from the primary roads on the western end of
Dwarka Sub-city
· The number of existing lane on the roads connecting to the airport shall be increased to accommodate the
increasing traffic on the road
· Comprehensive traffic and travel surveys shall be conducted every 5 years to monitor traffic characteristics
and travel behaviour to develop strategies for effective transportation.
· Provision of electric/CNG powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus for at least 10% of the
campus occupants during the peak hours.
Improvement Plan
· Widening of all the primary roads and the local village roads connecting Badli – Najafgarh – Dwarka to
enhance the accessibility to the site and carry the existing and anticipated future traffic loads
· Proposed grade separators to all major interchanges
Planning of pedestrian facilities:
Pedestrian facilities shall be planned for movement of pedestrians on all major corridors and junctions in the
study area. The pedestrian facilities which shall be provided for the safe movement of pedestrians are
· Footpaths along the road

· Zebra markings
· Grade-separated pedestrian facilities viz. subways and pedestrian over-bridge for across movement of
pedestrian.
· Pedestrian Guard Rails, Road safety Signage and overhead signs shall be placed on a structurally sound
gantry or cantilever structure made of circular pipes or steel sections
Parking demand management:

The parking facilities shall be developed as per the guidelines and provisions of DMP 2021.
The overall impact on the Traffic in the area will be moderate as the future traffic projections are considered in
planning roads and RRT; timely implementation of suggested roads infrastructure and management measures
can maintain the impact as moderate.
Table 4-19: Impact significance - Traffic

Traffic Without Mitigation Local Long High High

With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Moderate
4.3.7 Impact on Social Economy and Livelihood
Once ECC becomes operational, certain impacts might emerge which will affect the local population positively.
The anticipated impacts have been given below:
· With the onset of new project activities, employment opportunities might increase among the local
population. The unskilled local population of the adjoining areas will find job opportunities as drivers,
security guards, cleaners, housekeeping etc. which will improve their economic condition.
· With the execution of the project, there will be more transport facilities plying to the area thus, benefitting the
population living in the area in the long run.
· With the proposed activities, the sewage facilities in the area might be given importance which will be
alternatively be beneficial for the residential premises and villages within the vicinity.
· Skilled and semi-skilled people among the local adjoining population might be recruited for certain activities.

New Delhi
· More women population will also find employment in various work positions such as receptionist, clerks,
support staff; pantry cooks etc during the operation phase of the project;
· With the focus of development in the area, there is a probability that vocational centres catering to auto
repairing, mobile repairing, computer training centres, spoken English language centres and training
institutes providing services like electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid etc. might be established in
the area by various private agencies. This will not only assist in developing the skill of the people but will
also aid in creating jobs in the small skilled trade sector.
· Development of infrastructure will also take place with the coming of the project in the area. The project will
involve activities like road upgrading and better power supply in the area. This will enhance the existing
structure and also encourage further development in the surroundings.
· Expected improvement of the following public amenities in the area due to project development. -
─ More banks and cash dispenser machines;
─ Proper garbage disposal system; Villages in the vicinity being benefitted with a more regular electricity
supply;
─ Establishment of proper connectivity of internet facilities in the area;
The overall impact on socio-economic scenario will be positive which when coupled adequate management
measures can improve the economic scenario of the region with a moderate to high intensity of change.
Table 4-20 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment

Socio-economic Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate

With Mitigation Regional Long High Major

New Delhi
5. Analysis of Alternatives
This section of the report presents the alternatives considered for selecting the site and justification for the
project. The following scenarios have been considered for assessing the need of the project in the existing
settings of the area:
i Project versus No-project Scenario;

ii Alternatives considered for selection of site;
5.1 Project versus No project scenario

The Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE) market in India is currently at a nascent stage,
and has potential to grow as the economy matures. Exhibition centres form a vital link to connect local
manufacturers with global buyers serving as the platform for the exchange and dissemination of information.
According to the survey of Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore (IIM-B), India captures a small share of 1%
of the international meetings market and does not compete with the established MICE destinations in Asia.
Currently, India lacks the necessary infrastructure to host MICE events, including hotel rooms and transportation
connectivity. The lack of sufficient number of high quality venues in India continues to be one of the most
significant constraints on growth in this market. New Delhi being the nation’s capital and the commercial nerve
centre of northern India; it is one of the most lucrative business locations. Despite its sustained level of growths
and immense economic potential, there are limited opportunities in terms of organized exhibition space.
Presently, Pragati Maidan is the only large organized space in the city for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade
fairs etc. Hence, a need was felt to establish an Exhibition cum Convention Centre in the National Capital Region
to not only provide exhibition space but also attract new investments and boost economic activity in the region.
The ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of mutually beneficial facilities like exhibition halls, convention
centers, hotels, auditoria and retail services. The proposed project is strategically located near IGIA airport
terminal 3, Delhi Rewari Railway line and MRTS system. It is at a distance of approximately 11km from Indira
Gandhi International Airport, 3km from Bijaswan railway station and less than a km from Sector 21 Dwarka Metro
Station and is adjacent to the upcoming ISBT site.
5.2 Alternatives considered for Selection of site

An initial screening to assess the best suitable site out of the three alternate sites was carried out. The Site
Suitability Analysis was undertaken for the following three sites:
1. The first site is located in sector 25, Dwarka, which is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-
cultural facilities) as per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May
2016.
2. The second site under consideration was at Sector 20, Dwarka, which is designated as open and green
space in the DMP 2021.
3. The third site under consideration was the site previously earmarked for the Reliance SEZ in the
Gurgaon Manesar Urban Development Complex.

New Delhi
Figure 5-1 : Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 1 Location

New Delhi
Figure 5-2: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 2 Location

New Delhi
Figure 5-3 Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 3 Location
5.2.1 Assessment of Alternative Sites
For identification of the most suitable Site for development of the ECC, an assessment was carried considering
the following aspects:
· Physical settings;
· Environmental Considerations and;
· Social Considerations;
Table 5.1 Site Suitability Analysis
Parameter Option 1 Option 2 Option 3

Sector 25, Dwarka Sector 20, Dwarka Gurgaon
Physical Settings
Topography All three alternate sites are flat and are sloping towards West. Hence, the topography will not be a
major constraint on the proposed ECC development at any of the three sites.
Location and Connectivity The proposed site is located at The proposed site is The site is located in the
Sector 25 of the Dwarka sub city in located at Sector 20 of the Reliance Haryana SEZ as
the south western part of Delhi NCR. Dwarka Sub City in the identified in the Gurgaon

New Delhi
The site has adequate local and South Western part of Manesar Urban
regional connections through road, Delhi NCR. The site is Development Complex
rail and air. The site also has also in proximity to the 2025. The site access is
excellent transit connections with the existing road, rail and constrained with existing
Delhi Metro. The strategic location of transit links. road layout and there are no
the site makes it an ideal option for direct access to major
such kind of facility and will attract arterials
wider business opportunities.
Landuse The site landuse as per the recent The present landuse is The site is currently notified
Notification of Ministry of Urban Green Area in Dwarka as multi services SEZ.
Development (MoUD) dated 12 May Zonal Plan. Hence, However, the proposed ECC
2016 is designated as Public Semi landuse conversion is needs to be critically
Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities). mandatory. delineated after considering
Hence there will be no change in the present SEZ Acts and
landuse pattern. Rules.
Environmental Considerations
Water Resources and It is proposed to meet the potable water Demand from the There is no provision from
Availability underground reservoir/ water mains of the Delhi Jal Board; the Haryana Urban
Development Authority
(HUDA) for supply of water
to the proposed site. Hence
water supply will be a major
constraint.
Ecology The site supports relatively low biodiversity with existing vegetation The site is approximately
of relatively low ecological value. 10km from the Sultanpur
Bird sanctuary which is a
notified National Bird
Sanctuary with migratory
birds nesting during winter
season.
Noise Both these site locations fall under IGI Airport runway funnels and No significant noise source
hence, there will be noise impact on the proposed development on is envisaged in the nearby
both the sites. Mitigation measures such as buffer areas, green site area
barriers could maintain the impacts to minor impacts.
Wastewater/Sewerage A sewerage system is already in place for the site. However, once Presently the site has no
System the project is in operation, upgrading of sewage network may be provisions for any sewerage
considered to accommodate the demand. network by HUDA.
Social Considerations
Resettlement & The site is already in possession of The site is already The site is already acquired
and in possession of the
Rehabilitation issues the Department of Industrial Policy & acquired and is in
RHSEZ.
Promotion (DIPP) which was possession of the Delhi
transferred by Delhi Development Development Area.
Authority (DDA). The site will Hence, there will be
therefore have no resettlement minimal rehabilitation and
issues. resettlement issues.
However, as part of area

development, the locals may be
considered to be employed during
construction and operation phases

New Delhi
based on their skills.
5.2.2 Site Selection Criteria

A ranking system for various environmental and social aspects was developed to carry out the evaluation of site
alternatives. A set of seven parameters were considered and each parameter was assigned a score and weight
based on its significance in selection of a site. The details of the parameters and the rationale for selection of
these parameters have been provided in Table 5.2
Table 5.2: Rationale for Selected Parameters
Subject Group Parameter Rationale
Landuse Land Use Lands which are designated as public-semi public will be
considered as the most suitable option for this project
development
Infrastructure Water Source & Sewer The development should have an identified water supply and
sewerage system
Environmental Proximity to ecologically sensitive The site should be as far from ecologically sensitive areas as
Sensitivity features possible
Connectivity Proximity to NH and SH This aspect offers inter nodal/modal connectivity and potential for
regional and local bus based rapid transit system
Proximity to Metro station It offers an easy and convenient mode of transport for visitors
from NCR.
Proximity to IGI Airport International connectivity
Rail Connectivity This offers regional connectivity
The rationale for selecting of the above mentioned criteria and the sub-criteria are detailed in the following sub
sections:
Landuse
The existing landuse of the potential site and its planned landuse as per the Master Plan for the city are
considered as important factors for site selection. The sites designated for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural
facilities), in the Master Plan of Delhi 2021 and its amendments were considered preferred site locations as there
will not be any changes in the landuse due to the project development.
Proximity to ecologically sensitive area
Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas such as Reserved/Protected Forest, sanctuaries/National Park, wetland,
mangrove, migratory corridor and other notified areas were considered as important factor for site selection.
Proximity to sanctuaries / National Park was considered within 15 km as the major project impacts are likely to be
limited within such areas. Reserved/Protected forest within or in proximity were less preferred as they may get
exposed to residual noise and air impacts, however impacts will be limited as the notified forest land will be
delineated and no diversion is proposed. The SEZ site, Gurgaon lies within 10km from Sultanpur Bird sanctuary
which is a notified National Bird Sanctuary with migratory birds nesting during the winter and hence a least
preferred alternative based on this parameter. Wetlands and areas with mangrove were considered as less
favourable due to potential ecological impacts.
Infrastructure Accessibility

New Delhi
Source of water and sewage for the project should be identified before commencing of the project. Site with
dependable allocation for water were preferred during scoring.
Connectivity
Proximity to National Highways, State highways and metro line was considered as a favourable factor as it would
enhance connectivity to the ECC for the visitors.
The scores and weights have been assigned on the basis of a series of interactive in house sessions and through
research and experience.
Table 5.3: Assigned Scores and Weights
Subject Group Parameter Score Weight

Infrastructure Source of water
Source of water-identified 10
Source of water-not identified 4
Sewerage 20
Existing Sewerage System 10
No sewerage network identified 4
Proximity to IGI Airport
Upto 15km 10
15-25 km 8
25-35 km 6
Above 50 km 4 25
Rail Connectivity - Distance from

Railway Line
0-3 km 10
Connectivity
3-5 km 8
4-6 km 6
6-8 km 4
8 km and above 2
Road Connectivity - Distance from NH
0-3km 10
3-6 km 8
6-10 km 6
Beyond 10km 4
Rail Connectivity - Distance from Metro
Line
0-2km 10
2-4 km 8
4-6 km 6
6-8 km 4
8 km and above 2
Landuse Land Use 30
Commercial 10
Others 5
Environmental Proximity to ecologically sensitive area
Sensitivity (within 15km)

New Delhi
Reserved/Protected Forest 5
Sanctuaries / National Park 1
25
Wetland / Mangrove 3
Migratory corridor 2
Other notified areas 3
None 10
Based on the above ranking system, the site alternatives were evaluated. The final scores for the three site
alternatives have been presented below:
Table 5.4: Scoring for Options
Alternatives Location Infrastructure Connectivity Land use Environmental Total Score

Accessibility Sensitivity
Option 1 Sec-25 Dwarka 100 90 100 50 82.5
Option 2 Sec-20 Dwarka 100 75 40 50 63.75
Option 3 Gurgaon 40 85 100 10 57.25

(Manesar)
5.2.3 Final Site Selection
Based on the site suitability analysis, Site 1 - Sector 25 Dwarka is the best option for development of ECC. The
rationale for selecting the site is mentioned below:
· No change in landuse pattern required;

· The site’s accessibility to regional destinations by rail and air is excellent. The site has good connectivity
with Indira Gandhi International Airport and Bijwasan railway station. Though, the option 2 is free from any
encumbrances and lies in proximity to metro stations, bus stands and metro connectivity, however the land
use is designated as open and green space and the conversion of land use will be challenging.
· No resettlement and rehabilitation as the land are already under the possession of DIPP.

New Delhi
6. Environmental Monitoring Program
To ensure the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), it is essential that an
effective monitoring program should be designed and carried out. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of
mitigation measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect.
The monitoring programme should include:
· Visual observations;
· Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations; and
· Sampling and regular testing of these parameters
6.1 Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:
· Components to be monitored;
· Parameters for monitoring of the above components;
· Monitoring frequency;
· Monitoring standards;
· Responsibilities for monitoring; and
· Monitoring cost
6.2 Monitoring Standards

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has developed National Standards for Effluents and Emission under
the statutory powers of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. These standards have been approved and notified by the Government of India,
Ministry of Environment & Forests, under Section 25 of the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986. Till now,
Effluent standards for 37 categories of industries and Emission Standards for 31 categories of industries have
been evolved and notified besides standards for ambient air quality, ambient noise, automobile and fuels quality
specifications for petrol and diesel.
Ambient Air Quality
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), as notified under Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 and
revised through Environment (Protection) Seventh Amendment Rules, 2009 are given in table below:
Table 6-1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutant Time Weighted Concentration in Ambient Air
Average Industrial, Ecologically Sensitive
Residential, Rural Area (notified by Central
and other Areas Government)
Annual* 50 20
3
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), µg/m
24 Hours** 80 80
3
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) , µg/m Annual* 40 30
24 Hours** 80 80
Particulate Matter (size less Annual* 60 60

3
than 10 µm) or PM10, µg/m
24 Hours** 100 100
Particulate Matter (size less Annual* 40 40
3
than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5, µg/m 24 Hours** 60 60

New Delhi
Ozone (O3), g/m3 8 Hours** 100 100

1 Hour** 180 180
3
Lead (Pb), µg/m Annual* 0.5 0.5
24 Hours** 1 1
Carbon Monoxide (CO) , 8 Hours 2 2
mg/m3 1 Hour** 4 4
3
Ammonia (NH3), µg/m Annual* 100 100
24 Hours** 400 400

3
Benzene (C6H6), µg/m Annual* 5 5
Benzo (O) Pyrene (BaP), Annual* 1 1

particulate phase only, ng/m3
Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual* 6 6
Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual* 20 20
* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week, 24 hourly at uniform interval
** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 01 hourly values as applicable shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time they may
exceed, but not on 2 consecutive days. Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed
the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous
monitoring and further investigation.
Water Quality Standards

The designated best use classification as prescribed by CPCB for surface water is as given in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2 : Primary water Quality Criteria for Designated Best Use Class
Designated-Best-Use Class Criteria
Drinking Water Source without A Total Coliforms Organism in MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less
conventional treatment but after pH between 6.5 and 8.5
disinfection Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more
o
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 C 2mg/l or less
Outdoor bathing (Organised) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less
pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more
o
Drinking water source after C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less
conventional treatment and pH between 6 to 9
disinfection
Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
o
Propagation of Wild life and D pH between 6.5 to 8.5

Fisheries Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less
Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, E pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Controlled Waste disposal Electrical Conductivity at 25oC micro mhos/cm Max.2250
Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26
Boron Max. 2mg/l
Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria
Source: Central Pollution Control Board
As per the EHS guidelines, the treated sewage discharge is to meet the guidelines provided in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 : Treated Sewage Discharge Guideline

SN Parameter Guideline Value
1 pH 6-9
2 BOD 30 mg/l,
3 COD 125 mg/,

New Delhi
4 Total Nitrogen 10 mg/l

5 Total Phophorus 2 mg/l
5 Oil and Grease: 10 mg/l,
6 Total Suspended Solids: 50 mg/l
7 Total Coliform bacteria: 400 MPN/100 ml
Notes: MPN = Most Probable Number
Ambient Noise Standards

As per EHS guidelines, for residential, institutional and educational area, the one hourly equivalent noise level
(Leq hourly) for day time is 55 dB (A) while the Leq hourly for night time is prescribed as 45 dB (A).
Noise standards notified by the MoEFCC vide gazette notification dated 14 February 2000 based on the A-
weighted equivalent noise level (L eq) are as presented in Table6-4.
Table6-4: Ambient Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A) Leq
Day time* Night Time
A Industrial Area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone** 50 40
Note: * Day time is from 6 am to 10 pm, Night time is 10 pm to 6.00 am;
** Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of
vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones.
Noise Standards for Occupational Exposure

Noise standards in the work environment are specified by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-
USA) which in turn are being enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under the Factories
Act.
Table6-5: Standards for Occupational Noise Exposure

Total Time of Exposure per Day in Sound Pressure Level in dB(A)
Hours (Continuous or Short term
Exposure)
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
3/2 102
1 105
¾ 107
½ 110
¼ 115
Never >115
No exposure in excess of 115 dB (A) is to be permitted.

New Delhi
6.3 Monitoring Plan Matrix

A monitoring plan matrix is being developed to specify the time frame when the environmental control activities
need to be carried out, who is responsible and what methods will be used to measure effectiveness. Monitoring
plan for various performance indicators for construction and operation phase is summarized in Table 6-6.
Table 6-6 Monitoring Schedule for different environmental parameters
Component Monitoring Parameters Location Frequency Responsibility
Construction Phase
Air RSPM, SO2, NOx, CO Project Site Three, 8 –hr, sample Project Manager-
per day once every Environment
season for two years
Water Quality Monitor the effluent released during the Project Site Annual Project Manager-
project (1 sample/year) for Environment
two years
Noise Monitoring the noise level due to Project site Quarterly Project Manager-
construction machinery (4 samples/year) for Environment
two years
Soil Organic matter, C, H, N, Alkalinity, Project Site 1sample/year for two Project Manager-
Acidity, heavy metals and trace metal. years Environment
Alkalinity, Acidity
Traffic Project Manager-

Environment
Operation Phase
Air RSPM, SO2, NOx, CO Near DG sets Quarterly (4 Project Manager-

samples/year)at 1 Environment
location for 1 year
excluding monsoon
season
Water Monitor the Rain Water Harvesting Pre & Post Monsoon Project Manager-
Resource activities Environment
Water Quality Monitor the grey water quality Parameters for Weekly (Continuous) Project Manager-
horticulture use – Environment
BOD, pH, S.S,
Coliforms
Noise Monitor the noise due to the additional Equivalent noise Quarterly Project Manager-
traffic generated levels (4 samples/year) for Environment
two years
Soil Organic matter, C, Quarterly (4 Project Manager-

H, N, Alkalinity, samples/year)at Environment
Acidity, heavy project site for 1 year
metals and trace
metal. Alkalinity,
Acidity.
Traffic Additional traffic on roads due to Quarterly Project Manager-

development of ECC Environment

New Delhi
7. Additional Studies
7.1 Disaster Management Plan

A disaster is an event trigger by natural or man-made causes that lead to sudden distribution of normalcy of life,
causing widespread damage to life and property. Distribution can be caused due to occurrence of frequent
hazards like earthquakes, fires, cyclones, terrorism, and chemical explosions. Level of risk majorly depends upon
the various hazards for which any specific area is prone to also on the various physical, social-economic and
institutional parameters. This chapter will cover an outline of disaster management plan to handle emergency
situations as identified for ECC and their respective emergency response.
7.1.1 Identified Emergency Situations
Broadly, the emergency situations identified for the premises of ECC can be classified as:
· Natural Hazard- These are often sudden and intense resulting into considerable destruction, injuries and
deaths. Population is the key factor in ECC; which is likely to perceive major impact because of magnitude
and frequency of the hazard.
─ Floods
─ Earthquake
· Man-Made Hazard - These are anthropogenic in nature, can be sudden or progressive, which impacts with
such severity that the affected community has to respond by taking immediate and exceptional measures
including help from outside the community.
─ Fire and Explosion
─ Structural Collapse
─ Electrocution
─ Bomb Threat
─ Road Accidents and transportation of hazardous material, if any
As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV,
classified as MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the
project will take into account the required seismic resistance.
The proposed project envisages storage of diesel and lube oil for generator and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
for hotels/ restaurants.
Emergency prevention through good design, operation, maintenance and inspection are essential to reduce the
probability of occurrence and consequential effect of such eventualities. However, it is not possible to totally
eliminate such eventualities and random failures of equipment or human errors, omissions and unsafe acts
cannot be ruled out. An essential part of major hazard control has therefore, to be concerned with mitigating the
effects of such emergency and restoration to normalcy at the earliest.
The overall objective of a disaster management plan is to make use of the combined resources at the site and
outside services to achieve the following:
1. To localize the emergency and if possible eliminate it;

2. To minimize the effects of the accident on people and property;
3. Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;
4. Safeguard other people;
5. Evacuate people to safe areas;
6. Informing and collaborating with statutory authorities;
7. Provide authoritative information to news media;

New Delhi
8. Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;

9. Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the cause and
10. circumstances of the emergency; and
11. Investigating and taking steps to prevent reoccurrence
The DMP has therefore, to be related to the identification of sources from which hazards can arise in the
concerned area. The plan takes into account actions that can successfully mitigate the effects of losses/
emergency need to be well planned so as they would require less effort and resources to control and terminate
emergencies, should the same occur.
In the sections below, the identification of various hazards is addressed qualitatively, which gives a broad
identification of risks involved in the ECC operation. Based on the risk assessment of various hazards, disaster
management plan has been formulated and presented here.
7.1.2 Storage of Hazardous Material
The proposed project envisages storage of diesel and lubes oil for diesel generator sets and liquefied
petroleum gas (LPG) to be used in pantry/ kitchen areas of hotels/ restaurants and other areas.
It is to be noted here that the above material will not be stored in the bulk quantities. The lube oil will be stored in
drum and the LPG will be obtained in cylinders supplied by the local dealer. ECC will have HSD storage area of
80.0 X 13.5 m for storage of 1.5 day demand.
7.1.3 Preliminary Hazard Analysis
A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out to identify the major hazards associated with the operations /
activities performed within ECC.
Table 7-1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis

Equipment/ Activity Process Potential Hazard Provision
Use of Machinery Excavation / Levelling of Accidents All precautions written in the
surfaces. Safety Manuals of the respective
machineries will be followed
Vehicular Transporting construction Accidents Construction will occur in phases.
Movement material. An appropriate Transport Plan will
be followed which will also involve
plying of vehicles on selective
routes only.
Noise Transportation, operation of DG Permanent or EMP for Noise
sets Temporary hearing
impairment.
Dust and Shifting materials, Cutting, Dust induced EMP for Air
Fumes Transport activities respiratory
diseases, eye
irritation etc.
Working at height - Falls which may Safe systems of work will be
result in fatal provided as discussed in DMP
injuries (On-site). This will include design
safety and provision of PPEs
DG Operation Mechanical All electrical fittings and cables
hazards and fire are provided as per the specified
hazards in standards. Fire Detection Alarm
1. Lube oil system System
2. Cable galleries
3. Short circuits
Power Transformer - Fire and Explosion All electrical fittings and cables
are provided as per the specified
standards. Fire Detection Alarm
System
HSD and Lube oil Storage and supply of fuel to Fire and explosion Separate storage area for the
Storage DG sets. drums. Fire hydrant system for

New Delhi
DG re-fueling. Fire Detection

Alarm system and
Fire extinguishers
LPG Cylinders storage Used in Hotel Kitchen Fire and explosion Separate storage area for the
due to Leakage cylinders with Fire extinguishers
LPG pipeline Supply line Fire and explosion Fire Detection Alarm System will
due to Leakage be provided
Safe systems of work in the
proximity of the pipeline
LPG pipeline Supply line Leakage without Provision of water sprays Safe
fire systems of work in the proximity
of the pipeline
Natural Calamities like Total Collapse of the Building Design as per the
earthquake building Seismic Zone
Designs
Table 7-2 Preliminary Hazard Analysis in General

PHA Category Description of Plausible Hazard Provisions
Environmental Factors If there is any leakage and eventuality of All electrical fittings and cables will be
source of ignition. provided as per the specified standards.
All motor starters and switches will be
flame proof.
Highly inflammable nature of the Fire extinguisher of small size and big
chemicals may cause fire hazard in the size will be provided at all potential fire
facility. hazard places. In addition to the above,
fire hydrant network as per TAC
guidelines will also be provided. Fire
Detection Alarm System will be provided
7.1.3.1 Preparedness for the Emergency
The goal of preparedness for any emergency is to achieve a satisfactory level of readiness to respond to any
disaster in order to save lives, minimize disaster damage, and enhance disaster response operations. The basic
approach towards emergency preparedness will comprise of the following activities:
· Identify all risk associated with each building type in size of facilities at ECC, so as to anticipate the actions
to be taken should an emergency response be required.
· Establish an Auxiliary Management Team (AMT) to implement Emergency Procedures at each building;
· Develop a work plan with details regarding the course of action to be followed in order to minimize personal
injury and property damage in the event of fire, flood, loss of ground, or natural disaster.
· Train the personnel in planning and responding to an emergency;
· Prepare a facility-wide, list of names and telephone numbers which will be available at each building in the
premises of ECC. . The list will include details of all management, trained emergency responders, and Fire
and Police Departments.
· Test the arrangements and procedures in practice, as often as appropriate;
· A local fire station within the ECC campus has been planned to be developed, with two (2) Fire Tenders
stationed at all times. A dedicated road of width 9m and a turning radius of 12 m has been planned for
movement of fire tenders in times of any emergency.
7.1.3.2 Roles and Responsibilities
The details given in the subsections identify the interlinkage and synchronization among the following:
· Site Main controller for each ECC

· Auxiliary Team controller in each building of ECC with designated officers for the emergency management
will be called Auxiliary Management Team (AMT);
· External agencies for local support
The primary roles of Site Main controller are to:-

New Delhi
· Respond to the on-site response plan in case of any emergency pertaining to the site;
· Utilize site and local resources;
· Set up Emergency Control Centre to direct emergency operations.
· Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if evacuation is required from the affected areas;
· Direct the safe shutting down of the installations in consultation with ATC and other important officers, if
necessary.
· Liaison with District Magistrate, Police, Fire Brigade and other agencies, if necessary in coordination with
communication/ liaison officer.
· Communicate all the things to Auxiliary Management Team via Auxiliary Team Controller till the affected
area is cleared.
· Declare the “All Clear Situation” after the emergency is cover.
Auxiliary Management Team (AMT)
AMT at the operating site under its control will have following role:
· Control the emergency and render the building or premises safe by the application of local resources; and
· Support the local response effort by co-ordinating additional equipment, personnel, and other external
resources.
The auxiliary Management Team will comprise of:
Auxiliary Team Controller- who will supervise the following officers, forming as a team.
· Fire/ Safety Officer;

· Evacuation Officer;
· Communication/Liaison Officer and;
· Medical Officer.
The primary roles of Auxiliary Team controller are to:-
· Coordinate with Site Main Controller to address the emergency with the help of Auxiliary Management
Team.
· Provide advice on possible effect on areas and outside the premises to the local & district administration
about the incident and probable need for evacuation;
· Direct all the operations within the affected areas with priorities for safety personnel minimize damage to the
property and environment;
· Ensure that the non-essential staff, workers of the areas affected are evacuated to the gathering areas and
the area is searched for casualties;
· Direct the supervisor of the affected areas for the safe guarding of the personnel,
· minimize the damage to site and environment;
The role of the members of Team is a detailed below:
Fire/ Safety Officer
· Reports to Auxiliary Team Controller and assist him in all matters;

· Consult site supervisor of the area regarding special precautions such as type of material involved in fire;
· Arrange first aid to the casualties and other emergency equipment;
· In post- accident condition to gather information on the material /equipment involved in the accident and its
danger potential, its effect on humans and environment;
· Assist site controller in maintaining the emergency equipment; and
· Assist the site controller in conducting / evaluating mock drills.
· All the fire fighters shall work under his guidance at the time of emergency.
Evacuation Officer
· Proceed to emergency area and report to Auxiliary Team Controller and acts as per the instructions;
· Consult the affected area site supervisor for evacuation of the employees;
· Advice all the employees expect auxiliary management team to assemble at gathering area;
· If required nearby employees also to be evacuated;

New Delhi
· To perform head count at gathering area and shall record names;

· Compare the names with the attendance list if any missing inform to Auxiliary Team Controller.
· Proceed to the emergency area and report to the Auxiliary Team Controller after getting the information
regarding emergency through telephone or through messengers; He will reserve specified messengers to
act as runners between the auxiliary main controller and himself;
· He handles all the transmission to the emergency control centre and dispatched from it, including those to
outside agencies and technical information source;
· As per the auxiliary main controller’s instructions, he will pass information to other members, if required.
Communication/Liaison Officer
· As soon as he receives the information he should proceed to the emergency control centre and report to the
auxiliary main controller;
· He has to co-ordinate with all the outside agencies who offer assistance to an emergency response
supporting team;
· He shall know who represents the various agencies and where and how to contact them;
· Some of the agencies liaised with are the law, enforcements, public fire services, red cross, rescue and
emergency services, local government officials (Police), utility personnel (telephone, electrical, water),
health officials, hospitals and ambulance services, lawyer for legal advice (if necessary).
· He is to ensure that casualties received adequate attention and the alternate transport, when in need;
· When emergency is prolonged he shall co-ordinate with supply officer to arrange for the relief of rescue or
fire fighting personnel and organize refreshments or catering facilities;
· He is responsible for evacuation of the nearby village people, if situation warrants.
Medical Officer:
· On receipt of information keep him ready and alert his staff to attend serious and urgent cases;
· The medical officer is responsible for providing first aid to those injured/ rescued and making that they are
promptly transported for further treatment if required;
· Co-ordinate the supply officer for medical supplies;
· He should familiar with antidotes for specified materials.
7.1.4 Emergency Equipment
The Site Main Controller will maintain a list of emergency handling equipment including details of fire
extinguishers, protective clothing, and personal protective equipment for emergency handlers etc. In addition to
these, details of available fire management services and hospitals will be available with main incident controller in
his operating checklist.
7.1.5 Specific Emergency Response Procedures

Actions are mainly procedures which are to be performed during or immediately after a disaster to minimize
suffering and losses through emergency communication, medical assistance, evacuation and search and rescue.
Procedures for such events are required and must be understood by all staff, which to be detailed out at later
stage. .
Procedure: Fire
A fire is the unplanned and undesired combustion of materials that poses a threat to employees, visitors and
property. The purpose should be to reduce the possibility of a fire in the practice, as well as specify the
equipment and policies that are to be used in case of a fire. The designated fire officer makes it mandatory to
ensure that every employee is taught how to use a fire extinguisher. Fire extinguishers are to be located at
conspicuous locations with basic instructions.
Procedure is as follows:
· On hearing the alarm designated fire officer shall immediately contact the Control Room extension to
confirm the location and extent of the fire.
· To inform Auxiliary Team Controller;
· Proceed to the location of the fire and take charge of the operation.
· Depending on the extent of the fire or its potential for spreading, he shall utilize the resources at his
command to contain or extinguish the fire until the fire brigade arrives.

New Delhi
· All Staff with no designated fire duties shall see that their work area is left safe and report immediately to the
nearest assembly point.
· Account for all staff on record.
· Inform the security personnel at the gate to expect the fire brigade and to direct them by the chosen route.
Procedure: Leakage from LPG Cylinder without Fire
· Cordon off the area around 30 meters radius so that no vehicle or source of ignition approached the area.
Attempt to close the control/ manual valve.
· Open all windows to increase ventilation and hence prevent build-up of vapour cloud.
· Avoid getting entrapped in the cloud vapour.
· Water sprays should be used to disperse the vapour cloud.
· Warn the surrounding areas to put off all naked flames.
Procedure: Earthquake
An earthquake is a sudden shaking of the earth caused by the breaking of rock beneath the earth's surface and
followed by a series of vibrations .Earthquakes can cause buildings and bridges to collapse, telephone and
powerlines to fall.
All persons shall protect themselves as best as possible during an earthquake by finding the nearest safe
location, such as:
· Beneath a sturdy desk

· Between a door structure
· In a wide open area
· Outside and away from the building
· All persons must leave the building after the shaking stops.
Procedure: Bomb Threat
Actions taken in response to such a threat should be prompt and assure the safety of employees, and visitors to
the each building of ECC While a bomb threat may be a hoax, all such threats should be treated seriously.
· Do not touch anything electrical including turning lights on or off.

· Do not take a phone off the hook or replace it.
· Do not use radios or cellular telephones.
· Do not move anything that looks out of place,
If a suspected bomb device is found, take note of the location, but do not touch it. Notify the police regarding the
whereabouts of any suspected bomb device. Once it is determined that a bomb threat has been made, the Site
Main Controller will coordinate evacuation of the facility by telling visitors and employees that there is a gas leak
or similar condition that requires immediate evacuation.
Precautions to be taken in case of proximity to the LPG pipeline
Concerned people should be aware of the following:
· Potential dangers associated with fire and explosion

· Potential toxic effects of the products of combustion
· Other potential dangers of gas leaks, such as asphyxiation
Precautionary measures that can be taken are:
· Adequate ventilation in the vicinity

· Safe systems of work in the proximity of the pipeline (surroundings should be kept free of flammable
sources and combustible materials)
· Adequate fire-fighting provision

New Delhi
· Provision of dry powder type extinguishers

· Appropriate training and instruction for all concerned
· Appropriate signage showing hazards associated with LPG
· Emergency procedure notices
· Avoid having any open drains nearby
Action Plan for Diesel Emergency
· A fire at a small leak in pipeline must be attacked promptly with nearest available fire extinguisher before it
has a chance to spread and get out of control. Call for help from all the available employees at the same
time.
· Work to keep the fire from spreading.
· Shut off flow of oil in line by closing valves and by stopping pumping.
· Cover the oil pool by sand and build up the pile of sand so as to cover the leak.
· Put foam on the burning oil pool. Apply the foam gently so as not to scatter the burning oil.
· Do not leave oil trapped in short lengths of pipe exposed to fire between the closed valves, since, oil so
trapped and heated often bursts the pipe and spills out spreading the fire.
· Wet down adjacent structures to keep them cool.
7.1.6 Post Emergency Follow up
· All cases of fire occurrence, no matter how small, must be reported promptly for follow up.
· Under no circumstances should fire extinguishing equipment once used be returned toits fixed location
before it is recharged/ certified fit by the Fire chief/ Safety Manager.
· Used fire extinguishers must be laid horizontally to indicate that they have been expended.
7.1.7 Emergency Control Centre
The main administrative office will be nominated as the Emergency Control Centre. At the time of the emergency
Main Site Controller assisted by other designated coordinators shall take position to perform their duties. The
security office at the gate shall be the standby. The Emergency Control Centre will be the focal point in case of an
emergency from where the overall operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be
located outside the area of potential hazards and easily approachable.
The Emergency Control Centre should have the following resources available:
1. Copies of the DMP

2. Master Layout Plan of the Exhibition cum Convention Centre
3. Information regarding Safety Equipment, Fire Fighting material
4. A list of telephones of key and essential staff along with their residential numbers.
5. Copies of the local Telephone Directories.
6. A list of important telephone numbers like neighbouring premises / industries, Fire Brigade, Hospitals.
7. Personal Protective Equipment.
8. First – Aid Kit.
9. Communication equipment – Internal and external telephones and other communication equipment.
10. Requisite stationary items.
11. Personnel to act as messengers.
The communication equipment is checked periodically to ensure that they are functional. The Emergency Control
Centre should be capable of being activated within a few minutes upon declaration of an emergency.
7.1.8 Response Evaluation, Testing and Updating of the Plan
Formulation of a Disaster Management Plan cannot possibly be an end by itself. It needs to be tested by holding
of periodical mock emergency simulation and drill. Any shortcomings revealed during such exercise should
thereafter be corrected by amending the plan. The plan should be for times to come; hence it must be reviewed
at periodic intervals. The plan should be also reviewed and updated when:

New Delhi
· Major alteration or extension of existing facilities is carried out.

· Major change in habitation or land use of the neighbourhood takes place.
· Important telephone numbers used are altered.
Mock drills activating the Disaster Preparedness Plan should be conducted periodically for ensuring its efficiency
during emergency as well as for refinement and updation. These drills based on the plan will help achieve its
objectives of the disaster management plan.

New Delhi
7.2 Social Impact Assessment

The baseline data for social aspects have been covered under Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section
3.2.
The following section describes the potential impacts of the proposed project on the social settings during its
construction and operation phases.
7.2.1 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Construction Phase

As the proposed project is to be developed on land owned by DDA, no relocation and resettlement of the existing
population will take place. The construction activities might bring about certain impacts which might affect the
population in nearby villages. The impacts enlisted below are limited to construction phase only and can be
mitigation by implementing proper measures, as mentioned in the later section .
· The construction activities and big machineries which will be operated in the construction phase are bound
to generate a higher decibel of noise which might disturb the local adjoining residential area for a very short
duration. In addition, during the operation phase, the vehicular movement of buses and cars will also tend to
create higher noise exposure in the surrounding villages.
· With the commencement of construction activities, accumulation of water in the dugout areas of the site
might result in being breeding place for mosquito breeding and spread of vector borne diseases.
· Once the construction activities commences, problem of traffic congestion in the area might arise because
of movement of heavy vehicles, to and fro from the site.
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures can be implemented to counter the probable impacts that might emerge:
· Locals from nearby villages will be engaged in all construction activities and during the operation phases, as
per their skill set, to supplement their income.
· Once the construction activities commences, care should be taken that drivers will valid licenses should
only operate vehicles hauling the big machineries. A speed limit should be determined and followed for all
vehicles passing that particular route.
· The operations of big machines will be restricted to day time only No noise generating activity will be
permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ;To minimize adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage
outside the project site, adequate number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal
of sewage.
Preference of giving the locals from the area an opportunity of being hired in various jobs that might emerge
during the course of the project activities should be made available.
Further Suggestions
Along with the probable positive impacts that the project might bring to the local population, there are some
possible areas of work which might be beneficial as well. These have been highlighted below:
· During the construction and operation phases, a myriad of occupational and livelihood opportunities will
open-up for un-skilled, semi-skilled and skilled labor force. Occupation and livelihood opportunities, such as
receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks, auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer, electrician,
plumbing, security guard and maid, rickshaw pullers and tow cart pullers, etc are likely to come-up. In order
to involve participation of locals, they could be considered and given preference in some of the skilled and
semi-skilled jobs, depending on their education and skills.
Table 7-3 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment


New Delhi
environment during With Mitigation Regional Long High Major

construction phase
7.2.2 Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Operation Phase
Once ECC becomes operational, certain impacts might emerge which will affect the local population positively.
The anticipated impacts have been given below:
· With the onset of new project activities, employment opportunities might increase among the local
population. The unskilled local population of the adjoining areas will find job opportunities as drivers,
security guards, cleaners, housekeeping etc. which will improve their economic condition.
· With the execution of the project, there will be more transport facilities plying to the area thus, benefitting the
population living in the area in the long run.
· With the proposed activities, the sewage facilities in the area might be given importance which will be
alternatively be beneficial for the residential premises and villages within the vicinity.
· Skilled and semi-skilled people proficient in handling small motor parts and light machineries among the
local adjoining population might be recruited for certain activities.
· More women population will also find employment in various work positions such as receptionist, clerks,
support staff; pantry cooks etc during the operation phase of the project;
· With the focus of development in the area, there is a probability that vocational centres catering to auto
repairing, mobile repairing, computer training centres, spoken English language centres and training
institutes providing services like electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid etc. might be established in
the area by various private agencies. This will not only assist in developing the skill of the people but will
also aid in creating jobs in the small skilled trade sector.
· Development of infrastructure will also take place with the coming of the project in the area. The project will
involve activities like road upgrading and better power supply in the area. This will enhance the existing
structure and also encourage further development in the surroundings.
· Expected improvement of the following public amenities in the area due to project development. -
─ More banks and cash dispenser machines;
─ Proper garbage disposal system; Villages in the vicinity being benefitted with a more regular electricity
supply;
─ Establishment of proper connectivity of internet facilities in the area;
The overall impact on socio-economic scenario will be positive which when coupled adequate management
measures can improve the economic scenario of the region with a moderate to high intensity of change.
Table 7-4 : Operation Phase: Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment

With Mitigation Regional Long High Major

New Delhi
8. Project Benefits
For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible business tool—not only to showcase
growing industrial strength but also to create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC
would be developed along a Public-Private Partnership (PPP) with world class infrastructure related to trade and
promotional activities, conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized events and logistics
facilities. The development of project will open the economy for foreign investments, hence gaining grounds at
international level.
The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic expansion and urban development of Delhi.
Pragati Maidan is the only large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs, etc.
Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should be facilitated not only to provide exhibition
space but also attract new investments and boost existing economic activity in the region.
This section includes the benefits accruing to the locality, neighbourhood, region and nation as a whole. It aims at
bringing out the details of benefits of developing the project:
· The proposed ECC is being developed with the intention of serving a more comprehensive role in India’s
economic growth; and gradually prospering into a ‘brand’ name. Consequently, the existing and proposed
hotels, convention centres and related uses are envisioned to benefit tremendously from the business
generated by the presence of such a facility of international standards.
· The advantage of integrating the commercial office district in ECC campus will add to the benefit to both
retail and hospitality land use, and will also compliment the core ( Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and
Exhibitions-MICE) based delegate traveller.
· The project is envisaged to generate double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports. It is
also envisioned to be on a scale of a Central Business District (CBD) with supporting retail, hotels,
commercial office space, and hospitality, food and entertainment and lifestyle opportunities for the user.
· Such a facility would be focal point of national pride for India and serve as the vehicle for sponsoring
international and national meetings for the National Government of India as well as private commercial
trade organizations.
· ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of mutually beneficial facilities like exhibition halls,
convention centres, banquet halls arena, hotels and service apartments, F&B outlets and retail services.
These components will have the ability to be utilized independently or in conjunction with each other,
depending on the nature of the event. Also, to enable the city to attract major international events, there will
need to be a significant increase in the Hotel room inventory of the city.
· The site is strategically located in proximity to the Capital International Airport, with fast and efficient transit
connections to the City, the Airport, the downtown areas of Delhi and regional hubs of Gurgaon and Noida is
advantageous for attracting international exhibitors. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi
Metro Station from Sector21, which is less than a kilometre away. The proposed Inter State Bus Terminal
(ISBT), is also located in Sector 22, is diagonally opposite the proposed ECC site.
· A major component of the new development is to promote green, sustainable building practices by
integration of Sustainable Design and Building Principles, to achieve a lower carbon footprint, and be an
model of integrated sustainable design for all of India and internationally.
· Certain economic and socioeconomic benefits are also associated with the Project, such as permanent and
temporary employment with training opportunities to serve people from different countries, generation of tax
and other revenue streams, and new housing and related facilities during both construction and operation
phase.
· The tourism market in the region is showcasing strong growth prospects. The development of newer
attractions within the region and development of road and rail based connectivity to nearby tourism
destinations will further strengthen the potential of Delhi NCR. The ECC campus, being planned in close
proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture hotel room demand from overnight leisure
foreign tourists’ arriving in Delhi.

New Delhi
· In general, ECC will offer flexible, multi-purpose spaces. The goal is to be able to accommodate a wide
range of user-groups, maximizing the utilization of the facility.

New Delhi
9. Environmental Cost Benefit analysis
9.1 Components of Environment that benefits

The proposed ECC intends to provide a well-connected space for exhibition and convention for various
commercial and industrial houses in India and around the world. The proximity of the facility to airport and rail
network will tremendously reduce the road transportation of material to be exhibited as well as for the travel of
people attending the event.
Reduction in road transport will directly reduce the emission due to fuel combustion, as air and rail transport are
far more efficient while dealing with bulk transportation. The existing exhibition center in Delhi is located at
Pragati Maidan which is located at sufficient distance from airport and railway stations, so in case of large
exhibitions a significant amount of goods are mobilized through roads.
The proposed Convention Centre is developed with adequate planning for exit and entry without affecting the
existing road traffic. Provision of metro rail connectivity will also ease the traffic movement to the facility. This is a
great advantage over existing convention center which is located within the city and leads to significant traffic
congestion during major events. Ease of traffic movement will reduce the idle time emissions from the vehicles
and cut down on greenhouse gases due to fossil fuel burning.
The proposed facility is designed to include key criteria, including the use of energy, water, generation of waste
and paper, positive impact on the community with a defined objective to be sustainable. The rooftop solar energy
proposed (Solar PV of 2850 kWp) for the project will result in energy offset of 4275 MWh per year. About 50% of
the water for the project will be obtained through recycling for non-potable uses thereby reducing stress on water
resources.
The project will result in loss of trees about 1961 trees, which will compensated at 1:10 ratio at a location within
Delhi. This will eventually result in increase in tree cover; moreover the proposed project is planed with 42.5%
open space and green area to prevent creation of any urban heat Island.
9.2 Quantify the benefits in monetary terms

The benefits from the project will be mainly to boost the country’s capability in organizing conventions and
exhibitions of global standards. At present Asia captures about 16% of the global exhibitions market, although the
share of Asia has been growing steadily. It is assumed that this trend will continue; and by 2021 Asia will account
for about 30% of the global market, with its capture rate growing at 8% in the initial years till 2016 and thereafter
at 6%.
India captures only 5.9% of Asia’s market share in terms of number of events. This share has declined in the
recent years. In the future, with the development of newer facilities and development of supporting infrastructure,
India will be better positioned capture a higher share. It is projected that by 2021, India could account for about
15% of Asia’s market. India’s share will grow at 12% in the initial years and at 10% thereafter. At this rate, it can
be assumed that India could host about 1,132 events by 2021, 10 times the present number.
Revenue per event is a measure of performance of venues and to some extent, size of the events. Currently,
India’s exhibition spaces generate revenue of $281 USD (INR 13,300) per sq.m. of sold space. At this rate, to
account for INR 900 billion exhibitions market projected for India by 2021, about 19.4 million Sq.m. of space
would be sold. Assuming that the utilization of available space will increase over time, a demand of 5.6 million
Sq.m. of exhibition space can be expected by 2021.
With a unit infrastructure rate of water at INR 48.2 litres, and an approximate volume of 10MLD being reused for
the operation, there is a total saving of INR 48 crore is achieved. Even after deducting the cost of sewage
treatment the saving amount to about INR 18 crores on daily consumption.
The project has planned a solar power back-up which will be an alternate source for power. A rooftop solar PV of
2850 kWp has been proposed which have an energy offset of 4275MWh and energy saving upto a tune of INR
3.42 crores per year.

New Delhi
10. Environment Management Plan
The Environmental Plan (EMP) is specified in order to describe the mitigation measures for all the impacts
associated during all the phase of the project. The EMP intends to delineate the monitoring and management
measures to minimize such impacts by allocating management responsibility and suggesting skill requirement for
implementation of these measures effectively. The project proponent should ensure that all the contractors should
comply with the EMP while executing various activities of the project.
For an effective implementation of monitoring and management plan, an organisation structure defining the roles
and responsibilities of various officers is proposed below. An environmental monitoring plan specifying the
parameters, monitoring schedule and a comprehensive environmental management plan identifying the impacts
and mitigation measures are included in the sections below.
10.1 Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP

A separate SPV will be formed by DMICDC to manage the proposed project during construction and operation
phase. It will comprise of Managing Director (MD), Joint Managing Director, Planning, Engineering, Finance and
Operation Departments. SPV will handle the following responsibilities:
Environment Management
· Periodic review of environmental status;

· Implementation and maintenance of green buffer areas;
· Management of water bodies;
· Review of ETP/STP/WWTP operations;
· Monitoring of collection and treatment of waste;
· Compliance to conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearances (EC) and consents;
· Implementation of EMP;
· Undertake awareness activities for industries and residential areas.
Social Management
· Undertake continuous engagement with local community;

· Address grievances of the industries, local community and residents.
10.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities
To achieve the above objectives, the adopted organization structure of the project management team is
discussed below:

New Delhi
Figure 10-1: Organization Structure
It is proposed that the Project Management Team project will be collectively responsible for:
· Review/ inspection of STPs

· Management of water bodies
· Landscaping, Maintenance of green buffers
· Compliance conditions of Environmental Clearance and consents
· Implementation of EMP
· Monitoring and disposal of waste
· Awareness activities, if any
· Reporting any accidents related to health and safety- fire hazards, general hazards and preparation of
action reports
Inspection and Auditing
· It will be ensured that all the contractors comply with the requirements of conditions for all applicable permits
and guidelines;
· The inspections and audits will be undertaken by Project Management Team directly or through external
agencies/experts;
· The inspection and audit findings of project team will be implemented by the contractors in their respective
areas.
· The entire process of inspections and audits will be documented;
Review Mechanism
Reporting of environmental, health, safety and social performance reports or check list, incident record register
etc. will be developed and implemented through a program of reporting and reviewing throughout the project.
· Reports from inspection, audits and other improvement program will be regularly communicated;
· The communication process will involve regular team briefings, group meetings and meeting with
stakeholders;
· All contractors engaged will be required to adhere to the reporting requirements in terms of timely report
submission with required details;
· All complaints and enquiries will be addressed with records maintained in an assigned register by the safety
officer of each contractor;
· Internal and external reporting mechanism will be developed, internal reporting will comprise of the
concerned officials from project management team, the representatives of the contractors and the top
management of MIDC/DMIC Trust; and
· The internal reporting will be undertaken on quarterly basis while the external reporting will be undertaken
yearly.

New Delhi
10.2 Components of EMP

An Environment Plan has been developed following the identification of impacts and mitigation measures. The
mitigation measures suggested will be as according to the monitoring schedule
The EMP includes the following:
· Mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks;
· Personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project;
The environmental impacts and mitigation measures suggested for various environmental components for the
construction and operation phase of the project are provided in Table 10-1 and Table 10-2.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase

S. No. Component Impacts Identified Suggested Mitigation Measures Responsibility Resources required Timeframe for
completion
1 Land · Change in land use · Land clearing activities should be kept to the absolute minimum · Expert for Throughout the
Environment pattern of the area · The movement and parking of heavy machinery and other vehicles will Contractor, Project identification of construction phase
· Topography of the be restricted to identified routes Management Team routes
area will change · Establish a vegetative cover, appropriate to the site prior to the onset of · Vegetation cover
which will hamper the intense rain or windstorms · Adequate no. of
natural inﬁltration and · Good housekeeping at labour resting areas and the construction area housekeeping
thereby increase in · Proper routing and adequate capacity of the storm water run-offs drains staff
runoff with catch pits
2 Ambient Air · Emissions from · Humus rich top soil should be removed and stored in an appropriate · Top soil storage Throughout the
Quality construction manner Contractor, Project area construction phase
equipment, vehicles · Wet suppression should be applied to at least 80 percent of all inactive Management Team · Wet suppression
· Improper handling disturbed surface system
and storage of · Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted · covered trucks
construction material · Covering of haul trucks with suitable covering material carrying
· Fugitive dust · DG sets will be used as a backup source only construction
emissions material
· Emissions from onsite
operation of diesel
generators
3 Ambient Noise · Noise due to · Adequate planning to avoid high noise activities to be undertaken. · Acoustic Throughout the
Quality Construction activities · Acoustic enclosures, noise barriers to be provided in areas of high noise Contractor, Project enclosure, noise construction phase
(such as excavation, generating sources. Management Team barriers, rubber
grading, erecting · Rubber padding to be provided for vibration control padding, ear
equipment, piling, · Limitations on movement of vehicles during night time muffs,
etc.) · Construction workers to use ear muffs in areas with potential for high
· Noise due to noise generation.
operation of heavy · Provision of rubber padding
equipment and · Regular maintenance of vehicles and repair of equipment.
machinery · Restriction on use of equipment generating high noise during night time.
· Movement of vehicles · Working hours and construction activities to be limited.
4 Water · Sediment run off from · Water should be sprayed on concrete structures to allow curing · Toilet with soak Throughout the
Resources and construction area · Adequate number of toilets (at least 8 toilets per 100 labour) and soak Contractor, Project pits, Silt fencing construction phase
Quality · Unplanned disposal of pits Management Team
sewage from · To prevent the runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation
construction camps · Silt fencing will be provided to protect water quality
· Improper disposal of

Dwarka, New Delhi
sewage
5 Soil Resources · Movement of heavy · Topsoil (upper 30 cm) will be removed and stored separately prior to Area for storage of top Throughout the
vehicles and commencement of bulk earthwork Contractor, Project soil, construction of construction phase
machinery on · Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out Management Team retention wall/ bunds,
unpaved surface · Excavated soil shall be used/transported at the earliest for filling low hazardous waste
· Potential lying areas collection and storage
contamination of soil · Restricted movement of heavy machinery in the site area to minimize the facilities, covered
may occur due to possibility of compaction; garbage bins.
accidental spills of · Adequate hazardous waste collection and storage facilities shall be
lubricating oil provided
· Erosion of the top soil
· Generation of
construction waste/
debris, waste oil and
chemicals
6 Traffic and · There will be increase · Construction vehicles will be allowed to move in the site only through Dedicated entry/exit Throughout the
transport in traffic on the exclusive entry and exit points. Contractor, Project points, training module construction phase
smaller roads/village · Adequate training to the drivers of construction vehicles for speed Management Team for the drivers
roads of the area restrictions and to crew members will be provided
· The condition of roads · Roads damaged due to project vehicle will repaired and maintained at
may deteriorate regular intervals
during the
construction phase
· Disruption of traffic is
anticipated on
connecting roads due
unplanned entry to the
site
7 Occupational · Injury due to improper · Manual transfer of heavy loads to be minimized by proper work site Signages, PPES, Throughout the
Health and handling, operation layout. Contractor, Project training modules on construction phase
Safety and execution · Good housekeeping practices to be exercised. Management Team health and safety, first
· Trip and fall, · Proper signage to be provided around construction site. aid kit
inadequate fall safe · Use of Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) to be mandated at work
arrangements site.
· Exposure to · Workers to be provided with health and safety training.
hazardous · Use of temporary fall protection measures in scaffolds and out edges of
substances elevated work surfaces, such as hand rails and toe boards to prevent
materials from being dislodged shall be done.
· Safety harness to be ensured for workers while working at heights.
· First aid and essential medical services to be provided at site.

Dwarka, New Delhi
8 Ecology · Clearing of vegetation · Loss of vegetation would be compensated by the greenbelt Development of Throughout the
on the site will involve development. Contractor, Project greenbelt construction phase
removal of local floral · Adequate compensation as per requirement of forest department shall Management Team
species found on the be made.
site.
· Air, noise and visual
disturbance may be
generated during the
site development that
can affect the
behaviour of fauna
Table 10-2 : Environmental Management Plan – Operation Phase

S. No. Component Impacts Identified Suggested Mitigation Measures Responsibility Resources required Timeframe for
completion
1 Air Quality · Emission from power · Stack heights for DG sets to be maintained as per CPCB/ Stack of adequate Throughout the
backup/ DG sets MoEFCC norms. Operation Management height, vegetative operation phase
· Emissions from · Good housekeeping to be practiced. Team barrier in the form of
increase in traffic · Vegetative barriers in form of green belt will be provided around greenbelt
volume the ECC complex which will minimize the built up of pollution
level.
2 Ambient Noise · Increase in noise · Sound attenuators / acoustic lining shall be installed in ducts in Acoustic enclosure for Throughout the
Quality levels in residential accordance with requirements Operation Management D.G sets, trees with operation phase
areas and adjoining · DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures; Team heavy foliage
villages · Trees with heavy foliage will be planted to minimise the noise
· Impact on avifaunal pollution
species due to
increased noise
· Movement of vehicles
3 Water · No ground water Water efficient plumbing Throughout the
Resources and usage will be made · Water consumption will be minimized by a combination of water Operation Management fixtures, leak detection operation phase
Quality for any activities. saving devices and other domestic water conservation measures. Team and repair, awareness
· use water from the · Furthermore, to ensure ongoing water conservation, an campaign, low volume,
allocated awareness programme will be introduced for the residents. The low angle sprinklers,
Underground following section discusses the specific measures, which will be storm water
reservoirs of Delhi Jal implemented: management and

Dwarka, New Delhi
Board which has a · Domestic and Commercial Usage rainwater harvesting

reserve quantum thus o Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets and structures
impact on fresh water urinals, low flow sinks, water efficient dishwashers and
resources washing machines). Water efficient plumbing fixtures use
less water with no marked reduction in quality and service.
o Leak detection and repair techniques.
o Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than
hose down for external areas.
o Meter water usage; employ measurement and verification
methods. Monitoring water use is a precursor for
management.
o Awareness campaign to disseminate knowledge on
strategies and technologies that can be used for water
conservation.
· Landscaping
o Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.
o Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and
moisture sensors to account for seasonal variations, and
calibrate them during commissioning.
o Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn
chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also reduces watering
needs.
· Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment
o To promote reuse and development of closed loop system
for water, segregation of two wastewater scheme namely i)
Harvested Storm Water ii) Waste water generated.
o All along the roads storm water drains would be provided to
collect water during rains. They would be adequately sized
to prevent over flooding of the site.
o The storm water collection system will be designed in such a
manner so that clean storm water from garden, parking
areas, roadways and lawns could be collected.
o Harvested storm water will be utilized on site after treatment.
o Rainwater harvesting structures will be developed to store
water which will be used to meet the landscaping and HVAC
requirements.
4 Solid Waste · Inadequate collection · An integrated solid waste management will be put in place for · Different coloured Throughout the
Disposal and treatment of collection, transport, treatment and disposal of solid waste Operation Management bins for collection operation phase
domestic waste generated from the activities Team of segregated
· Unhygienic · The recyclable waste like glass, metal, plastics, paper etc. likely waste
conditions, odour to be generated from different land uses, will be collected · Qualified staff for

Dwarka, New Delhi
problem separately and sold to authorized recyclers/ vendors operation of waste

· Localized flooding · For processing of biodegradable waste, portable organic waste composter
due to accumulation composter machine will be setup machines.
of waste along streets
which can clog drains
· Contamination of soil
and groundwater
· Improper
transportation of
municipal solid waste
5 Traffic Volume · Increase in traffic flow · The roads in general to be designed to carry the maximum traffic · Traffic patrol Throughout the
· Increase in private loads with anticipated future development and on a par with IRC Operation Management · Traffic and travel operation phase
traffic volume Standards; Team survey
· Irregular Parking · A 100m ROW road spanning 46km connecting as an Urban · Loading/
Extension Road-II (UER-II) has been proposed. unloading space
· A well planned MRT connectivity to proposed site.
· The proposed road circulation shall provide for safe and efficient
movement of people;
· Sufficient Loading/unloading space to be provided.
6 Socio- · Employment · Mechanism to train and improve the skill sets of the local · Training of the Throughout the
Economy and opportunities might community. Operation Management local community operation phase
Livelihood increase among the Team
local population
· Increase in transport
facilities plying to the
area
· Coming up of
vocational centres
catering to auto
repairing, mobile
repairing, computer
training centres

New Delhi
10.3 Awareness and Training

Trainings are necessary for effective implementation of environment management plan. Contractors appointed
must be made aware of the importance of waste segregation and disposal, water and energy conservation. This
awareness can be provided through leaflets and periodic meetings. They should be informed of best
environmental management practices. The specific trainings relevant for the personnel at site include the
following:
· Collection, transport, treatment and disposal of solid and hazardous waste.

· Monitoring of ground water and wastewater samples
· Techniques for waste minimization, water conservation & energy conservation.
· Applicable environmental, health and safety regulations and compliance requirements for the same.
10.4 Record Keeping and Reporting

Records should be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues. Typical record keeping
requirements for the proposed project is summarized in table below.
Table 10-3 Record Keeping Requirements
Parameter Particulars
Solid Waste Handling and Disposal Daily quantity of waste received

Daily quantity recycled
Daily quantity sent for landfill
Sewage Treatment Daily quantity of raw and treated sewage

Treated wastewater quality
Regulatory Licenses (Environmental) Environmental Permits / Consents from MOEF

Copy of Waste manifests as per requirement
Monitoring and Survey Records of all monitoring carried out during different
stages of the project
Accident reporting Date and time of the accident

Sequence of events leading to accident
Name of hazardous waste involved in the accident
Chemical datasheet assessing effect of accident on health
and environment
Emergency measure taken
Other Log book of compliance

Employee environmental, health and safety records
Equipment inspection and calibration records, where
applicable
Vehicle maintenance and inspection records

New Delhi
10.5 Proposed Environment Management Plans

10.5.1 Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant
Steps for management of used cooking oil will include the following:
10.5.1.1 Planning and Setup
Location of the containers:
· As far as possible the location to be away from storm water drains and waterways
· Easily accessible for both kitchen staff and disposal pick up
· Indoors or undercover is preferable
· Near dumpsters is common
Access to the container:
Following points for access will be taken care of:
· Staff should be able to easily reach the container to pour oil
· Containers should remain closed when not in use
· It may be necessary to place locks on containers
· Each restaurant should have its own containers (sharing is discouraged)
Transportation from container to Kitchen:
· Use buckets, pans, etc. that have lids to prevent spillage during transport
· When transporting, leave room for “sloshing.”
· Transport oil in manageable quantities
· If necessary, provide carts to help with transport
10.5.1.2 Container Maintenance
· Containers should be checked often for leaks
o Any leaking or otherwise damaged containers should be replaced or repaired

immediately
· Frequently wipe down spilled/splashed oil from the outside of the container
· Keep grit screens/bars cleaned to prevent spillage
· Lids should remain closed when the container is not in use
· Frequently check the level of the oil in the container
10.5.1.3 Spill Management
· Spills should be cleaned up as soon as possible
· Clean up should use as few liquids as possible
o Dry clean up – sweep up and dispose in garbage

o Mop and bucket – empty mop water into a sanitary sewer drain
o Thick grease build up can be scraped, swept and placed in the garbage
o Do not pressure wash
§ Though this is a common clean up choice, pressure washing tends to do more harm
than good.
o Do not rinse or use any method involving lots of fluid.

New Delhi
§ Capturing and disposing of clean up fluid can be very difficult and expensive
10.5.1.4 Disposal
Used cooking oil will be disposed of through the CPCB-authorised recyclers.
10.5.1.5 Training and Communication
· Be sure that all employees involved with oil disposal know the proper procedures
· Encourage employees to inform their supervisor if there are any problems with used oil management
10.5.2 Management Plan for Excavated Soil
The construction activities will involve excavation works for foundations of various project-components,
development of drains and erection of the associated structures and buildings which might change the
topography of the area. However as the land is relatively flat, hence no major excavation work will be required.
The estimated quantity of earthwork involved due to excavation activities, mainly for the construction of parking
area is approx. 3.6 Million cubic metre.
Excavated soil can be used on site for filling low lying areas and landscaping. Excess of excavated soil, if any,
after backfilling, will be disposed of through authorised vendor. It will be loaded directly onto trucks for off-hauling
to the appropriate waste disposal facility. The transportation vehicle will be covered with tarpaulin sheet. Care will
be taken to avoid excavation activity during monsoon season. During excavation works, the topsoil will be
preserved in stockpiles. At such locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out
to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil aside.
10.5.3 Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during

construction phase including marble/stone cutting.
To mitigate the impact of SPM (dust) during construction phase, following measures are recommended:
Earth-moving
· For any earth moving which is more than 30m from all property lines, conduct watering as necessary to
prevent visible dust emissions from exceeding 100m in length in any direction.
Disturbed surface areas (except completed grading areas)
· Apply dust suppression in a sufficient quantity and frequency to maintain a stabilized surface;
· Areas, which cannot be stabilized, as evidenced by wind driven dust, must have an application of water
at least twice per day to at least 80 percent of the unstabilized area.
Disturbed surface areas (completed grading areas)
· Apply water to at least 80 percent of all inactive accessible disturbed surface areas on a daily basis
when there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust.
Inactive disturbed surface areas
· Apply dust suppressants in sufficient quantity and frequency to maintain a stabilized surface; OR
· Utilize any combination of control actions as mentioned above such that, in total, they apply to all
inactive disturbed surface areas.
Unpaved roads
· Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic at least twice per day of active operations; OR
· Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic once daily and restrict vehicle speed to 15 kmph.
Open storage piles

New Delhi
· Apply water to at least 80 percent of the surface areas of all open storage piles on a daily basis when
there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust; OR
· Install a three-sided enclosure with walls with no more than 50 percent porosity that extends, at a
minimum, to the top of the pile.
Track-out control
· Downwash of trucks (especially tyres) prior to departure from site.
Material handling
· Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted on disturbed soils
· During material handling, the materials should be dropped from a low height in order to reduce any
fugitive dust emissions
· Haul trucks should be covered with suitable covering material like tarpaulin sheets to prevent fugitive
emissions during transportation of construction materials
· Construction material stored at site to be adequately covered
Stone / marble cutting: Pollution Control measure taken to control fugitive emissions from stone/ marble
cutting will include:
· Sprinklers
· Mist sprayer
· In case of indoor operations, suction hood with cyclone
10.5.4 Management Plan to Control Soil Erosion
Soil erosion control measures will include the following:
· Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and revegetation of bare areas after
the project;
· Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction) and disturbing the vegetation in
adjacent area as little as possible;
· Use of crushed stone rather than asphalt or concrete for surface parking area;
· Construction, land management activities that result in the soil being laid bare shall be scheduled in
such a way that some type of vegetative cover appropriate to the site could be established prior to the
onset of intense rain or windstorms. If grass is to be seeded, mulch of straw will help to protect the soil
from less extreme erosive forces until vegetative and root development begins;
· Top soil will be stockpiled and reused later for landscaping;
· Open areas will be landscaped;
· Paved areas will be installed with permeable paving;
· Impermeable surfaces direct all runoff towards storm water collection pits;
· Retention wall or bund shall be provided around the storage areas for excavated soil and other
construction material to check the flow of sediments with storm water in case of rain;
· Completed earthworks shall be re-vegetated as soon as possible;
· Natural drainage pattern shall be maintained as much as possible;
· Installation of underground drainage structures helps to reduce sediment loads;

New Delhi
· Compatibility between adjacent land uses will be assured by providing a green belt between the
proposed activity and nearby properties where any significant degree of incompatibility is likely to result.
10.5.5 Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the
CGWA Guidelines and Regulation
Delhi NCR, study area for the project falls in non-notified area. As per the guidelines of GGWA, NOC for ground
water withdrawal will be considered for industries/ infrastructure projects which are either NEW or under
EXPANSION, lying in non-notified area, as per the criteria given below:
Category* Mandatory Recycle/Reuse (for various Withdrawal permitted (% of proposed

purposes except recharge to ground water) recharge)
Safe Major and Medium Industries to recycle and NOC is required for ground water withdrawal
reuse at least 40% of the waste water subject to adoption of artificial recharge to
ground water.
Semi-critical Major and Medium Industries to recycle and Withdrawal may be permitted subject to
reuse at least 50% of the waste water undertaking of ground water recharge**
measures. The withdrawal should not exceed
200% of the recharged quantity.
Critical Major and Medium industries should fully recycle Withdrawal may be permitted subject to
and reuse the waste water undertaking of ground water recharge**
100% of the recharged quantity
Overexploited All Industries to fully recycle and reuse the waste Withdrawal may be permitted subject to
water undertaking of ground water recharge**
50% of the recharged quantity.
* The guidelines will follow the assessment as on Ground Water Resource Estimation (GWRE) 2011 till further revision.
**The recharge should be implemented within the premises and/or same water shed/assessment unit. Detail project proposal
shall be included along with the application for NOC.
The project site located in South West Delhi district falls in over exploited category as per Ground Water
Information Booklet of South West District, NCT, Delhi. Stage of ground water development of the district is
139.99% and the entire district has been notified by the Government of Delhi.
Dewatering of ground water for construction of basements proposed Exhibition cum Convention Centre will be
done as per the Guidelines/ Criteria for evaluation of proposals/ request for Ground Water Abstraction by Central
Ground Water Authority, Ministry of Resources, Government of India. Management measures will include the
following:
· Dewatered quantum of water will be utilized at site as much as possible.

· Piezometers for monitoring the ground water level will be installed within the premises and in peripheral
areas. The record of water level data will be maintained and be provided periodically or whenever
demanded by the regulating agency.
· Treated wastewater will be reutilized on site for secondary purposes
· Recharge of ground water through rain water harvesting.
10.5.6 Water Management Plan
Water conservation and development measures need to be taken including all possible potential for reuse and
recycling of water. These could be in the form of the following:
· Development of water sources

· Minimizing water consumption
· Promoting reuse of water after treatment and development of closed loop systems for different water
streams.

New Delhi
10.5.6.1 Water Source Development
Water source development shall be practiced by installation of scientifically designed artificial water recharging
structures. The objective is to develop the water sources of the region, such that sustainable water supply to the
proposed project is maintained. The suitability of a particular Rain Water Harvesting method is based on hydro-
geological condition, quality of source and proposed use of recharge water. It is envisaged that recharging to
ground water will improve the water quality in the area, as the rainwater is fresh and without any pollution. It is
planned to effectively harvest water by rainwater harvesting mechanism.
10.5.6.2 Rainwater Harvesting
Rain Water Harvesting is a way to capture the rainwater when it rains, store that water above ground or charge
the underground and use it later i.e. conservation of rain water is known as “Rain water Harvesting” through
which monsoon run off can be utilized later for various purposes at site which otherwise goes waste. This is an
ideal solution of water problem where there is inadequate ground water supply or surface resources are either
lacking or insignificant. The proposed project is a large scale development having high water requirement; it is
intended to provide rain water harvesting structures to conserve water and reducing the fresh water demand.
Rain water harvesting potential for the project has been detailed out in Section 2.7.5.
It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater could be harvested. Based on the above calculation, 20
rainwater harvesting pits have been proposed of450 cubic meter capacity each with dimensions of Length: 5.7m,
Breath: 10m and Height: 8m.
Minimizing Water Consumption
Water consumption will be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other domestic water
conservation measures. Furthermore, to ensure ongoing water conservation, an awareness programme will be
introduced for all the staff. Following section discusses the specific measures, which shall be implemented:
Commercial Usage
· Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets and urinals, low flow sinks, water efficient
dishwashers etc.). Water efficient plumbing fixtures use less water with no marked reduction in quality
and service.
· Leak detection and repair techniques.
· Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down for external areas;
· Meter water usage, employ measurement and verification methods. Monitoring water use is a precursor
for management.
· Awareness campaign to disseminate knowledge on strategies and technologies that can be used for
water conservation.
Horticulture
· Drip irrigation system shall be used for the lawns and other green area. Drip irrigation can save between
15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques.
· Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match precipitation heads
and emitters.
· Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.
· Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for seasonal
variations, and calibrate them during commissioning.
· Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also reduces
watering needs.
· Place 3 to 5 in. of mulch on planting beds to minimize evaporation.
10.5.6.3 Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment and Development of Closed Loop Systems
· To promote reuse and development of closed loop system for water, segregation of two schemes
namely (i) Wastewater Treatment scheme; and (ii) Storm water management scheme have been
suggested.
· Harvested storm water shall be utilized for artificial recharge of ground water sources and wastewater
shall be reused on site after treatment.

New Delhi
· Treated wastewater can be used on site for flushing, HVAC make up, landscaping, etc. It is estimated
that reusing wastewater will save more than 50% Fresh water demand per day in the proposed
development.
Following section details the wastewater treatment scheme suggested for the project.
Wastewater Treatment Scheme
The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II. It is
proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be
system and of D.G. sets and for horticulture for external areas.
It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase
II respectively.
The treated effluent from the Sewage Treatment Plant shall be stored in Treated water storage. The treated water
is to be used for the Cooling tower make up and horticulture purpose. Excessive sludge shall be stored in the
sludge holding tank for final dewatering and disposal through screw pump and filter press / centrifuge.
Storm Water Management
Most of the storm water produced on site will be harvested for ground water recharge, thus proper management
of this resource is must to ensure that it is free of contamination.
· Contamination of storm water is possible from the following sources:

· Diesel and oil spills in the diesel power generator and fuel storage area
· Waste spills in the solid/ hazardous waste storage area
· Oil spills and leaks in vehicle parking lots
· Silt from soil erosion in gardens
· Spillage of sludge from sludge drying area of sewage treatment plant.
A detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” will be developed which will consider the above sources. The plan
will incorporate best management practices which will include following:
· Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

· Clarifiers or oil/water separators shall be installed in all the parking areas. Oil/water separators installed
for parking areas and garages will be sized according to peak flow guidelines. Both clarifiers and
oil/water separators must be periodically pumped in order to keep discharges within limits.
· Cover waste storage areas.
· Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season.
· Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities.
· Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness.
· Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.
· Provision of slit traps in storm water drains.
· Good housekeeping in the above areas.
10.5.7 Solid Waste Management Plan
Solid Waste Management Plan (SWMP) identifies the wastes that are likely to be generated during the
construction and operation of the proposed project and documents waste management practices to be employed
for their collection, storage, treatment and/or disposal.
WMP is intended to serve as a guideline for the project proponent & the contractor(s) to manage wastes
effectively during construction and operation phase. The contractor(s) should prepare their own WMP in
compliance with this WMP and implement the same during the construction phase. SPV to be constituted to
manage this project should implement the WMP throughout the operational phase.
The WMP describes how wastes will be managed during the construction and operation phase of the project.

New Delhi
10.5.7.1 Waste Characterization
Construction Phase
The expected waste during construction phase will include two types of wastes i.e. Construction debris and
Domestic solid waste. The type and quantities of the solid waste generation during construction phase are as
follows:
· Construction debris will mainly comprise of excavated soil, rocks, bricks, mortar, metals, wood and
packaging wastes. Such wastes like bricks, stones, mortar will be used to level low lying areas within the
project site which will constitute about 90% of the debris, other wastes like wood packaging material,
metal, jute will be sold to scrap dealers.
· Municipal solid waste will comprise of food waste, packaging wastes generated onsite. This waste will
be properly collected and disposed off to designated authorized waste disposal sites by the engaged
civil contractors working at site.
· Used Oil from Diesel Generators will be collected on site and would be properly handled and stored in
secure containers. Used oil will be disposed of to CPCB/ DPCC approved designated disposal site.
10
The waste from construction activities has been estimated to be in the range of 40-60 kg/sqm .
Operation Phase
The types of waste likely to be generated during operation phase include municipal, commercial, institutional,
hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. Different sources of waste generation include commercial, offices,
hotels and open areas proposed to be developed in the Exhibition cum Convention Centre.
It is assumed that the peak season during which the visitor footfall will be maximum, will prevail for 120 days,
spread over a complete year. As per the estimates, a total of 75-80 TPD of municipal waste is expected to be
generated during peak season from ECC during its operation phase.
During the non-peak season, it has been assumed that approximately 20% of the visitors will still visit the ECC.
Waste generated by these visitors, in addition to waste generated by the staff and other areas will result in
generation of approximately 23-25 TPD waste daily.
Approximately 2.7-3.0 tonnes of sludge will be generated from both the STPs. It has been assumed that on an
average approx. 250 kg of sludge (dry weight) is produced per MLD of sewage treatment.
10.5.7.2 Management Practices
Construction Phase
Construction Debris
Construction debris is bulky and heavy and re-utilization and recycling is an important strategy for management
of such waste. As concrete and masonry constitute the majority of waste generated, recycling of this waste by
conversion to aggregate can offer benefits of reduced landfill space and reduced extraction of raw material for
new construction activity. This is particularly applicable to the proposed project as the construction is to be
completed in a phased manner.
Recycled aggregate will be used for filler application, and as a sub-base for road construction. Mixed debris with
high gypsum, plaster, shall not be used as fill, as they are highly susceptible to contamination, and will be given
to recyclers.
Metal scrap from structural steel, piping, concrete reinforcement and sheet metal work shall be removed from the
site by construction contractors. A significant portion of wood scrap can be reused on site. Recyclable wastes
such as plastics, glass fiber insulation, roofing etc. shall be sold to recyclers.
Hazardous Waste
Construction sites are sources of many toxic substances, such as paints, solvents, wood preservatives,
pesticides, adhesives and sealants. Hazardous waste generated during construction phase shall be stored in
10
http://www.tifac.org.in/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=710&Itemid=205

New Delhi
sealed containers, labelled, and disposed of as required by the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Some management practices to be developed are;
· Herbicides and pesticide will not be over applied (small-scale applications) and not applied prior to rain;
· Paintbrushes and equipment for water and oil based paints shall be cleaned within a contained area and
shall not be allowed to contaminate site soils, watercourses, or drainage systems.
· Provide adequate hazardous waste storage facilities, hazardous waste collection containers are
conveniently located, and designate hazardous waste storage areas are away from storm drains or
watercourses.
· Segregate potentially hazardous waste from non-hazardous construction site debris.
· Clearly label all hazardous waste containers with the waste being stored and the date of generation.
· Educate employees and subcontractors on hazardous waste storage and disposal procedures.
· Instruct employees and subcontractors in identification of hazardous and solid waste
Operation Phase
Storage of solid waste at source:
· A source-segregated waste storage system shall be adopted within the ECC premises – including
commercial spaces, hotels, restaurants, office spaces, residential areas (service apartments). It is
recommended that two-bin system is adopted for storage of wet (bio-degradable) waste and dry (recyclable/
non-biodegradable) waste. The occupiers shall be encouraged to store domestic hazardous wastes
separately (such as cleaning agents, discarded paint drums, pesticide cans, CFL bulbs, tube lights, expired
medicines) and not mix it with the general trash.
· Waste generated during any repair, maintenance work (Construction and demolition (C&D)) shall be stored
separately and not mixed with the general biodegradable waste. Such wastes shall be stored separately
within the premises and shall dispose of as per the Construction and Demolition Waste Management
Rules, 2016;
· Horticulture waste and garden waste generated within ECC premises shall be stored separately and not
mixed with any other dry/ non-biodegradable waste. It is to be disposed of as per the directions of the local
body from time to time.
· Wastes shall not be thrown, burnt on open public spaces, outside ECC premises or in the drain or water
bodies.
Collection and Transportation (C&T):
· Collection of segregated waste shall be done in a segregated manner.

· Biodegradable waste shall be collected daily; dry wastes including recyclables may be collected on
alternate days. The frequency of waste collection of different waste streams shall be detailed out based on
the quantity and type of waste.
· For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system shall be
evaluated along with conventional collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design
stage.
· A pneumatic waste collection system is based on a network of underground 400 m diameter mild steel
pipe pipes through which a powerful airflow is created to transfer the waste to final point (collection station),
where they are stored in containers. The inlet doors to deposit the waste can be installed at any point of the
buildings, in locations that are considered more visible and convenient for the operation.
· When the exhausters installed in the Collection station, are put into operation, it creates an airflow that
allows the transportation of the waste to the Collection Station. Each valve of temporary storage is emptied
in few seconds. The system allows the selective collection of different fractions of waste. All types of
remainders can be transported by the system, except glass that cannot be collected as a separate fraction
as it is a very erosive material and therefore, it would reduce the life of the installation.
· The pneumatic waste collections are made up of three different parts:

New Delhi
o Inlet points - can be located inside the buildings or like inlet boxes in the public roadway. The
vertical chutes connect these inlet doors with the waste valves, located in the basement of the
buildings. The waste that falls by gravity through the vertical chutes is stopped by the valve
door until the operation of collection starts.
o Inlet points – Pipe network - pipe network is made up by steel pipe of diameter 400 mm and
variable thickness.
o Centralized Waste Collection centres (CWCC) - compressed air, signals to drive all the
elements that make up the system are provided.
Waste Processing and Disposal:
· The dry recyclables wastes shall be disposed of through the O&M Agency engaged by ECC. The domestic
hazardous wastes shall also be disposed of through a private vendor engaged by ECC’s O&M Agency.
· For biodegradable waste disposal, options shall be evaluated including disposing of the wastes through
ECC’s O&M Agency by engaging authorized waste collection agencies or through services provided by the
local civic body (South Delhi Municipal Corporation, SDMC for Dwarka area) or installing portable organic
waste composter machines within the premises or setting up a small biogas plant (biogas generated can be
used for captive uses such as pantry/ kitchen of ECC). The most suitable option shall be finalized after
discussions with various stakeholders and approval from the project proponent. Areas required for handling
and storage of waste within the ECC complex shall be estimated.
· Green waste collected from landscaped areas shall be disposed of through private waste collection
agencies or shredded and processed using a biological treatment technology to produce compost/ manure
and use within ECC complex.
· The bio-sludge from the wastewater treatment plants has Volatile Suspended Solids (VSS) content in the
range of 60 % to 70% of the total sludge (dry basis). Such sludge types are disposed-off after thickening
and dewatering (or solar drying). If it is required to reduce the VSS content below 50%, Aerobic/Anaerobic
Digestion process shall be used to process this sludge. Sludge treatment schemes which might be used
include gravity thickeners, centrifuge for dewatering, aerobic digester. Assessment shall be made at the
detailed design stage.
10.6 EMP Budget

The indicative split up capital and recurring cost for the environmental management during construction and
operation phase is shown in Table 10-4 below. It is important to mention that recurring cost for personnel hired by
SPV of DMICDC for environmental management has not been reflected in the above budget as it is considered
as part of the project operations.
Table 10-4: Environmental Management Budget

S.No. EMP Details Remarks Capital Cost (INR) Operating Cost
(INR) per annum
Construction phase
1 Environment monitoring during As per requirements of EC and 20,00,000

construction Consent to Establish
2 Sheet Barrier for Noise reduction Incorporated into Construction 5,50,000 55,000
contractors scope
3 Portable Toilets for workers Either rented or procured 30,000-40,000 per 18,00,000
unit
4 Waste Management for Labour Incorporated into Construction 2,00,000 2,50,000
Rest room contractors scope
5 Dust Control During moderate operation levels 2,00,000
3
about 5-10 tankers (10m ) of water
will be required on daily basis per
package, depending on the
season of the year.
43,05,000
Operation Phase
Rainwater Harvesting Integrated in the project cost 2,00,000

New Delhi
Acoustic Enclosures for high 4,00,000 40,000

noise generating equipment
Sewage Treatment Plant Integrated in the project cost 8-10 crores 50,00,000
(energy + work force)
Air Pollution Monitoring As per requirements of EC and 7,00,000
Consent to Operate
Noise Monitoring As per requirements of EC and 3,00,000
Consent to Operate
Solid Waste Management Integrated in the project cost 40,00,000
Horticulture and landscaping Integrated in the project cost 70,00,000
EHS management team Environment Cell 25,00,000
Internal Traffic Management Signage/ signals/ monitoring 1-1.5 crore 30,00,000
Total 2,27,40,000

New Delhi
11. Summary & Conclusion
11.1 Summary
Based on the Impact assessment studies and the nature of impacts of the proposed Exhibition- cum-Convention
Centre (ECC) at sector 25 Dwarka, New Delhi, it is envisaged that this project will prove to be an asset for the
country. The project is one of the positive steps in developing state-of-the-art infrastructure for the Nation.
The advantage of integrating the commercial office district in ECC campus will add to the benefit to both retail
and hospitality land use, and will also compliment the core ( Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions-
MICE) based delegate traveller.
The project is envisaged to generate double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports. It is also
envisioned to be on a scale of a Central Business District (CBD) with supporting retail, hotels, commercial office
space, and hospitality, food and entertainment and lifestyle opportunities for the user.
Impacts due to proposed project during construction and operation phase have been assessed based on
appraisal criteria developed and significance assessment matrix. Detailed air dispersion modelling was
conducted through AERMOD 8.1.0 to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the operation phase over 5 km
X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has
been monitored) have been added to baseline air quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants.
It can be concluded from the impact matrix that the proposed project would have an overall positive impact.
The associated potential adverse environmental impacts are mostly minimal and can be mitigated to an
acceptable level by adequate implementation of the measures as stated in the Environmental Management Plan
(EMP).
The EMP includes the mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks
and also the personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project.
Various Management Plans have been formulated as part of EMP:
· Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant
· Management Plan for Excavated Soil
· Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including
marble/stone cutting
· Solid Waste Management Plan
· Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and
Regulation
· Water Management Plan
Hence, the proposed project is a welcome development and may be accorded environmental clearance.
11.2 Executive Summary
11.2.1 Introduction
The Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC) envisages strengthening the Indian
economy by creating internationally-recognized, architectural icon with an innovative design and green building
concepts, which enhances foreign investments and promotes sustainable development. Amongst various other
planned developments such as Investment Regions, Industrial Parks, Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC),
DMICDC has proposed to undertake development of a world class Exhibition and Convention Centre (hereafter
referred to as ECC) at Sector-25 in Dwarka, New Delhi.

New Delhi
The project’s vision is to offer a well-organized and quality setting for international as well as national meetings,
conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. It is planned that the proposed ECC will have exhibition halls,
convention centre, banquet halls, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets and retail
services. The proposed ECC site is strategically located at a distance of approximately 11 km (by road) from
Indira Gandhi International (IGI) airport and 3km from Bijwasan railway station.
Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC) is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) which
was incorporated as the Project Development Agency under Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion,
Ministry of Commerce & Industries, Government of India for project planning, development and implementation of
various infrastructure projects in India through developing and disseminating appropriate financial instruments,
negotiating loans and advances of all nature, and formulating schemes for mobilization of resources and
extension of credit for infrastructure.
The EIA Notification, 2006, requires the all new projects and expansion and modernization of existing projects, as
listed in the Schedule of the said Notification, are to obtain prior environmental clearance from the concerned
regulatory authority, i.e. Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC) for matters
falling under Category ‘A’ in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
(SEIAA) for matters falling under Category ‘B’ in the said Schedule, before any construction work is started on the
project, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land.
DMICDC has developed a conceptual master plan for the proposed development and intends to ensure
environmental compliance and embed elements of environmental good practice in the master planning stage
itself. The envisaged project is spread over an area ≥ 50 ha, it falls under Item 8 (b) of the Schedule “Area
Development projects and Townships projects” as per the EIA Notification, 2006. However, as per the
th
subsequent amendment in the EIA Notification 2006, vide Gazette Notification S.O.3999 (E) dated 9 December
2016, the envisaged project has been categorized as Category A under Item 8 (b) , since it has built up area of
more than 3,00,000 sq. mtrs. Therefore, an EIA report along with Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference
and Conceptual Plan has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC Environmental Appraisal
Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance. Therefore, Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference
and Conceptual Plan was submitted to MOEFCC for the purpose of “Scoping” (F. No. 21-102/2017-IA-III;
th
Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 Feb, 2017). After incorporation of the submitted TOR,
prescribed TOR conditions, the EIA report has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC’ s
Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance. The project has already
obtained the following statutory/ other approvals/ compliances from concerned Authorities:
· Layout Plan Approval from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) vide resolution no. 499 dated 23-02-
17.
· Obtained AAI Clearance for maximum height (Building Block Wise)
· Obtained concept plan approval from Delhi Urban Arts Commission (DUAC)
· The Land for the project is already in Possession of Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP);
· As per the Land use as per Master Plan Delhi 2021, the land parcel is categorised as Public, Semi Public
and socio-cultural facilities, as per Notification issued by MoUD dated 12th May, 2016, hence the
development shall be in compliance to the Master Plan Delhi 2021.
· No protected/ reserved forest falling within the site; no diversion of forest land required.
11.2.2 Site Selection
Three alternatives for site selection were considered for development of the proposed ECC project. The analysis
was based on a ranking system developed while taking into account topography and land use, water resources
and their availability, socio-economic factors, environmental sensitivity and connectivity. A set of seven
parameters were considered and each parameter was assigned a score and weight based on its significance in
selection of a site. The sites designated for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), in the Master Plan
of Delhi 2021 and its amendments were considered preferred site locations as there will not be any changes in
the land use due to the project development. Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas such as Reserved/
Protected Forest, sanctuaries/National Park, wetland, mangrove, migratory corridor and other notified areas were
considered as important factor for site selection. Reserved/Protected forest within or in proximity were less
preferred as they may get exposed to residual noise and air impacts. Source of water and sewage for the project
should be identified before commencing of the project. Site with dependable allocation for water were preferred

New Delhi
during scoring. Based on the site suitability analysis, Site 1 - Sector 25 Dwarka is the best option for development
of ECC.
The rationale for selecting included- No change in land use pattern required; the site’s accessibility to regional
destinations by rail and air is excellent. The site has good connectivity with Indira Gandhi International Airport and
Bijwasan railway station. Though, the option 2 is free from any encumbrances and lies in proximity to metro
stations, bus stands and metro connectivity, however the land use is designated as open and green space and
the conversion of land use will be challenging; and Limited issues of resettlement and rehabilitation as the land
are already under the possession of DIPP.
11.2.3 Project Description
DMICDC has planned to develop an Exhibition-cum-convention Centre (ECC) at Sector- 25 of Dwarka, in

Southwest District of Delhi, spreading over 89.72 Ha land. The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex with
a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels and service apartments,
food &beverage outlets and retail services. The ECC will serve as the medium for sponsoring/ holding
international and national meetings, conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. As per the Demand and Gap
Assessment report of ECC project, once the facility is functional, it will draw a demand for integrated Grade office
space and High value organized Mall-format retail space.
The ECC campus, being planned in close proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture hotel
room demand from foreign tourists arriving in Delhi. The project shall be developed as a leading (Meetings,
Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions destination, (MICE), combining business-cum-entertainment
experience. The destination creation will include strategic placement and brand creation for the proposed facility
to enhance the experience of MICE events by creating a unique mix of enabling land uses which are not
comparable to any existing exhibition venue.
Construction of exhibition centre will start along with construction of1300 rooms of five star hotels, 800 rooms of
four star hotels, 1000 rooms of three star hotel and 500 service apartments. Simultaneously, there will be
development of 2, 15,000 sqm of office spaces and 1, 70,000 sqm of retail spaces. Approx. 2, 00,000 sqm of
exhibition space and 60,000 sqm of convention centre will also be constructed as a part of ECC.
The total built up area of the proposed project is 10.20,000 sqm. Proposed project will be constructed in two (2)
phases: Phase I with construction of total built up area of 4,25,000 sqm which will be followed by construction of
Phase which covers built up area of 5,95,000 sqm.
POPULATION & EMPLOYMENT ESTIMATION
The overarching economic goals for DMICDC are to double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple
exports in five years. It is estimated, that the total direct employment generated by the project will be 53,074. The
total visitor population for the project has been estimated 3, 87,970.
WATER AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT
During Construction Phase, the water requirement for domestic purpose and workers at site will be approximately
45 LPCD which will be 247.5 KLD. The water required for both drinking and construction activities during the
construction phase will be sourced from DJB through water tankers. .It is expected that during construction
phase, approximately 198 KLD (for about 5500 labourers) of sewage will be generated. The sewage generated
from the portable toilets will be vacuum-collected and emptied into the main sewerage system of the area. Soak
pits will provide at the construction areas to absorb wash waters and other domestic waste water.
It has been estimated that the total water demand of the project is approx. 16.0 MLD water (6.0 MLD for Phase I
and 10.0 MLD for Phase II). This will be met by using fresh water 7.5 MLD (2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for
Phase II) and recycled treated sewage water 8.5 MLD (3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II). Fresh
water will be used for domestic purposes.
The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II. It is
proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be
system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas.
It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase
II respectively.
POWER
The power demand is calculated after considering the different types of needs for heating, lighting, and cooling
facilities/ requirements for different land uses and power assumptions. Many of the services in the Exhibition

New Delhi
Centre, Convention Centre, Arena (Theme Destination) will be unmanned and fully automated, requiring a
significant amount of electrical power.
As per preliminary calculations, total electrical load for entire complex is estimated as 100 MW (Phase I - 40 MW
and Phase II- 60 MW). The Complex shall receive power supply from Delhi Transco substation through dual
feeder, EHT from the nearby EHV substation as per information received. Cauterized DG power backup shall be
provided for the Exhibition Halls, Convention Centre, Arena, Administration and common utility complex only.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
The types of waste likely to be generated from the project are municipal, commercial, institutional, biomedical –
hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. The characterization of the waste for the proposed project has been
done based on the different sources of waste generation including residential, commercial, offices, hotels and
open areas. Each source will have different characteristics of waste. With the objectives of maximum recovery of
useful material and optimisation of waste recycling, the waste expected to be generated in the project, is broadly
classified into the following categories:
1. Biodegradable waste;
2. Recyclables; and
3. Inert & Others
As per the estimates, a total of 75-80 TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season
from ECC during its operation phase.
PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE
The site is well connected to NH-8 which runs parallel to the site in east direction, at a distance of approx. 5.5km,
through UER-II. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is
less than a kilometre away. The Delhi–Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway
station at Bijwasan, which is approximately 3 km from the project site.
Proposed Road Network
· Urban Extension Road II (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m
The proposed 100m ROW UER II will be connecting the National Highway No.8 (NH 8) and National Highway
No. 1 (G.T. Karnal Road) crossing National Highway No. 10 (Rohtak Road) and passing from NH 8 (Gurgaon
Road) via Dwarka Sub-city-Village Bhartal-Village Dhulsaras - Village Chhawla - Village Tajpur - Village Goyla
Khurd-Deenpur-Roshanpura-Najafgarh-Masoodabad-Village, Nangli Sakrawati- Village Dichaon Kalan-Village
Baderwara and village Mundka connecting NH 10 Rohtak Road).
· Urban Extension Road I (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m
A third concentric circle to ring road that runs parallel to the UER II (as mentioned above) is also proposed by
DDA and also under the road development plan for NCR; which is referred to as Urban Extension road one (UER
I).
Proposed Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT)
The Transport Department of the NCT of Delhi has proposed to develop an Interstate Bus Terminal (ISBT) is
located towards the north-east side of the site. It is envisaged that this terminal will help decongest traffic by
restricting buses from Haryana and Rajasthan to Delhi with handling capacity of 60,000 daily passengers.
11.2.4 Baseline Environment
An NABL and MOEFFCC accredited monitoring agency M/s NETEL India Private Limited was engaged for a
th th
period of 8 weeks, (29 April- 29 June, 2017) after receiving prescribed TOR from MoEFCC and also avoiding
the onset of monsoon season. The fresh environmental monitoring supplemented the monitoring conducted for
the project for a period of four (4) weeks from Oct 2016-Nov 2016. (The monitoring was carried out prior to the
Notification SO 3999, and hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on the basis of Form1,
Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). The baseline data generation included site visits, primary
environmental monitoring, ecological surveys, social surveys and interviews, processing of satellite imagery and
secondary data review from established sources such as Indian Meteorological Department, Census of India etc.
The details given below:
Topography: The project area has a flat terrain and comprises of agricultural fields and dry degraded forest area
and plantation trees. The average plain elevation of the district is about 209-– 221.5 meters above mean sea
level. The project site has minimal variations in contour levels with the present topography depicting the drainage
towards the existing Najafgarh drain which is around 3 km from the site.

New Delhi
Physiography and Drainage: The study area lies in south west district of Delhi, which broadly forms the part of
Delhi ridge which is the northernmost extension of Aravalli Mountain. It consists of quartzite rocks and extends
from southern parts of the territory to western bank of Yamuna for about 35 kilometres. The alluvial formations
overlying the quarzitic bedrock have different nature on either side of the ridge. Ecologically, the Ridge acts a
barrier between the Thar Desert and the plains and slows down the movement of dust and wind from the desert.
The ridge may be said to enter Delhi from the south west. The eastern part of the ridge extends up to Okhla in
the South and disappears below Yamuna alluvium in the north east on the right bank of the river.
As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV,
classified as MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the
project will take into account the required seismic resistance.
Drainage has two aspects – flood protection and storm water discharge, which are interrelated. The storm water
and flood protection in Delhi are not local but have regional bearing including areas of Haryana and Rajasthan.
From drainage point of view Delhi can be divided into six drainage basins as namely - (i) Alipur Block North Delhi
(ii) Kanjhawala Block West Delhi, (iii) Najafgarh Block South West Delhi, (iv) Mehrauli Block South Delhi, (v)
Trans Yanuma Area North East and East Delhi- (vi) Sanctuary Area. The Study area lies in Najafgarh block which
is mainly drained by Najafgarh drain. Also, topography of Delhi creates a drainage system that carries rain and
storm water from the higher elevations of the West to the Yamuna, providing a natural drainage.
The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it off into the
Najafgarh Drain, 3km west of the site.
Climate and Meteorology: The rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the monsoon season starting from
July which ends in September; with annual average rainfall over period of five years is 532mm.
During the summer months of April, May and June, temperatures rises to 40-45°C; winters are typically cold with
temperatures during December and January falling to 4 to 5°C. February, March, October and November are
climatically the best months. The average of mean monthly maximum temperature as assessed from the
Climatological data gathered from IMD surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, Delhi is 30.4°C and average of mean
monthly minimum temperature is 14.1°C. The average of monthly relative humidity is 61.5%.
The predominant wind direction in May (during hot & dry condition) is North-West and in June & July (during
monsoon season) the predominant wind direction is from Southeast.
Ambient Air Quality: PM 10: The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the
limits of prescribed CPCB limits of 100µg/m3. The minimum value recorded was 94 µg/m3 at Project site (AQ-1).
The maximum value recorded was 388.8 µg/m3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 260
µg/m3 to 386.5 µg/m3. The average values varied from 185.1 µg/m3 to 256.5 µg/m3. High values of PM 10
recorded can be attributed to disruption in dispersion process due to low winds and high temperatures. Site
specific meteorology carried out during May-June, 2017 indicates presence of around 40% of calm period at a
low wind speed of 0.69m/sec. When winds are light, there is less turbulence and mixing, so the concentration of
pollutants is higher.
PM-2.5: The PM-2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 45.1 µg/m3recorded
at Bamnoli (AQ-2) to maximum of 309.5 µg/m3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 150.2
µg/m3to 289.6 µg/m3The average values of PM-2.5 ranged from 110.6 µg/m3 to 156.1 µg/m3. All the values
were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m3.
Dust Fall: Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by
dividing the weight of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional
area of the container (square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall
collected at the monitored locations falls in range of 1220 to 1540 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at
Rangpuri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall is recorded at project site (AQ-1).
Sulphur dioxide: The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the study area were observed to be in the range of 9.8
3 3
µg/m to 19.6 µg/m . The minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO2 was
3 3
also recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average values ranged from 13.9 µg/m to 15.5 µg/m and 98 percentile
3 3
values varied from 16.4 µg/m to 19.6 µg/m . All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by
CPCB.
3
NOx: The maximum NOx concentration observed was 48.7 µg/m at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value
3
recorded was 16.7 µg/m at Rangpuri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of

New Delhi
3 3 3 3
35.2µg/m and 47.7 µg/m . The average values ranged from 28.4 µg/m to 34.3 µg/m . The NOx concentrations at
3
all the locations were well within the prescribe norms of 80 µg/m as per NAAQS guidelines.
Carbon monoxide: The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of
3 3
499 µg/m to 1462 µg/m . The minimum value was recorded at Project Site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of
3 3
SO2 was also recorded at Project Site (AQ-1). The average values ranged from 729.3 µg/m to 1047.6 µg/m and
3 3
98 percentile values varied from 962.2 µg/m to 1330.9 µg/m .The CO concentrations were within the prescribe
3
norms of 2000ug/m as per NAAQS guidelines.
Methane: The values of Methane range between minimum of 0.9 ppm and maximum of 2.1 at Kapashera (AQ-
5). The average concentrations range between 1.4-1.7 ppm and 98 percentile values ranges between 1.9-2.1
ppm. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for Methane is 0.5ppm.
Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NMHC): NHMC Concentrations at the locations are Below Detection Limits at all
the locations. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for NMHC is 0.5ppm.
Water Resources and Quality: Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water
treatment and distribution (including sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground
reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a 0.15-0.20
million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. These UGR
capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be
studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand for the proposed development.
According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi
sub-region is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The
annual ground water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district.
As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central, New Delhi,
South and Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most
parts of west and southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of
groundwater collected from South West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in
areas where groundwater is brackish to saline in nature.
The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand
(BOD) levels were found to be very high, equal to 24.9mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than
1600. Also, concentration of boron in water sample collected is 1.31 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the
quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class “E” of CPCB
standards which is categorized as ‘Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal’.
Ground Water results showed:
· High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all
the locations.
· The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was
within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l;
· The total dissolved solids (430-635 mg/l), total hardness levels (42-294 mg/l) exceeded the respective
desirable limits at all ground water sampling locations;
· The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l in the samples collected from all
monitoring locations.
Ambient Noise Levels: Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 dB (A).
The maximum noise level was 83.3 dB (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.8 (A) was observed at
Bamnoli (NQ-2).
Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was 74.6
dB (A) was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 58.8 dB (A) at Kapashera (NQ-5).
Soil Quality: At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam. The Sand percentage
observed in the soil ranged from 71.2% to 86.4%, silt 4.2% to 15.2 % and clay 9.4 to 14.8%. Water holding
capacity ranges from 30.5 to 50.8% at all soil quality monitoring locations.
Traffic Density: As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21)
increases during morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours.

New Delhi
Traffic at both T-1 & T-2 also increased during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards
Kapashera) experiences lowest traffic count which is 25 at night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3
(towards Chhawala) between 2.00 to 3.00 hours.
At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by
Two-Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers
with 34%, followed by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52%
of the total traffic composition respectively.
Ecological Environment: The ecological assessment carried out within the area delineated as the project site
as well as the area extending 10 km outwards from the boundary of this project site. The avifaunal profile
recorded in the quadrat studies is dominated by birds associated with open scrub such as Grey Francolin, Green
Bee-eater, Laughing Dove, Long-tailed Shrike, Indian Jungle Crow, Black Drongo, Indian Robin, Common
Stonechat, Brahminy Starling, Common Babbler, Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark and Rufous-tailed Lark.
Woody and non-woody species of plant were recorded in the quadrat studies, which included Azadirachta indica,
Cannabis sativa, Pongamia pinnata, Achyranthes asper, Croton bonplandianus, Parthenium hysterophorus. The
Najafgarh Canal and its tributary flows pass through many parts of the Study area. Approximate distance of
Najafgarh Canal is 1.57 km from project site toward west. The natural slope of the area tends towards the canal
but the project site is isolated from Najafgarh canal with residential and commercial buildings and Golf-course
road.
Social Environment: Dwarka Sub City is situated in the South Western District of Delhi. It is bounded by
National Highway (NH) 8, Outer Ring Road, Najafgarh Road, Pankha Road and Rewari railway line. Dwarka Sub
City comprising of Sector 1 to 29 is further divided into five (05) Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD) Wards,
Kakraula (135), Matiala (136), BIjswasan (141), Palam (145) and Mahavir Enclave (147). The project area falls
within parts of Sector 25 of Dwarka Sub City.
The south western district of Delhi administratively is divided into three sub divisions namely, Najafgarh, Delhi
Cantonment and Vasant Vihar. The coordinates of the area is 28.60955°North and 77.13967°East. It covers an
area of 420 km². Dwarka sub city is spread across approximately 15 km radius consisting of 5648 hectares area
and 396 km road length according to the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) records.
According to the 2011 Census, the total population of the South Western District of Delhi was 2292958(7.32%)
wherein males comprised of 1246046(54.34%) and females of 1046912(45.66%) respectively. The sex ratio of
females to every 1000 males was 866. The total household in the area was 494439 and the density of the
population was 11,297 per sq. km. /
The total population of Dwarka Sub City is 11, 00,000. The density of population in the area is around 160-200
per person per hectare.
According to the 2011 Census, the total Scheduled Caste (SC) population of South Western District of Delhi was
13.89%, out of which males comprised 53.46% and females 46.54%.
There are four villages namely, Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages within the 1 km radius of the
project site. Informal interactions were undertaken with community members belonging to the four villages
Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur to understand the socio-economic status of the village. It was
informed during interactions held that all the four village’s lack basic amenities like drinking water, electricity, road
etc.
The local communities know that the land is acquired by DDA about a decade ago, which has been lying vacant
since then. On learning about the proposed project, the local communities showed interest in it and considered it
as a good opportunity for the development of their villages as well as for the local communities residing in the
vicinity of the project site. In their opinion, once the project is completed it will be beneficial for the local
communities as well, as they were of the view that their access to drinking water, transportation, electricity, road
connectivity and street light etc. will improve. In addition, they informed that the project would create employment
opportunities which will in turn, increase the rate of employment among the local communities as unskilled and
semi- skilled jobs will increase in the area.
11.2.5 Construction Phase: Impacts Assessment and Mitigation Measures

Air Quality: During the construction phase, the major pollutant of concern will be particulate matter (PM10 and
PM2.5).The dust emissions will vary substantially from day to day based on the level of activity, the specific
operations and the prevalent meteorological conditions. The construction activities will involve: PM emissions

New Delhi
from excavation activities; NOx, SO2 and CO emissions due to operation of construction equipment’s, machinery
and vehicular movement, PM, NOx, SO2 and CO emissions from operation of Diesel generator set. Dust Control
Measures including wet suppression to disturbed surface areas on a daily basis especially during dry and windy
days, downwash of trucks (especially tyres) to be done prior to departure from site to reduce the mud and dirt
carryout. The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation
measures the impact can be contained with minor residual impacts.
Noise Quality: During the construction phase of the site, the sources of noise pollution are expected mainly from
construction equipment and machinery engaged for construction activities (such as excavation, grading, erecting
equipment, piling, etc) such as air compressors, backhoe, concrete mixer, concrete mixer, cranes, dump-truck,
pile driver, radial arm saw, DG set etc. The operation of heavy equipment is likely to temporarily increase the
ambient noise levels of the area. An increase of 1 to 3 dB (A) noise levels of is expected in the adjoining area
during day time during peak construction activities. The potential impacts include noise disturbance to the local
population, workers working close to high noise area can be exposed to occupational hazards of noise depending
on the duration of exposure.
The suggested mitigation measures include provision of rubber padding in the construction machinery for
vibration control, regular maintenance of its vehicles and repair of its equipment/ machinery, provision of plugs/
ear muffs to the construction workers working near high noise generation.
Water Quality: The potential impact on water resources and quality from the construction phase of the project
arises from: Water usage, Sediment run off from construction area and unplanned disposal of sewage from
construction camps. It is expected that during construction phase there will be generation of sewage from
portable toilets. About 198 KLD of sewage is expected to be generated due to working of 550 labours at the
construction camp site. Improper disposal of sewage can also lead to contamination of nearby water sources.
Mitigation measures include prevention of runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation, garland drains to
be constructed, segregation and pre-treatment of oil and grease containing effluents from machinery (e.g. use of
a grease trap)shall be undertaken prior to discharge into sewer systems, silt fencing to be provided to protect the
water quality in the nearby water bodies from sediments.
Soil Resources: The potential impacts on soil due to construction activities are from installation of heavy
construction machinery causing soil compaction, soil contamination, soil erosion, waste management.
Mitigation Measures include removal of topsoil (upper 30 cm) shall be removed prior to commencement of bulk
earthwork and reused later for landscaping purpose .This is done to ensure that the good quality top soil is not
lost. Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out and the vegetative cover shall be redeveloped
wherever possible. The excavated soil material shall be stacked in earmarked areas only. Excavated soil shall
be used/transported at the earliest for filling low lying areas at the site;
Ecology: Generally the main ecological impacts during the construction phase of any project result from
removal of the present vegetation cover, alteration of the existing topography, and other environmental facets like
air, water and soil quality, ambient noise and vibrations etc. .
The natural vegetation of the project area, as described in the ecological baseline report, directly acts as a habitat
for various animals, mainly small terrestrial mammals, birds and reptiles. It indirectly creates microhabitats for
many smaller animals such as earthworms, snails, beetles and butterflies by creating shade, retaining soil-
moisture and stabilizing soil around the rooting-zone. Removal of the vegetation will thus may result in loss of
such faunal habitats. This impact can be mitigated by selectively removing only the most obstructive trees and
shrubs, post-construction restoration of ground-cover wherever feasible, and compensatory in-situ plantation of
native species.
Alteration of the existing topography may alter the existing drainage pattern of the land-surface. Existing water-
flows may get disrupted resulting in water-logging in present-day dry areas or drying up of present-day
waterbodies, either seasonal or perennial. Thus, the various land levelling or grading activities are likely to
change the existing water regime of the area, leading to loss or degradation of existing habitats. This impact will
be mitigated by the landscape approach used for the masterplan plan which will ensure preservation of the key
water-channels. Reduced percolation of water, increased surface run-off and increased soil-erosion, resulting
from compaction of soil-layers and paving, concretization or building over of soil-surfaces, alters the existing soil-
moisture and water-recharge, as well as, the natural turbidity and siltation of water-bodies. All these changes can
lead to degradation of the ephemeral seasonal monsoon habitats typical to this region. This impact can be
mitigated by confining vehicular movement to pre-designated routes, opting for seamed paving instead of

New Delhi
seamless covering of soil-surfaces, wherever possible, and leaving as much soil-surface as possible in the form
of planted open-spaces.
11.2.6 Operation Phase: Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The environmental and social impacts associated with operation phase of the proposed project.
Ambient Air Quality: The major impacts on ambient air could be due to vehicular emissions from increase in
traffic volume and emission from power backup/ DG sets. It is proposed that power will be mainly supplied from
the State Electricity supply; however scenarios of power failures are expected during operation phase of the
project. Diesel generator sets have been proposed to provide the power back up for the proposed facility.
Detailed air dispersion modelling was conducted to assess the potential impacts associated with above
mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO2, CO and PM10). The air dispersion modelling study
3
conditions. High levels of GLC - NOx above 5.00mg/m , to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate
vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High
levels of GLC - SOx above 30.00mg/m3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the
project boundary on the eastern side. High levels of GLC – CO above 70.00mg/m3, is limited to area within the
project boundary on the north-eastern side. High levels of GLC – PM10 above 0.90mg/m3, to a large extent, are
limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side.
Water Resource and Quality: The project will use water from the allocated underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal
Board to meet the requirement for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan 2021.No ground water
usage will be made for any of the activities. The recycled water will be used for the non-potable water
requirements of the region such as flushing and HVAC requirements. The use of treated wastewater to meet the
water requirements for the project shall reduce the stress on the water resources in the region. The entire treated
wastewater shall be reused and there will be no discharge of untreated sewage on land or in any surface water
body. With the project proposing to implement the rainwater harvesting for the ground water recharge,
conservation through awareness programs to bring about greater water efficiency, and reuse of treated
wastewater on the proposed site during operation of the project for use in horticulture and other auxiliary
purpose, the impact on water resources would be minimized.
Ecology: The main ecological impacts during the operational phase are likely to be in the form of the reduction of
the erstwhile habitat area available to the local flora and fauna occurring within and around the upcoming ECC
facility. This impact can be best mitigated by developing and maintaining green buffers around the facility and
planting of trees in designated recreation zones in the area. The effectiveness of such plantations could be
further enhanced by opting to use native species of trees, shrubs, climbers and herbs, as far as possible.
Noise Quality: The proposed development will involve activities that will generate noise, such as vehicular traffic
due to development of the Facility, which will increase the noise level at intersections and highways, noise
generated due to the regular loading and unloading of goods, noise generated from the landing and take-off of
aircraft at the nearby Airport can be a cause for physical and mental fatigues to the people residing / using the
ECC facilities.
Traffic and Transportation: The proposed road circulation shall provide for safe, convenient, and efficient
movement of people and goods integrated into a motorized and non-motorized transport system. The project
SPV shall ensure and verify that all roads are constructed as per the master plan design.
Solid Waste Generation: The project will generate approximately 75-80 tonnes of solid waste per day during
peak season. The potential impacts associated with disposal of solid waste include-inadequate collection and
treatment of solid waste which can lead to unhygienic conditions leading to spread of diseases and other vectors,
odour nuisance, clog drains due to silt deposits.
Socio Economic: There will be positive impact from increased employment and business opportunities.
Improvement in infrastructure, increased income levels is also envisaged. There is potential for unplanned
secondary development in the adjoining areas leading to unhygienic surroundings.
11.2.7 Disaster Management Plan
A disaster is an event trigger by natural or man-made causes that lead to sudden distribution of normalcy of life,
causing widespread damage to life and property. Distribution can be caused due to occurrence of frequent
hazards like earthquakes, fires, cyclones, terrorism, and chemical explosions. Level of risk majorly depends upon

New Delhi
the various hazards for which any specific area is prone to also on the various physical, social-economic and
institutional parameters. Possible emergency situations and details on preparedness for the emergency have
been highlighted in Chapter-7. ECC will have HSD storage area of 80.0 X 13.5 m for storage of 1.5 day demand.
Roles and Responsibilities of the staff responsible to handle any such emergencies have also been presented
and described in detail. Specific emergency response procedures for Fire, Earthquake and bomb threat have
been described. Based on the risk assessment of various hazards, disaster management plan has been
formulated.
11.2.8 Environment Management Plan
The Environment Management Plan with the mitigation measures and management strategies for construction
and operation phases of the proposed project has been prepared which shall be implemented by project SPV
through its designated officers. The EMP includes the mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and
social impacts and associated risks and also the personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures
at various stages of the project.
Various Management Plans have been formulated as part of EMP:
· Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant
· Management Plan for Excavated Soil
· Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including
marble/stone cutting
· Solid Waste Management Plan
· Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and
Regulation
· Water Management Plan
11.2.9 Environmental Monitoring
To ensure the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), it is essential that an
effective monitoring program should be designed and carried out. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of
mitigation measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect. Chapter-6 of
the Report provides details on the environmental parameters suggested to be periodically monitored along with
their monitoring frequency. The Chapter also suggests the types of records to be maintained.
11.3 Conclusion
The EIA study has assessed the overall significance of environmental and social impacts likely to arise from the
proposed development.
It can be concluded from the impact matrix that the proposed project would have an overall positive impact. The
associated potential adverse environmental impacts are mostly minimal and can be mitigated to an acceptable
level by adequate implementation of the measures as stated in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
After incorporation of environmental management plans, the environmental sustainability will be improved.
Hence, the proposed project is a welcome development and may be accorded environmental clearance.

New Delhi
12. Disclosure of Consultant
A multi-disciplinary team of experts carried out this EIA and EMP study. The core team of this study included
water and air pollution expert, waste management expert, land use expert, socio-economic, ecology and noise
pollution experts other support staff. Brief details of the experts involved in this study is given in the table below
which is followed by their summary resume that describes their relevant experience.
Table 12-1 Details of Experts involved in EIA Study
S. No Name of Consultant Position for the Project Years of Experience
1 Rashmi Dutta EIA Co-ordinator 12 years

For Township and Area
development Projects
Category -A
2 Ajay Pillai Water Pollution (WP) and Air 17 years

Pollution (AP) Expert
3 Akhilesh Singh Air Pollution (AP) Expert 40 years

SHW (Solid Waste and
Hazardous Waste) Expert
4 Nidhi Sharma Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) 12 years

Expert
5 Anuj Sharma Land Use (LU) Expert 19 years
6 Murali Kochukrishnan Hydrogeology and Geology 21 years

Expert
7 Ahbay Kumar Mishra Socio-economic (SE) Expert 12 years
8 Deepti Bapat Ecologist and Biodiversity 19 years

Expert (EB)
09 Rajhree Das Noise 6 years
10 Anchal Jain Solid Waste 6 years
11 Rajat Srivastava Soil Conservation Expert 10 years
12 Govind Singh Rathore Team Member 12 years
Brief Resume
Rashmi Dutta Position held: EIA Co-ordinator
Years of Experience: 12 years
Education: M. Sc. (Botany), M. Sc. (Ecology and Environment)
Involvement in major relevant projects:
· Environmental Impact Assessment of Bidkin Industrial Area, District Aurangabad,

Maharashtra (2016), Client: Delhi Mumbai Industrial Coridor Development Corporation
(DMICDC)
· Environmental and Social Management Plan for Mumbai Metro Line 3 (MML3) (2014), Client:
Mumbai Metropoilitan Regional Development Authority (MMRDA)
· Environmental Impact Assessment study of the proposed township at Nagpur (2013) Client:
KRS Realty LLP
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR) at
Gujarat (2013) Client: Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation Ltd
(DMICDC)
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the expansion of the proposed residential project

New Delhi
“Neelkanth Woods” at Thane (2013) Client: Ravechi Infrastructure Projects Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of propsed “Ashok City” at village Gahunje, district
Pune (September 2011), Client: City Parks Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed amusement park “Theme
Park” at Khalapur (2011) Client: ADLABS Entertainment Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Rehabilitation Project at Charkop, Mumbai (2011)

Client: Lakadawala Developers Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Rehabilitation Project at Govandi

(E), Mumbai (2011) Client: Lakadawala Developers Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of proposed “Mega City” at Panvel, Navi Mumbai.
(2010) Client: Valuable Properties Pvt. Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Slum Rehabilitation project to relocate the slums
which are occupying Mumbai Airport land at Kurla. (2009) Client: Housing Development &
Infrastructure Limited (HDIL)
· Environmental Impact Assessment of Parsvnath IT / ITES SEZ at Indore Madhya Pradesh.

(2009) Client: Parsvnath SEZ Limited.
· Rapid Environmnetal Impact Assessment of the proposed Shopping Mall & Hotel at Indore,
MP. (2009) Client: Inorbit Malls India Private Limited
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Commercial Complex “Kailas Corporate Park” at

Vikhroli Park Site, Ghatkopar (W), Mumbai. (2008) Client: D K Patel Group
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Sahara Grace at Cochin. (2008).

Client: SAHARA India Commercial Corporation Limited
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Sahara City Homes (Coimbatore,
Gulbarga, Jodhpur, Bellary, Bhavnagar, Moradabad, Aligarh, Chandigarh, Kurukshetra,
Bareilly, Amritsar, Sri Ganganagar, Shahjahanpur, Haridwar, Ghaziabad, Lucknow, Hubli-
Dharwad etc.)
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Impact Garden, Amritsar (2006)
Client: Impact Garden Private Ltd.
· Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Matrix Mall at Mohali (2006) Client:
Parsvnath Developers Limited.
Ajay Pillai Position held: Water Pollution (WP) and Air Pollution (AP) Expert
Education:
· Masters in Environmental Science from University of Indore (2000)
· Bachelors in Zoology from University of Delhi (1998)
· Diploma in Clean Development Mechanism, from Agricultural Foundation Corporation (2011)
·
2
Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Dighi Industrial Area (250 Km ) , as part of Delhi-
Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation, in
Raigad, Maharashtra.
· Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Shendra and Bedkin Mega Industrial Area, part
of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Corporation, in Aurangabad, Maharashtra
·
2
Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Manesar Bawal Industrial Region (402 Km ), as
part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development
Corporation, Rewari, Haryana.
· Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Kushkhera Bhiwani Investment Region (165
2
Km ), a part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor

New Delhi
Development Corporation, Alwar, Rajasthan.
· Environment and Social Assessment of 175Km Long Power Transmission line for a
Hydroelectric Power Project in Himachal Pradesh in line with the IFC guidelines for Allain
Duhagan Hydro Power Limited
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for a rail Linked Freight Terminal near Ennore
Port, Chennai, as per IFC standards for Infraco Asia
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Male’ International Airport, Maldives for
GMR Limited as per the requirements of IFC Performance Standards and ADB Safeguard
Policy Statements.
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Mass Rapid Transport System, Metro rail
between Gurgaon and Bawal as per requirements of JICA for Delhi Mumbai Industrial
Corridor.
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Karnafully Dry Dock Limited in Chittagong,
Bangladesh. The study was conducted as per the requirements of World Bank operational
policies and ADB safeguard Policies. My role as Project Director and E&S specialist involved
development of detailed ESIA considering hazardous waste management, waste water
disposal and impact on aquatic ecology.
· Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Up-gradation of section of NH-65 in the State of
Rajasthan (Group A – Package 2), NHAI, 2012-13, involved in data collection and
interpretation of impacts
· Environmental Impact Assessment for Six laning of Chandikhole-Baleshwar section (Km 62 to

Km 199.141) of NH-5 in the State of Odisha, NHAI, 2011-13, involved in site survey, data
generation and SIA consultation.
· Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan Study for

Environmental Clearance of Proposed office expansion, Bangalore for Intel
· Environmental Impact Assessment for Development of an SEZ covering 66 acres in Gurgaon,

Haryana for Canton Buildwell Private Limited
· Environmental Impact Assessment for Development for an IT SEZ covering 75 acres in

Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh for Uppals IT Projects Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Clearance of Proposed IT/ITES Project in Jaipur for GE

Environmental Clearance of Proposed IT/ITES Project in Orissa for GE
· EIA study for the proposed Airport at Bijapur, Karnataka for Marg. The role was to collect
secondary information and to undertake preliminary assessments of baseline conditions.
Akhilesh Singh Position held: Air Pollution (AP) Expert; SHW (Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste) Expert
Years of experience: 40 years
Education: B. Tech (Chem)* (*Recognised by MHRD)
Chemical Fertiliser Plants at IFFCO (Aonla-Ammonia-Urea Complex, Kandla –Phosphatic Fert Project,
MDD Housing Township Dehradoon, Belgaon & Hubli Airports etc.)
· EIA study of the captive barge jetty at Kandla for unloading solids
· EIA for gas based plant of 900 MT Ammonia and 1100 MT Urea to be set up at Aonla, Uttar
Pradesh
· EIA for gas based plant of 900 MT Ammonia and 1100 MT Urea to be set up at Phulpur, Uttar
Pradesh
· EIA study for production of 1200 MT/day DAP/ NPK (phosphotic fertilizer plant at Kandla
· EIA of fertilizer and chemical complex at Sindri

New Delhi
· EIA of MDDA housing development project
Nidhi Sharma Position held: MSW Expert
Years of experience: 12 years
Education:
MSc Environmental Management
BSc (H) Botany
· EIA for Bidkin Mega Industrial Park at Maharashtra, DMICDC.
· Environment and Social Impact Assessment Study of 630 MW Coal-based Power Plant,
Khulna, Bangladesh
· EIA for Shendra Mega Industrial Park at Distt. Aurangabad, Maharashtra sub-region of DMIC.
· Six EIA Studies for 6 Municipal Solid Waste Management Facilities in Bengaluru, Karnataka
including public hearing and Environment Clearance, KUIDFC
· EIA for development of Port and maritime city at Okhamadhi, Gujarat
· EIA for Tidong Hydropower project, Himachal Pradesh, India.
· Environmental Impact Assessment for Mega Industrial Park for various Nodes In India of Delhi
Mumbai Industrial Corridor Project – 5 projects
· EIA for development of Greenfield Airport at Bijapur, Karnataka (ongoing)
· Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study and Environment Clearance for 2100 MW
Gas-based Power Plant, Haryana, India.
· Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study and Environment Clearance for Multi Services
Reliance SEZ in Haryana, India.
· Consultancy Services for Environmental & Social Aspects for Rampur Hydro-Electric project,
Simla for Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam Ltd. (SJVNL), Simla, funded by the World Bank.
· Detailed Design, BoQ, tender documents for Solid waste management plan for Dhirubhai
Ambani International Exhibition and Convention centre, (DAICEC), Mumbai
· Solid Waste Management Plan for Project Seabird as a Project Management Consultant for
Indian Navy, Government of India
· Research on Biomedical Waste Management for Sanofi Pharmaceutical group.
· Design Basis Report (DBR) and Preliminary Design Report (PDR) on Solid Waste
Management for Bidkin Industrial Area (BIA)
· Detailed Design including preparation of BoQ, and a tender document for Design,
Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Integrated Solid Waste Management
Facility for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR), under Delhi Mumbai Industrial
Corridor, Gujarat.
· Techno-economic feasibility study (TEFS) for Integrated Solid Waste Management Facility for
Activation Area for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR), under Delhi Mumbai Industrial
Corridor, Gujarat
Anuj Sharma Position held: Land Use (LU) Expert
Education:
· PG in Environmental Planning, School of Planning, CEPT, Ahmedabad, India, 2000
· Bachelor of Planning, School of Planning & Architecture, New Delhi, India 1996
· Environmental Clearance for IKEA Store in Hyderabad and Technical Support for EC

New Delhi
Compliance, Sep 2015 - March 2016
· Sustainability Framework for Dholera Special Investment Region, Gujarat India, July 2013 –
ongoing. [Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR) in Gujarat is one of the proposed
investment regions covering about 900km2 of integrated township covering infrastructural,
industrial, residential development. AECOM is the Programme Manager for the project
assisting DMICDC/ DSIRDA in the development of the township]
· Assistance and Guidance in Environmental and related clearances for Dholera Special
Investment Region, Gujarat India, July 2013 – 2014
· Provided assistance to DSIRDA/ DMICDC for coordination with the MoEFCC including public
consultation, making presentation for the Environmental Clearance. The Project covering
more than 900km2 received Environmental Clearance in September 2014.
· EIA for MRTS from Gurgaon to Bawal under MBIR; Client: Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor
Development Corporation (DMICDC) 2013- ongoing
· EIA study follows the Indian (MoEF) and JICA guidelines. The key inputs includes baseline
data generation, impact assessment and development of EMP.
· EIA for Shendra Mega Industrial Area, a part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC);
Client: Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC) 2012- 2015.
The project received Environmental Clearance in May 2015
· EIA for Manesar Bawal Industrial Region, part of DMIC; Client: DMICDC 2012- 2014. The
project received Environmental Clearance in September 2014.
· EIA for Khushkhera Bhiwani Investment Region, part of DMIC; Client: DMICDC 2012- 2014
part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor. The project received Environmental Clearance in
September 2014.
· EIA for Proposed Township covering 119 Ha, Delhi for Delhi Development Authority (DDA),
August – September 2009
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Proposed Expansion and Modernisation of
Male International Airport, Maldives, October 2010 - January 2011. The study included
Environmental Clearance from Republic of Maldives and International Finance Corporation
(IFC) as per EPFI principles
· EIA for Development of SEZ in Jaipur for GENPACT, October 2008 – March 2009
· EIA for Development for an IT SEZ for GENPACT in Bhubaneswar, Orissa January-July 2008
· EIA for Development of SEZ in Gurgaon, Haryana covering 66 acres for ASF, March 2008 –
July 2008
· EIA for Development of SEZ covering 75 acres in Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh for Trikona
Capital, May 2007 – December 2007
· EIA for Development of Mall in NOIDA for DLF Universal Limited, December – January 2005
· EIA for Expansion project for Intel R&D Centre in Bangalore, 2006
Murali Position held: Hydrogeology and Geology Expert

Kochukrishnan
Education: M.Sc. (Geology), Post Graduate Diploma in Plantation Management, Certificate Course in
Remote Sensing, image interpretation and analysis and G.I.S. Application
· Hydro-Geological and water conservation studies for Jindal Steels
· Development of Eco restoration plan and Environment management plan for

“panamarathupatti” lake development project in Salem District, Tamilnadu
· Development of Eco-restoration plan and Environment management plan for 22 no:of

“OORANI” development in Ramnad District of Tamilnadu
· Environment impact assessment study and statutory compliances for Kochi- Kayamkulam

New Delhi
Gas pipe line project for GAIL (Gas Authority of India limited).
· Detailed hydro geological studies and geophysical Survey in Vedasandur taluk, Dindigul
District for provision of drinking water facilities for 12 villages
· Development of Roof top rain water harvesting structures (50 No) for drinking water facilities
in fishermen colonies at Pallithodu village of Allapuzha district, Kerala State where the ground
water is totally saline and are not potable
· Conduction of yield testing of bore wells (50N0:) in Mulbagal (Kolar) Muddebihal and Bagalkot
(Bijapur) for RDWSS project, Karantaka
· Yield testing of Bore wells for irrigation purposes
· Integrated Watershed Development project for BUNDELKAND REGION.(PART OF M.P

&U.P).
Abhay Kumar Mishra Position held: Socio Economic Expert
Education: MA in Population Education and Rural Development
· Social Consultation and Property Survey for a multipurpose Project in Uttrakhand
· MRTS Manesar to Bawal Elevated Metro rail project
· Census Survey for Tidong (100 MW) HE Project
· Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project Report For Upgradation of Salasar –
Nagaur section of NH-65 in the State Of Rajasthan
· Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for Rehabilitation and Upgrading of

Uncha-Nagla to Dholpur Section of NH-123 in the State of Rajasthan & Uttar Pradesh. Length
75.400 Km
· Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for Rehabilitation and Upgrading of

Nauapada – Bangomunda Section of NH-217 in the State of Orissa. Length 68 Km
· Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for construction of Delhi – Meerut

Expressway Six lane divided carriageway passing through Delhi, Ghaziabad and Meerut in
the States of Delhi and Uttar Pradesh under NHDP Phase – VI. Appox. Length 64Km
· Awareness Programme for community about Condom and HIV/AIDS
· Universal Immunization Program for UNICEF
Deepti Bapat Position held: Ecology & Biodiversity (EB) Expert
Education: M.Sc. (Botany)
6 Mega Industrial Park Projects at Manesar - Bawal, Khuskhera - Neemrana, Pithampur-Dhow,

Shendra, Dighi & Bidkin for DMICDC, 1 Commercial Establishment in Hyderabad for IKEA and 1
Residential Township in Nagpur for Ramnath Realty.
Rajshree Das Position held: Noise Expert
Education: P.G. in Environment Management
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Drilling of Exploratory/Appraisal Wells

Palar Block, in Nellore district, Andhra Pradesh;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study and Environment of 750 MW Solar Power

New Delhi
Project at Rewa district of Madhya Pradesh;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study for Karnafuly Dry Dock Project,
Chittagong, Bangladesh for the World Bank and updating for ADB SPS;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Drilling of Exploratory/Appraisal Wells

(Upto 300 Wells) within RJ-ON-90/1 Block, In Barmer And Jalore Districts, Rajasthan;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Augmentation of Hydrocarbon

Production (2 lakh BOPD to 3 lakh BOPD) in RJ-ON-90/1 Block;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of 630 MW Thermal Power Project at
Khulna district of Bangladesh for US-Exim Bank funding;
· Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of a Rail linked Container Freight Station
at Ennore, Tamilnadu for IFC funding
Anchal Jain Position held: Solid Waste Expert
Education: B.E in Environmental Engineering
· EIA & EC Clearance for proposed IKEA Store in Hyderabad, Telangana
· Solid Waste Management for The Dhirubhai Ambani International Convention & Exhibition
Centre (DAICEC), Mumbai
· ESIA for Common Municipality Solid Waste Management Facility, Lingadheeranahalli,

Bangalore- Capacity of 200 TPD, Category-A
· ESIA of 630 MW coal based Thermal Power Project at Munshiganj, Dhaka, Bangladesh for
Orion Dhaka Power Limited
· Formulation of Schedules to EPC Agreement for design, construction, operation and

maintenance of integrated solid waste management facility in dholera special investment
region, Dholera, Gujarat
· Environment and Social Impact Assessment of 6.5 km long Z-Morh Tunnel in Sonamarg,
Ganderbal District, Kashmir
Rajat Srivastava Position held: Soil Conservation Expert
Education:
· B Tech –Civil (IWM) MS University of Vadodara
· M.S - Env. Engg.- University of Colorado at Boulder USA
· Vegetation and Heavy Metals Sampling in Soil as well as vegetation for US Hill Air Force
Base , Salt Lake City ,UT , USA
· Delineation and Remediation overburden soils of TPH contaminated site for Carbon Black
Manufacturing unit Cabot Corp, Thane , Maharashtra India
· Remediation of pesticide contaminated site for Bayer Crop Science site located in Thane.
· Remediation shallow soil of a Former Retail station site contaminated with hydrocarbons
using AS-SVE system at Mascot ,Sydney , Australia
· Remediation shallow soil of an Active Retail station site contaminated with hydrocarbons
using Multi Phase Product recovery system at Hornsby ,Sydney , Australia
· Due Diligence soil and groundwater investigation for over 80 sites in India for various MNCs
which include Pfizer , Novartis , Shell , Sydney Port Authority , Vopak Corporation, Goldman
Sacs to name a few for sites spread over India, USA , Australia , Singapore , Thailand

New Delhi
Govind Singh Position held: Team Member

Rathore
Education: M.Sc. (Ecology and Environment), M.Sc. (Microbiology), P.G Diploma in Urban
Environmental Management and Law
· Environment Clearance, periodic environmental compliance and tree cutting permission for
Proposed IKEA Store at Hi-Tech City, Hyderabad
· EIA of proposed Orion Power unit -2 Dhaka ltd at Gaziria, Munshiganj District, Bangladesh
· Rapid Ecological Assessment of the upcoming 100 MW Wind Project at Nimbagallu, Andhra
Pradesh
· Three Season Ecological Assessment for Proposed 60 MW Wind Farm Project at

Hanamsagar, District Koppal, Karnataka, India (CAPACITY: 60 MW)
· EIA of proposed Orion Power unit -2 Dhaka ltd at Gaziria, Munshiganj District, Bangladesh
· ESIA of 105 MW Wind Power project at Vajrkarur, Anantapur, Andhra Pradesh
· ESIA of 97.8 MW Wind Power project at Nazeerabad, Telangana
· Terrestrial Biodiversity Study for Rampur Hydro-electric Project (412 MW), Himachal Pradesh
· ESIA for Gurgaon Bawal MRTS
· Environment and Social Assessment of 8 Dams to be Rehabilitated and Development of

Environmental & Social Management Framework

New Delhi
Appendix A Document copies
A.1 Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC

COPY ATTACHED

New Delhi
A.2 Land Use Map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone K-II as per the
MPD 2021)

New Delhi
A.3 Copy of Notification for Change in Land Use issued by

Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), dated 12th May,
2016 via S.O. 1713(E)

New Delhi
A.4 Transfer of Land from DDA to DIPP

New Delhi

Dwarka, New Delhi
A.5 Project Boundary Indicated on Survey of India sheet

New Delhi
A.6 Details on Trees to be felled for the project
An application for grant of permission for felling of trees, located in the plot, has already been submitted to DCF
West, Office of Deputy Conservator of Forest, New Delhi
Details on trees to be felled for the project are as follows:
Summary
Si. No. Tree Name Common Name Total Nos

1 Albizia lebbeck Siris 3
2 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 64
3 Azardirachta indica Neem 352
4 Acacia nilotica Babool 61
5 Morus alba Shahtoot 78
6 Ficus religiosa Peepal 24
7 Pongamia pinnata Karanj 1
8 Prosopis cineraria Khejri 19
9 Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Kikar 8
10 Cordia dichotoma Gunda 9
11 Acacia leucophloea Safed Kikkar 3
12 Ficus rumphii Kaba Pipal 1
13 Syzigium cumuni Jamun 5
14 Drypetes roxburghii Putranjiva 1
15 Psidium guajava Amrood 1
16 Ziziphus mauritiana Ber 5
17 Mimusops elengi Maulsari 1
18 Ficus racemosa Goolar 1
19 Eucalyptus sps. Nilgiri 1324
Total No. of Trees 1961
Total Types of Trees 19

New Delhi
A.7 Water Allocation: Application Letter to DJB

New Delhi
A.8 Results of Air Dispersion Modelling (AERMOD 8.1.0)

A. Introduction
The ambient air quality within the environmental study area will be affected owing to atmospheric emissions
released during project’s operation phase. Primary sources of emissions during the operations phase will be
diesel generator units installed for alternative power supply to the facilities. In particular a total of 99 individual DG
units are expected to be installed onsite. The breakup for the same has been presented in Table A-1 below:
Table A-2: Stack Emission data
Building / facility type # of DG units DG type
Exhibition Hall-1,2,3,4,5, Conventional Centre, Foyer & Arena 45 2000 kVA
Hotel (5 Star) 3 1500 kVA
6 750 kVA
2 750 kVA
1 380 kVA
3 750 kVA
Service Apartment 2 1000 kVA
Retail building 7 2000 kVA
2 1500 kVA
1 1000 kVA
1 250 kVA
Office buildings 2 1500 kVA
8 1000 kVA
9 750 kVA
1 500 kVA
2 320 kVA
The generators units will run on High Speed Diesel (HSD) and therefore it is expected that emissions including
nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO2), particles (primarily PM 10) and carbon monoxide (CO) will be
released. These emissions will have direct impact on air quality within the study area.
In order to assess the impacts from operations associated with DG units, detailed air dispersion modelling was
conducted. This study assesses the intensity and the extent of the potential impacts associated with above
mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO 2, CO and PM10). The air dispersion modelling study
conditions.
The modelling was conducted through AERMOD 8.1.0 to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the
operation phase over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. The modelling assumed a realistic
representation of local meteorological condition considering a time frame of one year.
It is expected that the DG units will only be utilized as alternative power supply, approximately one hour per day.
Average 24 hourly GLC has been assessed for NOx, SO 2, and PM10, whereas 8 hours GLC has been assessed
for CO.

New Delhi
B. Characteristics of emission sources
As mentioned above in Section A-1, diesel generator units of varied capacities (2000 kVA, 1500 kVA, 750 kVA,
500 kVA, 380 kVA, 320 kVA, 250 kVA) are expected to be installed for alternative supply of power. For the
purpose of the study, standard CAT generator engines were considered and technical specification for the same
has been used. The same has been represented in Table A-2 below.
Emission sources are represented as either “bundled stacks” or “single stacks” depending on feasibility and
location of the facility / building. Following the information on emission sources outlined in Table A-2, Table A-3
presents location of emission sources along with information on associated facility to which such emission
sources will be attributed.
Table A-3: Characteristics of the emission sources
Sno Stack ID Stack type Stack dia. Exit velocity Exit temp.
(metres) (m/s) (K)
1. B1 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) 2.0 15.2 749
10. 5S1 Bundled stack (3X1500kVA) 0.6 18.0 665
14. 4S3 Single stack (1X380kVA) 0.2 18.0 748
16. 3S2 Bundled stack (3X750 kVA) 0.4 17.0 807
17. SA1 Bundled stack (4X2000kVA) 0.4 18.0 774
18. RT1 Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) 0.8 16.5 749
21. RT4 Single stack (1X1000kVA) 0.3 18.1 774
22. RT5 Single stack (1X250kVA) 0.2 20.0 709
23. OFC1 Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) 0.5 18.0 665
29. OFC7 Single stack (1X500kVA) 0.2 15.6 784

CAT technical specification manuals
Table A-4: Stack location and associated facility / building
Sno Stack ID DG units for Project facility Stack type Easting Northing

New Delhi
Sno Stack ID DG units for Project facility Stack type Easting Northing
1. B1 Exhibition halls 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) 699372.00 m E 3160095.00 m N

convention centre, Foyer and
2. B2 Arena Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) 699386.00 m E 3160113.00 m N
3. B3 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) 699400.00 m E 3160132.00 m N
10. 5S1 Five star hotels Bundled stack (3X1500kVA) 699896.00 m E 3160125.00 m N
11. 5S2 Bundled stack (6X750kVA) 700306.00 m E 3160125.00 m N
12. 4S1 Four star hotels Bundled stack (2X1000kVA) 700046.69 m E 3159769.83 m N
13. 4S2 Bundled stack (2X750kVA) 699909.00 m E 3159886.00 m N
14. 4S3 Single stack (1X380kVA) 699869.00 m E 3159915.00 m N
15. 3S1 Three star hotels Bundled stack (3X1000kVA) 699721.00 m E 3159631.00 m N
16. 3S2 Bundled stack (3X750 kVA) 699748.00 m E 3159749.00 m N
17. SA1 Service Apartments Bundled stack (4X2000kVA) 699808.00 m E 3159832.00 m N
18. RT1 Retail buildings Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) 700084.00 m E 3160074.00 m N
19. RT2 Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) 700080.00 m E 3160077.00 m N
20. RT3 Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) 700088.00 m E 3160074.00 m N
21. RT4 Single stack (1X1000kVA) 700092.00 m E 3160074.00 m N
22. RT5 Single stack (1X250kVA) 700096.00 m E 3160074.00 m N
23. OFC1 Office buildings Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) 699907.00 m E 3159579.00 m N
24. OFC2 Bundled stack (4X1000kVA) 699991.00 m E 3159694.00 m N
29. OFC7 Single stack (1X500kVA) 699853.00 m E 3160065.00 m N
C. Emission rates and composition
The following standards with respect to emission factors have been referred for the purpose of the study:
· Emission factors as presented in EPA - 420-B-16-022, March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition

Engines: Exhaust Emission Standards have been considered for Pollutants NO x, CO, and PM;
· Emission factors as presented in USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines have
been considered for SO2 (for all generators < 600hp power rating);
· Emission factors as presented in USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary
Dual-fuel Engines have been considered for SO 2 (for all generators > 600hp power rating).
Values of emission factors referred for this modelling study have been presented in in Table A-4, Table A-5 and
Table A-6 below:

New Delhi
Table A-5: EPA - 420-B-16-022, March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition Engines: Exhaust
Emission Standards
Rated Power and Tier NOx (g/kW-hr) PM (g/kW-hr) CO (g/kW-hr)
kW>900, Tier 4 0.6700 0.1000 3.5000
560<=kW<900, Tier 4 0.6700 0.1000 3.5000
225<=kW<450, Tier 4 0.4000 0.0200 3.5000
130<=kW<225, Tier 4 0.4000 0.0200 3.5000
Table A-6: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines for SOx
Rated Power and Tier SOx (lb/hp-hr) SOx (g/kW-hr)
All engines < 600hp or <448 ekW 0.00205 1.2464
Table A-7: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary Dual-fuel Engines
Rated Power and Tier SOx (lb/hp-hr) SOx (g/kW-hr)
All engines > 600hp or >448 ekW 0.00809 4.91872
Emission Rates (measured in g/s) of DG units were calculated by multiplying the ‘Emission Factors’ (as outlined
Table A4, Table A-5, and Table A-6) with ‘Power Rating’. The calculated values of ‘Emission Rates’ for various
engine capacities have been presented in Table A-7 below:
Table A-8: Emission rates for DG units
Engine capacity (kVA) Power Rating (eKW) Emission factor (g/kW-hr) Emission Rate (g/s)
2000 kVA 1600 eKW NOx 0.670 0.298

PM10 0.100 0.044
CO 3.500 1.556
SO2 4.919 2.186
1500 kVA 1200 eKW NOx 0.670 0.223
PM10 0.100 0.033
CO 3.500 1.167
SO2 4.919 1.640
1000 kVA 800 eKW NOx 0.670 0.149
PM10 0.100 0.022
CO 3.500 0.778
SO2 4.919 1.093
750 kVA 600 eKW NOx 0.670 0.112
PM10 0.100 0.017
CO 3.500 0.583
SO2 4.919 0.820
500 kVA 400 eKW NOx 0.400 0.044
PM10 0.020 0.002
CO 3.500 0.389
SO2 1.246 0.138
380 kVA 365 eKW NOx 0.400 0.041
PM10 0.020 0.002
CO 3.500 0.355

New Delhi
Engine capacity (kVA) Power Rating (eKW) Emission factor (g/kW-hr) Emission Rate (g/s)
SO2 1.246 0.126

320 kVA 256 eKW NOx 0.400 0.028
PM10 0.020 0.001
CO 3.500 0.249
SO2 1.246 0.089
250 kVA 200 eKW NOx 0.400 0.022
PM10 0.020 0.001
CO 3.500 0.194
SO2 1.246 0.069
D. Other input parameters
The input parameters for air dispersion modelling are summarized in Table A-8 below:
Table A-9: Input parameters for air dispersion modelling

Sno. Input Description
1 Control Pathway
· Dispersion Option Non Default Option
· Terrain Flat
· Dispersion Coefficient Urban
· Flagpole Receptors No
2 Meteorology Input
st st
Meteorological data from 1 January 2016 to 31
· Met Input Data
December 2016 (Pre-processed Meteorological Data)
A: 1.54 m/s
B: 3.09 m/s
C: 5.14 m/s
· Wind Speed Categories
D: 8.23 m/s
E: 10.8 m/s
F: No upper bound
· UTM 695084.00 m E, 3155074.00 m E
· Anemometer Height 14m
· Base Elevation 226 metres
4 Receptor Pathway Uniform Cartesian Grid
· No. of X axis Receptors 101
· No. of Y axis Receptors 101
· Spacing for X axis 100 metres
· Spacing for Y axis 100 metres
5 Source Pathway Point Source
6 Output Pathway Pollutants Ground Level Concentration
· NOx 24 hourly
· SO2 24 hourly
· PM 24 hourly
· CO 8 hourly
E. Predicted concentrations and interpretation of results

New Delhi
Based on inputs provided, predicted average ground level concentrations (assessed as part of the modelling
study) of NOx, SO2, CO and PM10 owing to emissions from project operations are presented in Table A-9, Table
A-10, Table A-11 and Table A-12 respectively.
The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has been monitored) have been added to baseline air
quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants. It must be noted that AQ1 falls within the project site and
hence not considered for assessment. Results of total predictive GLCs of NOx, SO 2, CO and PM10 have also
been presented in Table A-9, Table A-10, Table A-11 and Table A-12 respectively. Furthermore isopleths of the
dispersion modelling have also been presented in Figure A-1 through Figure A-4.
i) Predicted concentrations for NOx and interpretation of

results
Table A-9 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of NOx.
Table A-10: Predicted Ground Level Concentration of NOx
Monitoring 24 hourly baseline NOx Incremental NOx GLC Total NOx Predictive GLC NAAQS (mg/m3)
98 percentile (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (average) (mg/m3)
Location th
AQ2 40.20 2.34 42.54
AQ3 37.80 0.70* 38.50

80
AQ4 35.20 0.93 36.13
AQ5 39.80 1.12 40.92
Source: AECOM India Pvt. Ltd.
* The modelling was conducted over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. AQ3 falls outside the modelled
area. As per isopleth (Figure A-1) it may be noted that the average concentration beyond the 5 km radius is expected to lower
than 0.7m g/m . Therefore, the incremental GLC has been considered as 0.7 m g/m in this regard.
3 3
3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for NOx has been evaluated to be 5.04 mg/m at 700084.00
m E, 3159974.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in
3
Figure A-1, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 5.00 mg/m can be
expected to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. Furthermore, it is also
noted that total NOx levels predicted as part of the study is complaint with NAAQS standards prescribed by the
central pollution control board.
ii) Predicted concentrations for SO2 and interpretation of

results
Table A-10 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of SO 2.
Table A-11: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of SO 2
Monitoring 24 hourly baseline SO2 Incremental SO2 GLC Total SO2 Predictive GLC NAAQS (mg/m3)
Location th
AQ2 17.90 16.63 34.53
AQ3 16.90 5.00* 21.90

80
AQ4 18.30 6.61 24.91
AQ5 19.60 8.02 27.62
3 3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for SO 2 has been evaluated to be 34.55 mg/m3 at 700084.00
m E, 3159974.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in
3
Figure A-2, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 30 mg/m can be expected
to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is

New Delhi
also noted that total SO2 levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of
NAAQS standards prescribed by the central pollution control board.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure A-2: Isopleths – NOx – 24 hourly

Description Isopleth
Overall Dispersion of
NOx 24 hourly
emission. Key area of
spread is within the
immediate vicinity of the
project boundary.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Isopleth area in the
project. High levels of
GLC - NOx above
3
5.00mg/m , to a large
extent, are limited to
area covering
project boundary on the
eastern side.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure A-3: Isopleths – SOx – 24 hourly

SOx 24 hourly
emission. Key area of
spread is within the
immediate vicinity of
the project boundary.

Dwarka, New Delhi
immediate vicinity of
the project. High
levels of GLC - SOx
3
above 30.00mg/m , to
a large extent, are
limited to area
covering immediate
vicinity of the project
boundary on the
eastern side.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure A-4: Isopleths – CO – 8 hourly

CO 8hourly emission.
Key area of spread is
within the project
boundary.

Dwarka, New Delhi
project. High levels of
GLC – CO above
3
70.00mg/m , is limited to
area within the project
boundary on the north-
eastern side.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Figure A-5: Isopleths – PM10 – 24 hourly

Overall
Dispersion of
PM10 24 hourly
emission. Key
area of spread
is within the
immediate
vicinity of the
project
boundary on the
eastern side.

Dwarka, New Delhi
Isopleth
showing area in
the immediate
vicinity of the
project. High
levels of GLC –
PM10 above
3
0.90mg/m , to a
large extent, are
limited to area
covering
immediate
vicinity of the
project
boundary on the
eastern side.

New Delhi
iii) Predicted concentrations for CO and interpretation of

results
Table A-11 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of CO.
Table A-12: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of CO
Monitoring 24 hourly baseline CO Incremental CO GLC Total CO Predictive GLC NAAQS (mg/m3)
Location th
AQ2 1075.60 43.63 1119.23
AQ3 1306.00 10.00* 1316.00

2000
AQ4 962.20 18.00 980.20
AQ5 1330.90 18.20 1349.10
3 3
3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for CO has been evaluated to be 79.71 mg/m at 700184.00 m
E, 3160074.00 m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in
3
Figure A-3, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 70 mg/m can be expected
to be limited within the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is also noted that total CO levels
predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by
the central pollution control board.
iv) Predicted concentrations for PM10 and interpretation of

results
Table A-11 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of PM 10.
Table A-13: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of PM 10
Monitoring 24 hourly baseline PM Incremental PM GLC Total PM Predictive GLC NAAQS (mg/m3)
Location th
AQ2 317.70 0.42 318.12
AQ3 309.80 0.10* 309.81

100
AQ4 334.70 0.20 334.30
AQ5 386.50 0.22 386.72
3 3
3
The maximum predicted ground level concentration for PM 10 has been evaluated to be 1.01 mg/m at 700284.00
m E, 3160074.00 m N, which falls just outside the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth
3
presented in Figure A-4, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 0.90 mg/m
can be expected to be limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. It is
to be noted that that total PM 10 levels predicted as part of the study exceeds permissible limits of NAAQS
standards prescribed by the central pollution control board; this can be attributed to existing high levels of PM10
as monitored during the baseline study. However, as may be understood from Table A-11 only marginal levels of
incremental concentrations of PM 10 is expected from project operations.

A.9 Analytical Laboratory Engaged

Aspect Particulars
Agency Name Netel India Private Limited
Netel India is an ISO, OHSAS, NABL, MoEFCC recognised Environmental Laboratory. Netel provides sampling,
monitoring and analysis of all environmental parameters such as Air Quality, Meteorology, Water Quality, Noise,
Soil Quality and Traffic Monitoring. Netel was appointed by AECOM for conducting baseline environmental
monitoring including ambient air quality, meteorology, water quality, soil quality, noise and traffic monitoring on
site.
th th
Monitoring period 29 April 2017- 29 June 2017
13th October to 08th November, 2016
Lead Analysts Mr. Satyanarayan T Jagtap

Education: B.Sc. (Chemistry)
Job responsibility at Organisation:
· Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
· Stack and Workplace
· Sampling and monitoring of soil, ground water, noise monitoring and traffic survey
· Monitoring of meteorology
· Environmental survey.
Mr. Ganesh P Wagh

Education: B.Sc. (Chemistry)
Job responsibility:
· Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
· Stack and Workplace
· Sampling and monitoring of soil, ground water, noise monitoring and traffic survey
· Monitoring of meteorology
· Environmental survey
· Marine water sampling
· Offshore air monitoring
Parameters Met Station: Rainfall, wind data, wind velocity, humidity, temperature
tested Air Quality PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and Dust fall
Water quality As per IS 10500:2012 for Groundwater
Surface water: pH, TSS, COD, BOD, O&G, Coliform, Boron, Nitrate, Nitrite, PO 4
Soil Quality pH, Conductivity, Texture, heavy metals, NPK, SAR, Porosity, water holding capacity,
Noise Quality The noise quality is to be reported in form of Lmin, Lmax, Leq hourly, Leq Day, Leq Night
and Lday & Night for all the locations.
Accreditations NABL, MoEFCC
Certificates and Attached

its coverage

New Delhi

New Delhi
A.10 AECOM’s NABET Accreditation Details

New Delhi
A.11 Supplement Environmental Monitoring

Primary monitoring carried out in 13th October to 08th November, 2016
DESCRIPTION OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENT
This chapter provides the details pertaining to existing environment settings in the study area of the proposed project
Exhibition-cum-Convention Centre (ECC) at sector 25 Dwarka, Delhi.
Study Area: An area within 10km radius from the periphery of project site earmarked for ECC has been considered as
the Study Area of the proposed project.
The generation of baseline data comprises of site visits, primary environmental monitoring, ecological surveys, social
surveys, processing of satellite imagery and secondary data review from established sources such as Indian
Meteorological Department, Census of India etc. M/s Netel India Limited was engaged to carry out the environmental
monitoring for four weeks extending from October 2016- November, 2016. The monitored parameters included -
ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise levels, and traffic survey of the study area.
Methodology
The baseline assessment is based on project site area assessment and reconnaissance survey of the study area of 10
km radius around the site boundary.
The studies were conducted by considering the following:
· The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes such as
air environment, water, soil, noise, traffic, flora and fauna and socio-economic aspects were assessed by
conducting field studies and on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted; and
· Secondary attributes such as land use studies, geology, physiological characteristics, have been assessed by
literature review of studies conducted in the past and by various government publications and departments and
other related past studies and literature etc.
· Primary environmental baseline data viz. ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise level and traffic
density was collected during October 2016- November 2016 as per norms and standards prescribed by CPCB.
Map of the study area and 10 km radius clearly delineating the location of various monitoring stations (air/ water / soil
and noise) superimposed with location of habitats is presented in below in Figure below:

Figure: Site surrounding features within 10 km radius of the project boundary

New Delhi
Short term Meteorological data (Met. Station at Site)
An automatic micro-meteorological station was installed at the project site (Bamnoli village) to record hourly
meteorological parameters for a period of 8 weeks. On-site meteorological data was collected in respect of wind speed,
direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall and is presented below in Table below
Table: Meteorological data collected at Site
Season Maximum Temp Minimum Min Relative Max Relative Average Predominant
Temp Humidity % Humidity % Wind Speed Wind direction
km/hr
Post Monsoon 34 13 25 94 8.13 West and North -

West
Wind Rose
During the monitoring period, the direction of the wind is predominantly from West followed by West North west and
West South West same as long terms trend. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as
2.26m/s and a very low calm period of 0.26% is reported. The wind rose diagram for the study period is presented in
Figure below.

Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation
Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi (DMICDC)
Figure : Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Post-Monsoon)

New Delhi
a) Air Environment
An important component of an EIA study is the assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of
proposed project site. The tropical climatic conditions, especially monsoon winds prevailing in India mainly control the
transport and dispersion of air pollutants during different seasons. Local topographical features along with predominant
winds and weather conditions also play a vital role in dispersion of these air-borne particles.
The baseline studies for air environment covers reconnaissance, identification of specific air pollutants expected to have
significant impacts from the proposed project and assessing their prevailing levels in ambient air at representative
locations within the impact zone around the project site. The sources of air pollution during construction and operational
phases of the project are as follows:
Sources of Pollution during Construction Phase:
The construction phase includes site clearance and site preparation, infrastructure development, building construction
and other related activities, movement of construction vehicles and equipment. During the construction phase of the
project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - suspended particulate matter (SPM), carbon monoxide (CO), and
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from all construction activities.
Sources of Pollution during Operational phase:

The operational phase includes emissions from vehicular movement and negligible emissions from sewage and solid
waste handling and disposal. During the operational phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are -
nitrogen oxides (NOx), SPM, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and CO from vehicle exhaust within the project site.
Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality
Sources of Air Emissions Surrounding the Site
The vicinity of the project site is characterised by rural setup with presence of villages and agricultural land. Local
activities in these villages and villages within 10 kms study area contribute to air pollution in the project area. The
vehicular emissions on sectoral roads, domestic emissions and biomass burning in nearby villages also contribute
towards air pollution in the study area.
Site–specific Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

A site–specific background air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site post-monsoon
season, Oct- Nov 2016. Background data was collected for SPM, RSPM, SO 2, NOx, CO at five (5) locations, primarily
selected on the basis of predominant wind direction, which is North- West direction. The details of the AQ Monitoring
locations are presented in Table below.
The basic considerations while designing this air quality examination programme included:
· Topography;
· Representative location w.r.t upwind and downwind directions;
· Representative location w.r.t regional background eg. semi-urban, rural area;
· Ecologically sensitive locations within 10 km;
· Availability of source of Power; and
· Accessibility.
AAQ monitoring equipment were placed at sensitive receptors (i.e. within nearby villages), where safety and power were
provided. Monitors were placed on one-storey dwellings, away from major roads and nearby flow obstructions (i.e.
trees).

248
Figure : Air Quality Monitoring Locations

New Delhi
Table: Air Quality data collected at Site

Location Location Name Geographical Dist. from the site Criteria
code Coordinates (km) considered
AQ1 N-28°33'18.0"
Onsite Onsite --
E- 77° 2'25.4"E
AQ2 N-28º32’42.1”
Bamnoli 2.12km Crosswind (SW)
E-77º01’59.4”
AQ 3 N-28º32’52.8” 5.19km Upwind (W)
Kanganheri
E-76º59’18.9”
AQ 4 N-28º34’59.8” 3.61km Upwind (NW)
GoylaKhurd
E-77º00’37.8”
AQ 5 N-28º31’10.6” 5.87km Downwind (SE)
Kapashera
E-77º04’31.1”
The parameters to be monitored, frequency and number of samples taken at each station are presented in the table
below .
Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality

Particulars Details
Frequency 24hrs, 2 times a week x 8 weeks
Parameters PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and Dust Fall
Duration 24 hrs for PM10 & PM2.5, NOx and SO2,

8 hrs Samples for CO
The protocol and analysis procedures followed to examine the collected samples were as per IS-5182 (Indian Standards
for Ambient Air Quality Parameters). The applied testing procedures are given in brief in Table below.
Table: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality
Sr. No. Pollutant Code of Practice Methods of Measurement
1 Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm)

or PM 10
IS-5182 (PART-23):2006
Gravimetric
& CPCB Guidelines
2 Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5
µm) or PM 2.5
3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS-5182 (Part-II):2001 & Improved West and Geake
CPCB Guidelines
4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO 2) IS-5182 (Part-VI): 2006 & Modified Jacob & Hochheiser
CPCB Guidelines (Na-Arsenite)
5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) IS: 5182 (Part-X) & CPCB Non Dispersive Infra-Red
Guidelines (NDIR) spectroscopy
6 Dust fall IS: 5182 (Part-I) Gravimetric

250
New Delhi
Table: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameters Observed AQ-1 AQ-2 AQ-3 AQ-4 AQ5
PM 10: NAAQS 100 100 100 100 100

24 Hourly
3 Minimum 109.5 138.7 126.3 147.9 153.5
(μg/m )
Maximum 275.2 307.2 287.8 340.1 419.7
Average 186.4 213.1 196.3 237.3 290.7
th
98 Percentile 272.6 303.8 286.4 339.3 418.2
PM 2.5: NAAQS 60 60 60 60 60
24 Hourly
3 Minimum 74.2 69.9 63.4 79.9 105.9
(μg/m )
Maximum 154.9 190.1 161.5 226.1 281.3
Average 115.6 120.4 111.1 140.7 176.4
th
98 Percentile 154.5 188.2 161.2 220.5 275.0
SO 2: NAAQS 80 80 80 80 80
24 Hourly
3 Minimum 12.0 10.6 10.6 12.1 9.5
(μg/m )
Maximum 16.5 15.8 17.2 16.5 18.3
Average 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 13.3
th
98 Percentile 16.5 15.7 17.1 16.4 17.9
NO x: NAAQS 80 80 80 80 80
24 Hourly
Minimum 20.1 23.7 16.9 21.5 26.3
(μg/m3)
Maximum 45.9 37.4 39.5 36.7 40.3
Average 31.5 31.9 29.1 28.7 33.3
th
98 Percentile 44.7 37.1 39.1 36.4 40.0
CO: 8 hourly NAAQS 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
(mg/m3)
Minimum 555.0 684.0 778.0 517.0 553.0
Maximum 1264.0 1083.0 1273.0 996.0 1306.0
Average 956.0 884.6 1027.5 715.4 938.3
th
98 Percentile 1253.4 1073.3 1266.1 978.4 1303.9
Dust Fall 1453 1307 1130 1261 1372
(mg/m²/day)
The analysis of the above results clearly shows that all the monitored values exceed the limits prescribed by Central
Pollution Control Board for PM 10 and PM2.5 respectively. The summary of results is presented in the following sub
sections.
Inferences
Particulate Matter – PM10
The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the limits of prescribed CPCB limits of
100µg/m3. The minimum value recorded was 109.5 µg/m 3 at Project site (AQ-1). The maximum value recorded was
3 3 3
419.7 µg/m at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 272.6 µg/m to 418.2 µg/m . The average
3 3
values varied from 186.4 µg/m to 290.7 µg/m . The graphical representation is provided in Figure 3-8

New Delhi
High values of PM 10 recorded can be attributed to then prevailing smog in Delhi due to burning of residual crops in parts
of Haryana and Punjab which might have accumulated due to low winds and low temperatures. Additional Particulate
Matter is supplemented by smoke generated from firecrackers during occasion of Diwali festival, 2016.
Figure: Particulate Matter - PM10
Particulate Matter – PM2.5

3
The PM-2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 63.4 µg/m recorded at Kanganheri
(AQ-3) to maximum of 105.9 µg/m 3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 154.5 µg/m3to 275
µg/m3The average values of PM-2.5 ranged from 111.1 µg/m3 to 176.4 µg/m3. All the values were observed to exceed
3
the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m . The observations of PM-2.5 are presented graphically in Figure below.
Figure: Particulate Matter - PM2.5
Dust fall
Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by dividing the weight
of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional area of the container

New Delhi
(square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall collected at the monitored locations
falls in range of 1130 to 1453 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at Kanganheri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall
is recorded at project site (AQ-1).
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

3 3
The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 9.5 µg/m to 12.1 µg/m . The
minimum value was recorded at project site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of SO2 was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5).
The average values ranged from 13.3 µg/m 3to 14.3 µg/m3and 98 percentile values varied from 15.7 µg/m 3to 17.9 µg/m3.
All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by CPCB. The graphical representation of observations is
presented in Figure below.
Figure: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

3
The maximum NOx concentration observed was 45.9 µg/m at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value recorded was
16.9 µg/m 3 at Kanganheri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of 15.5µg/m3 and
3 3 3
22.7µg/m . The average values ranged from 36.4 µg/m to 44.7 µg/m . The NOx concentrations were within the prescribe
3
norms of 80 µg/m as per NAAQS guidelines. The observations of NO x are presented graphically in Figure below.

New Delhi
Figure: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Carbon Monoxide (CO)

3 3
The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 517 µg/m to 778 µg/m . The
minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO2 was recorded at Kaganheri (AQ-3).
3 3 3
The average values ranged from 884.6 µg/m to 1027.5 µg/m and 98 percentile values varied from 978.4 µg/m to 1303.9
3 3
µg/m .The CO concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 2000ug/m as per NAAQS guidelines. The graphical
representation of observations is presented in Figure below.
Figure: Carbon Monoxide (CO)
b) Ambient Noise Level
The different sources of noise pollution during the construction phase include vehicles carrying construction material,
operation of construction machinery and equipments at site. During the operational phase of the project, the noise
pollution is expected to arise due to increase in vehicular movement in and around the site. Estimated traffic volumes
and peaks at the selected locations have been presented in the results from the traffic baseline sampling study. An

New Delhi
assessment of the baseline noise levels at five (5) locations within the 10 km radius study area was done. Table 3-11
presents the details of noise monitoring, which have also shown in Figure below.
Table: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Location Location Name Geographical Dist. from the site Criteria considered / Land
code Coordinates (km) use
NQ-1 N-28°33'41.05"
Project Site N (0.5km) Commercial
E -77° 2'28.97"
NQ-2 N-28º32’42.1”
Bamnoli SSW (2.12 km) Residential
E-77º01’59.4”
NQ-3 N-28º34’37.6”
Qutub Vihar- I WNW (1.63 km) Residential
E-77º02’3.2”
NQ-4 N-28º34’59.8”
Goyla Khurd NW (3.61km) Residential
E-77º00’37.8”
NQ-5 N-28º32’52.8” N(5.19km) Residential/ Commercial
Kaganheri
E-76º59’18.9”
The observations of noise monitoring were calculated as Leq Day and Leq Night. The results are presented in the and
depicted in Table below.

Figure: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

New Delhi
Table : Results of Noise Level monitoring

Location code CPCB NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5
Norm
Leq Day dB (A) 55/65 86.6 68.2 77.8 71.1 78.6

Leq Night dB (A) 45/55 77.6 65.8 59.2 63.7 67.3
The noise levels at all the locations were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards which have been
provided below in Table below.
Table: Ambient Noise Standards

Ambient Noise Standards Leq day Leq night
[dB(A)] [dB(A)]
Industrial Area 75 70
Commercial Area 65 55
Residential Area 55 45
Silence Zone 50 40
Figure: Noise Level monitored in the study area
Day time Noise Level
Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.1 to 86.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was
86.6 dB (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.2 (A) was observed at Bamnoli (NQ-2).
Night time Noise Levels
Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 59.2 to 77.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was 77.6 dB (A)
was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 59.2 dB (A) at Qutub Vihar (NQ-3).

257
New Delhi
c) Water Environment
This section discusses status of water resources and water quality in the project area. The data has been collected from
various secondary sources and primary survey carried out in the impact zone.
To assess the existing status of the water environment (pre-project) in the project study area, representative sampling
locations for surface water and ground water were selected on the basis of their respective significance within the study
area around project site and sent for laboratory testing. The standard methods prescribed for surface and groundwater
samplings as well as the analytical procedures for individual parameters were followed in this study.
Water availability in the region

Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water treatment and distribution (including
sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the
MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a 0.15-0.20 million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the
demand for commercial area development. These UGR capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the
usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand
for the proposed development.
There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days’ water storage capacity for phase –I & II. The incoming main from
municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks;
thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks.
The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow
Ground Water Characteristics

National Capital Region (NCR) is basically a water scarce region, dependent upon surface water resources from outside
its boundaries for its water supply. The complex situations of ground water occurrence in different formations, presence
of saline ground water at varying depth in the aquifers and growing urbanization influences availability of ground water in
different parts of NCR of Delhi.
According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi sub-
region is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The annual ground
water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district.
Ground water quality

As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central, New Delhi, South and
Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most parts of west and
southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of groundwater collected from South
West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in areas where groundwater is brackish to
saline in nature. The nitrate concentration in groundwater has been reported mostly from areas where domestic effluent
is discharged in to open unlined drains. The high nitrate concentrations are mainly from point source of contamination.
The ground water quality of the Delhi region has been presented in Figure below.

New Delhi
Figure: Ground Water Quality in Delhi
Source: http://www.ccs.in/ccsindia/pdf/Ch04_City%20Environment%20Profile.pdf
Chemical Quality of Ground Water in South West district

As per the study on ground water status and quality undertaken by NEERI for MoEF (City Development Plan- Delhi),
high nitrate and fluoride concentrations were found in water samples taken from District South West, Delhi. The electrical
conductivity of shallow ground water in the Southwest district varies from 630 to 13200 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. The
ground water quality is fresh with electrical conductivity 1000 to 2000 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. With over-development of
ground water resources in the district, more and more areas are becoming brackish.
Present Water Levels

As per secondary sources, the Depth to water level recorded in NCT Delhi ranges from 1.20 to 67.73 metres below
ground level (mbgl). The deeper water levels are mostly found in south and south west districts of NCT Delhi, while the
shallower water levels are found in central, northern and eastern part of Delhi which can be deciphered from figure
below. As per the data from CGWB, 56% wells in New Delhi and about 46% wells in South-West District show depth to
water level in the range of 10-20 mbgl. Nearly 50% wells of south district shows depth to water level more than 40
meters below ground level (mbgl) and nearly 35% wells show depth to water level in the range of 20 to 40 meters below
ground level.

New Delhi
Figure: Depth to Water Level for Delhi
Project Area-specific Water Sampling / Monitoring
The surface and ground water samples were collected from different locations representing ground water and surface
water receptor within the Study area. The criteria for selecting the locations of sampling were:
· Landuse (nearness to habitation/ any waste disposal sites)

· Drainage patterns (man-made/ natural canals etc)
Two (2) surface water samples and three(3) ground water sample were collected for analysis. Table below gives the
location details of the ground water and surface water sampling locations.
Table: GW and SW sampling locations

Location Location Name Geographical Distance from the
code Coordinates project site (km)
SW-1 Bamnoli N-28º32’44.2” 2.06 (SSE)
E-77º01’59.20
SW-1 Bhartana N-28º32’39.9” 2.09 (SSW)
E-77º02’26.4”
GW-1 Bamnoli N-28º32’45.8” 3.68 (SSE)
E-77º01’52.3”

New Delhi
GW-2 GoylaKhurd N-28º35’00.00” 3.34 (NW)

E-77º00’37.8”
GW-3 Outub Vihar Park N-28º34’37.6” 0.96 (WNW)
E-77º02’3.2”
The ground water samples were analysed for parameters as per IS: 10500 standards and the analysis was undertaken
as per IS 3025 and relevant APHA standard methods. In case of surface water, CPCB limits for classification of water
were followed for assessment of water quality. Details of monitoring program for surface water quality and ground water
quality has been given in Table 3-15 and Table 3-16. The results of the analysis are presented in Table below.
Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality

Particulars Details
Frequency 1 grab sample
Parameters Parameters as per CPCB Water Use Class
Methodology Representative sampling across River, collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis
according to standard BIS Methodology
Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality

Particulars Details
Frequency Four grab sample for composite sampling from each station once during the Study Period
Parameters Temperature, TDS, TSS, pH, TH, Ca, Mg, Conductivity, DO, Zn,
Cu, Cl, SO4, NO 3, F, Fe, Pb and Coliform
Methodology Sample collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS
Methodology (IS: 10500)

Figure: Water Quality Monitoring Locations

New Delhi
Table: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring

S.No Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2
1 pH – 7.44 8.44
2 Total Suspended mg/lit 14 6
Solids
3 COD mg/lit 137.2 54.9
4 BOD mg/lit 31 23
5 Nitrate mg/lit BDL BDL
6 Nitrite mg/lit BDL 0.73
7 Phosphate mg/lit 7.98 4.42
(Phosphorus)
8 Boron mg/lit 0.67 0.23
9 Oil & Grease mg/lit 4 BDL
10 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 >1600
Surface Water Quality

The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) levels
were found to be very high, equal to 31mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than 161 per 100ml which is
more than 1600. Also, concentration of boron in water sample collected is 0.67 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the
quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class “E” of CPCB standards which is
categorized as ‘Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal’.
Water sample collected from Bhartana has a BOD of 23 mg/litre and COD of 54.9 mg/litre. Total Coliform in the sample
was observed to be more than 1600 and Boron is observed to of 0.23 mg/litre in concentration. Hence, SW-2 falls under
category E as per CPCB standards.
Table: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring

S.No Parameter Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3
1 Colour Hazen BDL BDL BDL

2 Odour – Odorless Odorless Odorless
3 Taste – Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 pH – 7.4 7.48 7.63
5 Turbidity NTU 1 BDL BDL
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit 2400 1088 1002
7 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 420 412 262
8 Total Hardness mg/lit 950 361 470
9 COD mg/lit 39.2 BDL BDL

10 BOD mg/lit 7 BDL BDL
11 Chloride mg/lit 949.1 327.7 264.2
12 Residual Free Chlorine mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
13 Sulphate mg/lit 15.1 53.4 63.6
14 Sulphide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
15 Fluoride mg/lit 1.1 0.74 1.31
16 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit BDL BDL BDL

17 Phenolic Compounds mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
18 Iron mg/lit 0.31 BDL BDL
19 Magnesium mg/lit 143.6 78.8 68.4
263
New Delhi
20 Manganese mg/lit 0.02 0.02 0.04

21 Mercury mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
22 Cadmium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
23 Selenium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
24 Arsenic mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
25 Cyanide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
26 Lead mg/lit BDL BDL BDL

27 Silver mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
28 Zinc mg/lit 0.03 BDL BDL
29 Nickel mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
30 Aluminium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
31 Copper mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
32 Barium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
33 Molybdenum mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
34 Boron mg/lit 0.62 0.62 0.21
35 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
36 Calcium mg/lit 140.6 79.8 76
37 Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
38 Polychlorinated biphenyls mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
39 Anionic Detergents mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
40 Chloramines (as Cl 2) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
41 Trihalomethanes mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
42 Mineral Oil mg/lit BDL BDL BDL

43 Pesticides µg/lit BDL BDL BDL
44 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent
45 Faecal Coliform – Absent Absent Absent

46 E Coli – Absent Absent Absent
Ground Water Quality

Ground Water results are inferred below:
· High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all the
locations.
· The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was within the
permissible limit of 600 mg/l;
· The total dissolved solids (1002-2400 mg/l), total hardness levels (361-950 mg/l) exceeded the respective desirable
limits at all ground water sampling locations;
· The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l in the samples collected from Bamnoli and
Qutub Vihar locations.
· The magnesium level exceeded desirable limit (30mg/l) at all locations and permissible (100 mg/l) limits at Bamnoli,
ground water sampling location;
· Fluoride concentration was found to be exceeding the desirable limit of 1mg/l only at Bamnoli and (GW-1) Qutub
Vihar locations (GW-3);
· All heavy metals were also found to be below the respective detection limit except traces of zinc were present in all
the samples collected from these four ground water sampling locations.
· All the ground water samples were observed to be free of contamination of bacteriological and faecal contamination;

New Delhi
d) Soil Quality
The pre-project status with respect to soil characteristics (physical, chemical and bacteriological), land use pattern in the
study area around the proposed project site forms the baseline status of land environment. A soil sampling program was
carried out at representative four locations selected in the basis of type of land use (nearness to agricultural fields,
drainage, source of pollution etc). The details of soil monitoring locations are given in Table below.
Table: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations

Location Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site Criteria considered
code (km)
SQ-1 Project Site N-28°33'2.64"
On site --
E-77° 2'29.63"
SQ-2 Bamnoli N-28º32’42.17”
SSW (2.12 km) Residential
E-77º01’57.99”
SQ-3 Goylakhurd N-28º35’07.17”
NW (3.61km) Residential
E-77º00’42.05”
SQ-4 Kanganheri N-28º32’49.97”
WSW (5.19 km) Residential
E-76º59’21.68”
SQ-5 Kapashera N-28º31’31.43”
SE (5.87 km) Residential
E-77º04’50.86”
The parameters to be monitored, frequency and methodology of sampling are as follows in Table below.

Figure: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

New Delhi
Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality

Particulars Details
Frequency One grab sample from each station– once during the Study Period
Parameters Texture, % Moisture, % Sand, % Silt, % Clay, % Organic Matter, Bulk Density, pH, Electrical
Conductivity, NKP, Sodium Absorption Ratio, B, Na Pb, Fe, Zn and Water Holding Capacity
Methodology Composite grab samples of the topsoil would be collected from 3 depths, and mixed to provide
a representative sample for analysis. They would be stored in PET containers and analyzed at
the laboratory
Soil sampling was done to establish the baseline characteristics so as to assess the anticipated impacts due to
proposed project. Soil samples were collected using auger from a depth of 30 cm (sub surface) from the upper
surface. Samples were homogenised before testing. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof
containers and analysed as per ASTM, USEPA, IS: 2720, M.L. Jackson (Soil Chemical Analysis). The methods
adopted for analysis of soil samples for various parameters is given in Table 3-21. The sampled soil quality
results are presented in Table below and characteristics are described further.
Table: Method for Soil Analysis

S.N Parameters Method
1. pH (30 gms/ 75 ml) pH meter
2. Electrical conductivity, µmho/cm (1:5 with water) Conductivity meter
3. Texture Grain size analysis
4. Chlorides as Cl, % by mass Volhard’s method
5. Sulphates as SO4, % by mass Gravimetric method
6. Magnesium as MgO, % by mass AAS
7. Aluminium as Al2O3, % by mass AAS
8. Total Phosphorus as P2O5, % by mass Gravimetric
9. Calcium as CaO, % by mass AAS
10. Sodium as Na2O, % by mass AAS
11. Potassium as K2O, % by mass AAS
12. Nitrogen Kjeldahl method
13. Sodium absorption ratio By calculation
14. Moisture, % by mass Oven dry
15. Total Hydrocarbon, mg/kg Solvent extraction
Table Results of Soil Quality Analysis

S. No Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5
1 Particle size distribution

i. Sand % 87.3 65.9 71.7 70.8 77.9
ii. Slit % 1.5 17.7 13.9 13.7 11.2
iii. Clay % 11.2 16.4 14.4 15.5 10.9
2 Texture --- Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam
3 pH (1:10 --- 8.42 9.94 8.17 8.39 8.35
suspension)
4 Colour mS/cm Yellowish Light Grayish Brownish Grayish Yellowish
Brown Brown
Brown Brown
5 Conductivity mg/kg 0.237 0.91 0.086 0.116 0.1
6 Sodium --- 1.74 35.55 0.55 2.91 1.6
Adsorption Ratio

New Delhi
7 Water Holding % 45.8 42.14 44.13 48.52 44.9

Capacity
8 Porosity % 27.18 55.1 35.96 39.42 35.6
9 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 230.3 270.5 136.3 315.9 235.4
10 Phosphorus mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
11 Potassium mg/kg 1129.88 2036.57 1790.63 2233.92 772.8
12 Iron mg/kg 4956 5357 5209 5288 3335.0
13 Lead mg/kg 5.2 7.41 4.5 6.23 BDL
14 Manganese mg/kg 185.6 310.9 183.3 156.7 94.0
15 Nickel mg/kg 31.22 41.76 32.12 37.38 20.8
16 Barium mg/kg 155.5 116.7 61.28 92.23 27.2
17 Zinc mg/kg 20.62 26.92 23.79 26.13 13.6
18 Copper mg/kg 11.43 16.58 12.9 16.1 6.5
19 Cadmiuim mg/kg 0.58 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.4
20 Chromium mg/kg 64.86 79.91 65.2 71.79 39.1
21 Aluminium mg/kg 9094 11620 10080 11020 5933.0
22 Sodium mg/kg 111.57 138.24 25.97 164.85 75.51
The results of the soil quality analysis were compared with the standard soil classification provided by the Indian
Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and as given in Table below.
Table: Standard Soil Classification

Soil Parameters Classification
pH Normal to saline 6.0 to 8.5

Tending to become alkaline 8.5-9.0
Alkaline Above 9.0
Electrical conductivity Up to 1.00 – Normal
(mmhos/cm) 1.01- 2.00 - Critical to germination
2.01-4.00 - Critical for growth of the sensitive crops
Above 4.00 – Injurious to most crops
Source: Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi
In qualitatively terms, soil texture refers to the feel of the soil material, whether coarse and gritty, or fine and
smooth. In general, soil behaviour can be inferred from the texture.
At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam as shown in Figure 3-19. The Sand
percentage observed in the soil ranged from 65.9% to 87.3%, silt 1.5% to 17.7 % and clay 10.9 to 16.4% and
was observed highest at Project site and lowest at Bamnoli. Water holding capacity ranges from 42.14 to 48.52%
at all soil quality monitoring locations. Total nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges
between 136.3-315.9 mg/kg and phosphorus content was observed to be below detection limit at all the locations
monitored. This indicates that soil in the study area having low levels of Phosphorus and Nitrogen. Soil in the
study area contains very low quantity of Micro-nutrient such as Copper and Zinc and Manganese. Range for
potassium lies between 772.8 2233.92 mg/kg and sodium ranges between 25.97-164.85 mg/kg. Land parcels
can be classified according to its possible use for irrigation based on soils. As the soils present in study area
predominantly is sandy loam, land can be classified as class 1 i.e., the highest level of irrigation suitability and
thus the highest payment capacity.11
11
http://abe-research.illinois.edu/courses/tsm352/lectures/Soil%20Properties.pdf

New Delhi
Figure: Soil Texture of the Study Area
d) Traffic Density
Traffic density in the study region was monitored on two junctions namely: Bhartal and Kapashera junctions
located in the vicinity of project site within the study area.
· Junction 1-Bhartal: Traffic count of roads leading from Bhartal junction towards Sector 21 has been
recorded. These roads will be significant for the traffic movement to the project.
· Junction 2-Kapashera: Traffic counts of roads leading from Kapashera to Chawla have been recorded.
The details of which have been provided in Table below.
Table: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area

Location Code Location
T-1 Sector 21 to Bhartal
T-2 Bhartal to Sector 21
T-3 Kapashera to Chhawla
T-4 Chhawla to Kapashera
The traffic monitored has been divided into the following four categories/classes:
· Two wheelers (motor cycle, scooters);

· Three wheelers (auto rickshaw, motorized cart);
· Cars;
· LCV’s / Tractors; and
· HCV’s / Buses.
·
Since the vehicles are of different types, a factor needs to be accounted for each of them in order to express
them at par in single unit terms. The factors, commonly known as Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factors that are
generally adopted have been given in the following Table below.
Table: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey
Vehicle Type PCU Factor

New Delhi
Two Wheelers 0.75

Three Wheelers 1.2
Four Wheelers 1
Six Wheelers 3.7
Bicycles 0.5
Others (Carts) 2
Source: The Indian Roads Congress Code – IRC 109-1990
The traffic volume counts have been furnished in the following Figure below
Observations
The traffic density along the two junctions was observed to be high. The total Passenger Car Units (PCU)
Equivalents for traffic movement (to & fro) and other details from traffic survey have been summarized in Table
below for all the major roads emerging from these two junctions.
Table: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area
Description PCU Equivalents at PCU Equivalents at T- PCU Equivalents at T- PCU Equivalents at T-

T-1 2 3 4
Total PCU/24 Hours 14954 14303 6468 9350
Average Traffic Flow/Hr 623 596 270 390
Max Traffic Flow 978 1203 511 706

(Nos)/Hr
Min Traffic Flow 134 168 29 25

(Nos)/Hr
As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during
morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. Traffic at both T-1 &
T-2 also increased during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards Kapashera) experiences
lowest traffic count which is 25 at night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3 (towards Chhawala) between
2.00 to 3.00 hours. The traffic flow is graphically depicted in the figure below.
Figure: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4)

New Delhi
Traffic Composition
At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by
Two-Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers
with 34%, followed by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52%
of the total traffic composition respectively. The vehicle composition observed is graphically depicted as Figure
below.
Figure: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations

New Delhi

19th Floor
Building No.5
Tower C
Cyber City
Gurgaon 122002
Haryana
India
CIN: U74210KA2005PTC037770
T: +91 124 4682700/800

aecom.com

Ecc Dwarka Delhi Full Sourse Study

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Ecc Dwarka Delhi Full Sourse Study

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Environmental Impact Assessment

for Exhibition cum Convention

Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation

Environmental Monitoring Period:

July, 12, 2017

Letter from the Project Proponent

Rashmi Dutta Deepti Bapat Anchal Jain

FAE FAE FAE

Ajay Pillai Nidhi Sharma Akhilesh P. Singh

FAE FAE FAE

Anuj Sharma Abhay Nath Mishra Venkat

FAE FAE Team Member

Atul Kumar Susan Vauquelin Sai Pranit

AECOM India Private Limited

T: +91 124 4682700/800

© 2016 AECOM India Private Limited. All Rights Reserved.

3.2.1.4Drainage Pattern ....................................................................................................................... 74

7.1.3.1Preparedness for the Emergency ............................................................................................. 169

11.2.7 Disaster Management Plan...................................................................................................... 207

Figure 2-24: Consolidated drawing showing planned infrastructure for ECC...................................................... 67

Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR........................................................................................................ 15

Table 2-16: Waste generation factors............................................................................................................... 49

Table 4-12: Impact significance –Traffic and Transportation ............................................................................ 144

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

Associate Director, Environment, AECOM INDIA

Date : 12 July 2017

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 12

1.1 Purpose of the report

1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 13

1.3 Scope of the Study

1.4 Prescribed TOR Compliance

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 14

Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR

S. No Prescribed TOR by Addressal on Response Brief

This is supplement data to the environmental monitoring conducted for the

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 15

Table Project Components of ECC the area statement

S. Components Built up Area Sq.

5 Hotels (4 Star) 60,000

6 Hotels (3 Star) 60,000

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 16

Figure2-17: Parking Arrangements in Basement of proposed ECC

Figure 2-10 Sewerage network and location of STPs

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 17

Details on the number and capacity of DG sets have been provided in

17. Details of Chap – 2 Solar Powered Systems

• Street/ External lighting fixtures shall be backed up by Solar photo

Details on solar power calculations have been provided in Section 2.7.9,

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 18

appropriate filtration development.

· External lighting in certain zones within ECC campus shall be backed up

Details such as energy offset, energy saving in terms of monetary savings

This distribution into smaller parcels is essentially a result of the integration

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 19

with the boulevard and the Open Exhibition Area.

27. Application of EC (with - - Letter of Application for EC from DMIC attached

29. Questionnaire related to - - Attached as a separate file.

30. Undertaking by - - Placed within this Report after the TOC.

The content of the report is as follows:

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 20

2.1 Type of project and capacity

Table 2-1: Key project details